CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Build 26.0.9663

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Overview

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk allows developers to write Python scripts with connectivity to Zendesk. The connector wraps the complexity of accessing Zendesk data in an interface commonly used by Python connectors to common database systems.

Key Features

  • WHL installation packages that enable installation with "pip install".
  • Supported for Python 3.10 or newer on Windows, Linux, and macOS.
  • Write and execute SQL queries to fetch and update data in Zendesk.
  • Custom dialect class that enables SQLAlchemy 1.3 and 1.4 to use this connector.

Getting Started

See Getting Started to install the connector to your Python distribution and to create a basic connection to Zendesk.

Using the Python Connector/Using from Tools

See Using the Connector for examples of executing basic SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and EXECUTE queries with the module's provided classes.

See Using from Tools to connect Zendesk data to tools such as Pandas or Petl.

SQLAlchemy ORM

SQLAlchemy can be leveraged to model the tables in Zendesk with mapped classes. See From SQLAlchemy for instructions for configuring the Python connector with SQLAlchemy.

Pandas

Pandas' DataFrames can be used alongside the connector to generate analytical graphics. See From Pandas for a guide.

Schema Discovery

See Schema Discovery to query the provided system tables, which allows users to discover the available tables, views, and stored procedure, alongside additional information about their columns or parameters.

Advanced Features

Advanced Features details additional features supported by the connector, such as defining user defined views, ssl configuration, remoting, caching, firewall/proxy settings, and advanced logging.

SQL Compliance

See SQL Compliance for a syntax reference and code examples outlining the supported SQL.

Data Model

See Data Model for the available database objects. This section also provides more detailed information on querying specific Zendesk entities.

Connection String Options

The Connection properties describe the various options that can be used to establish a connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Getting Started

Connecting to Zendesk

For information on the available WHL files for supported environments, and how to install the appropriate file for your Python distribution, see Package Installation.

For information on the module to import, and how to configure the necessary connection properties in a connection string, see Establishing a Connection.

Other available connection properties can be used to configure other aspects of the connector capabilities.

Python Version Support

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk can be installed and used in Python 3.10 or newer.

Zendesk Version Support

The connector models entities in the Zendesk v2 API (Core API) as relational tables. The Core API enables access to tickets, user management, and searches, among other entities.

See Also

  • Using the Connector: Establish connections and query Zendesk through Python code.
  • From SQLAlchemy: Use SQLAlchemy to establish a connection with dialect URL, and interact with Zendesk data using mapped classes and Sessions.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Package Installation

Dependencies

The Python connectors require that Python 3.10 or newer be installed.

Installation

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk is available as a WHL file for Windows, Linux, and Mac. Each connector is built using the Python 3.10 Stable ABI (indicated by the abi3 tag in the filename), so a single wheel supports any Python 3.10 or newer installation — there is no need to match your exact Python minor version. Use the "pip install" command with the appropriate WHL file for your platform.

Windows:

pip install cdata_zendesk_connector-26.0.9663-cp310-abi3-win_amd64.whl

Linux:

pip install cdata_zendesk_connector-26.0.9663-cp310-abi3-linux_x86_64.whl

macOS:

pip install cdata_zendesk_connector-26.0.9663-cp310-abi3-macosx_12_0_arm64.whl

The macOS wheel supports arm64 (Apple Silicon) architectures only on macOS 12 and newer.

Regardless of the environment, certain distributions might require that the "pip3 install" command be used instead, to differentiate from a Python 2 distribution that might exist already. After installation, confirm whether the connector is successfully installed by running the "pip list" command. If "cdata_zendesk_connector" is present in the list output by the command, then the installation was successful.

Upgrading

When upgrading, "pip install" does not automatically clean up old JRE files. To avoid leftover files that could cause JVM errors, uninstall the previous version before installing the new one.

Licensing

After the installation is complete, a separate step is needed to activate a license for the connector. Among the CData assets in the distribution's site packages, there is an install-license tool that activates this license. From within the distribution's site-packages folder, after navigating to the "cdata/installlic_zendesk" folder, simply use a command like the below to activate the license. Omitting the <key> argument activates a trial license:

  • Windows:
    ./install-license.exe <key>
  • Linux / Mac:
    ./install-license.sh <key>

Sometimes, file access issues may cause pip to install the connector in a fallback file path that is not the python distribution's main or primary site-packages location. This can make it difficult to find where the connector was installed, and from there, the license activator. In that event, this python script below will print out the full file path of the connector's native file. This file will be stored in the mentioned cdata folder, from which the installlic_zendesk folder is trivial to find:

import os
import cdata.zendesk
path = os.path.abspath(cdata.zendesk.__file__)
print(path)

Uninstallation

If the connector needs to be uninstalled for any reason, do so by running the pip uninstall command, as in the example below:

pip uninstall cdata-zendesk-connector

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Establishing a Connection

The objects available within our connector are accessible from the "cdata.zendesk" module. To use the module's objects directly:

  1. Import the module as follows:
    import cdata.zendesk as mod
  2. To establish a connection string, call the connect() method from the connector object using an appropriate connection string, such as:
    mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")

Connecting to Zendesk

To connect to Zendesk, set the URL (Zendesk Support URL), using the format https://{subdomain}.zendesk.com. Once connected, authenticate as described in the following section.

Note: In addition, users who work with archived data for the TicketMetrics table must set the UseIncrementalAPI property to True.

Authenticating to Zendesk

Zendesk supports three types of authentication, depending on the configuration of your Zendesk instance:

  • API Token
  • OAuth PKCE
  • OAuth

API Token

To use API Token authentication, specify an email address and an APIToken. Set AuthScheme to APIToken, set User to your email address, and then use the Zendesk Support admin interface to do the following:

  1. Enable Token access.
  2. At Admin > Channels > API, manage API tokens. Note that only one token can be active at a time. Deleting a token deactivates it permanently.
Finally, set APIToken to an active API Token.

OAuth PKCE

OAuth PKCE requires creating a custom OAuth application (see Creating a Custom OAuth Application) as a prerequisite. Note that OAuth PKCE works with both public and confidential application types.

After Creating a Custom OAuth Application, set the following properties to authenticate with OAuth PKCE:

  1. AuthScheme: OAuthPKCE.
  2. InitiateOAuth: GETANDREFRESH. You can use InitiateOAuth to avoid repeating the OAuth exchange and manually setting the OAuthAccessToken.
  3. OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.
  4. OAuthClientSecret (optional): The client secret assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application. Tip: While not required for OAuth PKCE, including a client secret adds extra security.
  5. PKCEVerifier: The PKCE code verifier generated from executing the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure.

OAuth

Zendesk supports OAuth authentication for all instances where the user is accessing shared data via the network. This means that, regardless of whether authentication originates at the Web, a Desktop, or a Headless Server, you must set AuthScheme to OAuth, and you must create a custom OAuth application.

The following subsections describe how to authenticate to Zendesk from three common authentication flows:

  • Desktop: a connection to a server on the user's local machine, frequently used for testing and prototyping.
  • Web: access to data via a shared website.
  • Headless Server: a dedicated computer that provides services to other computers and their users, which is configured to operate without a monitor and keyboard.

For information about how to create a custom OAuth application, see Creating a Custom OAuth Application. For a complete list of connection string properties available in Zendesk, see Connection.

Desktop Applications

To authenticate with the credentials for a custom OAuth application, you must get and refresh the OAuth access token. After you do that, you are ready to connect.

Get and refresh the OAuth access token:

When you connect, the connector opens Zendesk's OAuth endpoint in your default browser. Log in and grant permissions to the application.

After you grant permissions to the application, the connector then completes the OAuth process:

  1. The connector obtains an access token from Zendesk and uses it to request data.
  2. The OAuth values are saved in the path specified in OAuthSettingsLocation. These values persist across connections.

When the access token expires, the connector refreshes it automatically.

Web Applications

Authenticating via the Web requires you to create and register a custom OAuth application with Zendesk, as described in Creating a Custom OAuth Application. You can then use the connector to get and manage the OAuth token values.

This section describes how to get the OAuth access token, and how to have the driver refresh the OAuth access token automatically.

Get the OAuth access token:

  1. Set the following connection properties to obtain the OAuthAccessToken:

  2. Call stored procedures to complete the OAuth exchange:

    • Call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure. Set the AuthMode input to WEB and the CallbackURL to the Redirect URI you specified in your application settings. The stored procedure returns the URL to the OAuth endpoint.
    • Navigate to the URL that the stored procedure returned in Step 1. Log in and authorize the web application. You are redirected back to the callback URL.
    • Call the GetOAuthAccessToken stored procedure. Set the AuthMode input to WEB. Set the Verifier input to the code parameter in the query string of the redirect URI.

After you obtain the access and refresh tokens, you can connect to data and refresh the OAuth access token automatically.

Automatic refresh of the OAuth access token:

To have the connector automatically refresh the OAuth access token, do the following:

  1. Before connecting to data for the first time, set the following connection parameters:

  2. On subsequent data connections, set the following:

Headless Machines

If you need to log in to a resource that resides on a headless machine, you must authenticate on another device that has an internet browser. You can do this in either of the following ways:

  • Option 1: Obtain the OAuthVerifier value.
  • Option 2: Install the connector on a machine with an internet browser and transfer the OAuth authentication values after you authenticate through the usual browser-based flow.

After you execute either Option 1 or Option 2, configure the driver to automatically refresh the access token on the headless machine.

Option 1: Obtaining and Exchanging a Verifier Code

To obtain a verifier code, you must authenticate at the OAuth authorization URL. Do the following:

  1. Authenticate from the machine with an internet browser, and obtain the OAuthVerifier connection property.

    Set the following properties:

  2. Call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure. The stored procedure returns the CallbackURL established when the custom OAuth application was registered. (See Creating a Custom OAuth Application.)

    Copy this URL and paste it into a new browser tab.

  3. Log in and grant permissions to the connector. The OAuth application redirects you the redirect URI, with a parameter called code appended. Note the value of this parameter; you will need it later, to configure the OAuthVerifier connection property.

  4. Exchange the OAuth verifier code for OAuth refresh and access tokens. On the headless machine, set the following connection properties to obtain the OAuth authentication values:

  5. Test the connection to generate the OAuth settings file.

  6. After you re-set the following properties, you are ready to connect:

    • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH.
    • OAuthSettingsLocation: The file containing the encrypted OAuth authentication values. To enable the automatic refreshing of the access token, be sure that this file gives read and write permissions to the connector.
    • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your application.
    • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your application.

Option 2: Transferring OAuth Settings

Prior to connecting on a headless machine, you must install and create a connection with the driver on a device that supports an internet browser. Set the connection properties as described above in "Desktop Applications".

After completing the instructions in "Desktop Applications", the resulting authentication values are encrypted and written to the path specified by OAuthSettingsLocation. The default filename is OAuthSettings.txt.

Test the connection to generate the OAuth settings file, then copy the OAuth settings file to your headless machine.

To connect to data via the headless machine, set the following connection properties:

  • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH
  • OAuthSettingsLocation: The path to the OAuth settings file you copied from the machine with the browser. To enable automatic refreshing of the access token, ensure that this file gives read and write permissions to the connector.
  • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.
  • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Configuring JNI

Java Native Interface (JNI) is a standard programming interface for writing Java native methods and embedding the Java virtual machine into native applications.

The connector leverages the JNI for improved performance on Mac and Linux.

Configure the Config INI File

The Linux and Mac editions of the Zendesk python connector are configured with an ini file. This file is used to set several parameters, including JNI behavior. This file is to be located in:

{path_to_distribution_site-packages}/cdata/config.ini

Ensure that any configuration properties you set in the ini file fall under the following section name (adjust the 311 number if you are using an different python version from 3.11):

  • For Linux:
    [zendesk.cpython-311-x86_64-linux-gnu.so]
  • For Mac:
    [zendesk.cpython-311-darwin.so]

Configure the JNI connector's behavior by editing the properties in the connector's config.ini file. The connector can be configured as follows:

  • LOGFILE: Set this the same way as the CDATA_LOGFILE envrionment variable below.
  • JAVA_HOME: Configure the path to the JVM library location used to launch the JVM.
  • CLASS_PATH: Use a colon-separated list to configure the paths to the third-party jar libraries.

Configure Environment Variables

Additionally, set the following environment variables:

  • CDATA_JAVA_HOME: Configure the path to the JVM library location used to launch the JVM.
  • CDATA_JVM_OPTIONS: Place JVM options here.
  • CDATA_LOGFILE: Set this in the following scheme: <SCHEME>://<TAG>[|<LEVEL>]

    • SCHEME: The options are STDOUT, FILE.
      • STDOUT: Both the native wrapper and odbc core log into stdout. The Logfile and Verbosity properties can override the behavior of ODBC core.
      • FILE: The native wrapper logs into <FILENAME> while the odbc core logs into <FILENAME>.driver.log. The Logfile and Verbosity properties can override the behavior of ODBC core.
    • TAG
      • For STDOUT, set this to 1. For FILE, set this to the filename.
    • LEVEL
      • Set to one of: FATAL | ERROR | WARNING | INFO | DEBUG

The following are some examples of this syntax:

  • STDOUT://1|DEBUG
  • FILE:///tmp/my_py.log|DEBUG

Custom Logger

The Python connector supports a custom logging mechanism for redirecting log output to any destination, such as a cloud storage service or logging framework. Use setCustomLoggerFactory() to register a factory function that creates a logger instance for each connection.

The factory function receives the context string from the Logfile connection property (the portion after CUSTOM://) and must return an object with a writeLog(verbosity, message) method.

To enable custom logging:

  1. Call setCustomLoggerFactory() with your factory function before opening connections.
  2. Set Logfile to CUSTOM:// followed by a context string to identify the connection.
  3. Set Verbosity to the desired log level.

The following example demonstrates a custom logger factory that creates a separate logger instance per connection:

import cdata.zendesk as mod
import time

class MyLogger:
    def __init__(self, loggerId):
        self.loggerId = loggerId
    def writeLog(self, verbosity, message):
        print("[MyLogger " + self.loggerId + "] " + message)

def createLogger(context):
    return MyLogger(context[len("MyLoggerId="):])

mod.setCustomLoggerFactory(createLogger)

conn1 = mod.connect("...;Logfile=CUSTOM://MyLoggerId=1;Verbosity=2;")
# do something with conn1
time.sleep(1)  # Wait for logs to flush from conn1

conn2 = mod.connect("...;Logfile=CUSTOM://MyLoggerId=2;Verbosity=2;")
# do something with conn2
time.sleep(1)  # Wait for logs to flush from conn2

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Advanced Settings

Customizing the SSL Configuration

By default, the connector attempts to negotiate SSL/TLS by checking the server's certificate against the system's trusted certificate store. To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert property for the available formats to do so.

Connecting Through a Firewall or Proxy

HTTP Proxies

To connect through the Windows system proxy, you do not need to set any additional connection properties. To connect to other proxies, set ProxyAutoDetect to false.

In addition, to authenticate to an HTTP proxy, set ProxyAuthScheme, ProxyUser, and ProxyPassword, in addition to ProxyServer and ProxyPort.

Other Proxies

Set the following properties:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Changelog

General Changes

DateVersionSourceCategoryTypeDescription
2026-06-1026.0.9657ZendeskConnectionAdded
  • Added the AllowAlternativeTicketEndpoints connection property. When enabled, the driver can use alternative ticket endpoints that support ordering. This property is disabled (false) by default.
2026-05-2726.0.9643GeneralConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the deprecated ReplaceInvalidTypesWithNull connection property. Use the ReplaceInvalidValuesWithNull property instead.
2026-05-2726.0.9643ZendeskConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the deprecated UseParallelPaging and UseClientSidePaging connection properties.
2026-05-2226.0.9638PythonRemoved
  • Remove support for Intel x64 architecture on macOS
2026-05-1426.0.9630ZendeskData ModelChanged
  • Renamed the following columns:
    • In the TicketComments table: MetadataSystemIpAddres to MetadataSystemIpAddress.
    • In the AccountSettings table: VocieUkMobileForwarding to VoiceUkMobileForwarding.
2026-05-0726.0.9623GeneralData ModelAdded
  • Added the ColumnCapabilities column to the sys_tablecolumns system table. This column is a bit mask denoting the column's write capabilities.
2026-05-0726.0.9623PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.19+10 (Linux x64 / MacOs x64).
2026-04-3026.0.9616ZendeskConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the Password connection property. Including this property in the connection string now returns an error.
2026-04-3026.0.9616ZendeskData ModelChanged
  • Changed the TicketID column in the Bookmarks table from an pseudocolumn to a column.
2026-04-1526.0.9601GeneralQuery ExecChanged
  • String comparisons using GREATER, LESS, and CONTAINS operators are now case-insensitive by default.
2026-04-0826.0.9594ZendeskSecurityChanged
  • TLS 1.3 is now supported by default for HTTP connections.
2026-03-2525.0.9580ZendeskData ModelAdded
  • Added the AddTicketTags stored procedure.
2026-02-1725.0.9544ZendeskAdded
  • Added the IncludeCustomViews connection property.
2026-01-2725.0.9523ZendeskAdded
  • Added 7 new views: OpenTicketsAssignedToMe, PositivelyRatedTicketsThisWeek, NegativelyRatedTicketsThisWeek, YourSolvedTicketsThisWeek, DeletedTickets, AllCustomers, and SuspendedUsers.
2026-01-1325.0.9509GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the REGEXP_REPLACE() string function.
2026-01-1325.0.9509ZendeskAdded
  • Added full CRUD support for Zendesk's Custom Objects API.
2025-12-2125.0.9486PythonAdded
  • Added support for custom loggers in Python connectors on Linux and macOS.
2025-12-0525.0.9470GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the INSERT INTO SELECT statement, with driver-side execution for providers that do not support the operation natively.
2025-12-0425.0.9469ZendeskRemoved
  • Removed the User_Id and View_Id columns from the Tickets table.
2025-11-2725.0.9462ZendeskRemoved
  • Removed the Tickets_Macros table.
2025-11-1725.0.9452ZendeskRemoved
  • Removed the FilterBy column from the PostComments table.
2025-11-1125.0.9446ZendeskRemoved
  • The FilterBy column in the Posts table, which filtered Posts by Status, has been removed. The filtering functionality provided by FilterBy has been integrated into the existing Status column.
2025-11-0325.0.9438ZendeskChanged
  • Renamed existing custom object tables and prefixes (now designated as Legacy) in preparation for the upcoming implementation of the new Custom Objects API:
    • The CustomObjectField view is now named LegacyCustomObjectField.
    • The CustomObjects table is now named LegacyCustomObjects.
    • Legacy custom objects now use the LegacyCustomObject_ prefix instead of the previous CustomObject_ prefix.
2025-10-3025.0.9434PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.17+10 (Linux x64 / MacOs x64).
2025-10-2125.0.9425ZendeskChanged
  • The Locale column within the ArticleAttachments table is now a full column instead of an input column.
2025-10-1325.0.9417ZendeskChanged
  • The data type of the ArticleID column in the stored procedure CreateArticleAttachments has been changed from Integer to Long.
2025-10-0625.0.9410GeneralAdded
  • Support for parsing datetime formats using ".S" and ",S" for milliseconds and nanoseconds.
2025-10-0225.0.9406ZendeskDeprecated
  • Deprecated the following connection properties: UseClientSidePaging and UseParallelPaging.
2025-10-0225.0.9406ZendeskChanged
  • Changed the default value of the PageSize connection property from 100 to 1000.
  • Added the Auto setting to the UseIncrementalAPI connection property and set it as the default value.
  • Renamed the Include pseudo-column to IncludeCommentText in the TicketEvents table.
  • Renamed the Time column to CreatedAt in the TicketMetricEvents table.
  • Corrected the RatingAvergae column to RatingAverage in the Apps table.
  • Changed the Locale column to a key column, which now forms a composite key with Id in the Articles table.
  • Changed the GroupId, GroupName, and Organization columns to input columns in the Users table.
2025-10-0225.0.9406ZendeskAdded
  • Added Incremental API support for the TicketEvents, TicketMetricEvents, Articles, Users, and Organizations tables.
2025-10-0225.0.9406ZendeskRemoved
  • Removed the IsInline input column from the ArticleAttachments table. Filtering is now handled client-side using the Inline column instead.
  • Removed the SourceId column from the following tables to reduce confusion and improve filtering clarity:
    • SectionTranslations: The SectionId column already contains the same values.
    • CategoryTranslations: The CategoryId column already contains the same values.
    • ArticleTranslations: The ArticleId column already contains the same values.
2025-09-2625.0.9400ZendeskAdded
  • Added support for OAuth PKCE authentication.
2025-09-1225.0.9386GeneralAdded
  • Added the IsInsertable, IsUpdateable, and IsDeleteable columns to the sys_tables table.
2025-09-1025.0.9384GeneralChanged
  • All columns in statically defined Views are now reported as read-only.
2025-09-0325.0.9377GeneralChanged
  • Corrected the behavior when IN criteria with NULL values are used in the projection part. It now returns NULL instead of 0. For example, "NULL IN (1,2)" returns "NULL".
2025-09-0125.0.9375GeneralAdded
  • Added support for using the CAST function with infinity values. This function can cast "inf" and "-inf" to DOUBLE, FLOAT, or REAL.
2025-08-2125.0.9364GeneralChanged
  • Report behavior change:
    • Fixed inconsistent string value comparisons in non-table queries.
    • For example, "SELECT 'A' = 'a'" previously returned false, but it now returns true.
2025-08-1325.0.9356GeneralChanged
  • Changed the maximum number of pages held in memory from 15 to 5 for the page providers to decrease heap usage.
2025-07-0725.0.9319PythonRemoved
  • Removed the 32-bit version of Windows Python.
2025-07-0225.0.9314PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.9.
2025-07-0125.0.9313ZendeskChanged
  • HasAttachments has been changed from a full column to a pseudo-column.
2025-06-3025.0.9312ZendeskDeprecated
  • The Basic AuthScheme is deprecated in the driver, in line with Zendesk's plans to fully depreciate Basic authentication on their end.
2025-06-3025.0.9312ZendeskRemoved
  • Removed the Translations table.
2025-06-2525.0.9307GeneralRemoved
  • Removed the "ADLS Gen 1" value from the ConnectionType property.
2025-06-2525.0.9307PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.13 in Windows, Linux, and Mac editions.
2025-06-2525.0.9307PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.8 as it is no longer supported.
2025-06-2025.0.9302GeneralAdded
  • Created the following functions:
    • TEXT_ENCODE: encodes a string into a different charset (UTF8 → UTF7 and returns a binary array as the result).
    • TEXT_DECODE: takes a binary array and decodes it back into a string when provided the charset.
    • BASE64_ENCODE: takes a binary array and encodes it as a base64 string (varchar).
    • BASE64_DECODE: takes a base 64-encoded string and decodes it into a binary array.
2025-06-1825.0.9300GeneralChanged
  • The internal code for exception handling has been refactored. Exception messages returned during certain error conditions may now have different wording or formatting.
2025-05-2725.0.9278GeneralRemoved
  • Removed the "Proprietary" enum option from ProxyAuthscheme.
2025-05-1225.0.9263PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.15+6 (Linux x64 / MacOS x64) and jre-17.0.15+6 (MacOS aarch64).
2025-02-1524.0.9177GeneralAdded
  • Added support for converting unsigned integer types to the nearest signed data type that has enough precision to hold the unsigned value.This is done for JDBC only because it does not have support for unsigned data types.
2024-11-2724.0.9097GeneralAdded
  • Added ThreadId to LogModule output. Logfile lines now include the Thread ID associated with the action being performed.
2024-11-0624.0.9076ZendeskAdded
  • Added the CreateTicketComment and DownloadCommentAttachment stored procedures.
2024-06-0524.0.8922PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.12.
2024-05-2324.0.8909ZendeskAdded
  • Added two new tables: GroupSlaPolicies and Targets.
  • Added 8 new views: AccessLogs, Apps, AuditLogs, ResourceCollections, TargetFailures, TicketEmailCCs, TicketRelatedInformation, and UserEvents.
  • In the Requests table, added 3 new columns: CustomFields, CustomStatusId, and EmailCcIds.
  • In the Sections table, added the Sorting column.
  • In the TicketComments table, added the AuditId column.
  • In the Tickets table, added 5 new columns: AllowAttachments, CustomStatusId, EmailCcIds, FromMessagingChannel, and ResultType.
2024-05-0924.0.8895GeneralChanged
  • The ROUND function previously did not accept negative precision values. That feature has now been restored.
2024-03-1523.0.8840GeneralAdded
  • Created a new SQL function called STRING_COMPARE that provides java's String.compare() ability to SQL queries. Returns a number representative of the compared value of two strings
2024-02-1523.0.8811ZendeskChanged
  • Changed the data type of the EditedAt column from string to datetime and the StartTime column from long to datetime in the Articles table.
  • Changed the data type of the MessageAddedAt and StateUpdatedAt columns from string to datetime in the SideConversations table.
2024-02-1323.0.8809ZendeskChanged
  • Updated the datatype of CreatedAt and UpdatedAt columns from string to datetime in Articles and ArticleAttachments tables.
2024-02-1323.0.8809ZendeskChanged
  • Updated Id, and FollowupId columns as a composite key to Tickets_Followups table.
  • Updated Id as a primary key in Tickets_SatisfactionRatings table.
2024-01-0823.0.8773ZendeskChanged
  • Updated Id, and CollaboratorId columns as a composite key to Tickets_Collaborator table.
  • Updated Id, and FollowerId columns as a composite key to Tickets_Followers table.
  • Updated Id, and MacroId columns as a composite key to Tickets_Macros table.
  • Updated Id, and SatisfactionRatingId columns as a composite key to Tickets_SatisfactionRatings table.
  • Updated Id, and SharingAgreementId columns as a composite key to Tickets_SharingAgreements table.
  • Updated Id, and Tag columns as a composite key to Tickets_Tags table.
  • Updated Id, and ViaSourceRel columns as a composite key to Tickets_Viasources table.
2023-11-2923.0.8733GeneralChanged
  • The ROUND function doesn't accept the negative precision values anymore.
2023-11-2923.0.8733GeneralChanged
  • The returning types of the FDMonth, FDQuarter, FDWeek, LDMonth, LDQuarter, LDWeek functions are changed from Timestamp to Date.
  • The return type of the ABS function will be consistent with the parameter value type.
2023-11-2823.0.8732GeneralAdded
  • Added the HMACSHA256 formatter to allow for secrets to be decoded if it is in base64 format
2023-10-3023.0.8703ZendeskAdded
  • Added TicketSkips, Attributes, AttributeValues, Bookmarks, ManagementPermissionGroups, Translations, ContentSubscriptions, UserSegments, Votes, ContentTags, ArticleComments tables.
  • Added TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAll, TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAny, UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAll, UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAny, OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAll, OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAny, UserSubscriptions, TicketEvents views.
  • Added CreateContentTag and UploadUserImage Stored Procedures.
  • Added AgentDescription, CustomStatuses, RelationshipFilterAll, RelationshipFilterAny, RelationshipTargetType, RequiredInPortal and SubTypeId columns in TicketFields table.
  • Added RelationshipTargetType, RelationshipFilterAll and RelationshipFilterAny columns in UserFields table.
  • Added RelationshipTargetType, RelationshipFilterAll and RelationshipFilterAny columns in OrganizationFields table.
  • Added support for GetDeleted in TicketSkips table and TicketEvents view.
2023-10-2723.0.8700ZendeskAdded
  • Added support for GetDeleted in the TicketAudits, TicketComments, TicketMetricEvents, TicketMetrics, Tickets_Collaborators, Tickets_Followers, Tickets_Followups, Tickets_Macros, Tickets_SatisfactionRatings, Tickets_SharingAgreements, Tickets_Tags and Tickets_Viasources views.
2023-10-1323.0.8686ZendeskAdded
  • Added the ArticleLabels table.
2023-10-0523.0.8678ZendeskAdded
  • Added the Categories, Sections, SideConversations and TriggerCategories tables.
  • Added the SatisfactionReasons, SideConversationParticipants, SideConversationEvents, SideConversationEventsMessage and SideConversationEventsMessageTo views.
  • Added the ImportSideConversation, ImportSideConversationEvents, SetUserPassword, ChangePassword and ImportTickets Stored Procedures.
  • Added the TicketComments pseudo aggregate column in the Tickets table.
  • Added the ReferenceNumber pseudocolumn in the Tickets table and TicketComments view.
2023-10-0323.0.8676ZendeskChanged
  • Changed CustomAgentRoles from a view to a table.
  • Changed the column name from ConfigurationEndUserProfile to ConfigurationEndUserProfileAccess in the CustomAgentRoles table.
2023-10-0323.0.8676ZendeskAdded
  • Added the ConfigurationAssignTicketsToAnyGroup, ConfigurationCustomObjects, ConfigurationEndUserListAccess, ConfigurationExploreAccess, ConfigurationGroupAccess, ConfigurationLightAgent, ConfigurationManageAutomations, ConfigurationManageContextualWorkspaces, ConfigurationManageGroupMemberships,ConfigurationManageGroups, ConfigurationManageOrganizationFields, ConfigurationManageOrganizations, ConfigurationManageRoles, ConfigurationManageSkills, ConfigurationManageSlas, ConfigurationManageSuspendedTickets, ConfigurationManageTeamMembers, ConfigurationManageTicketFields, ConfigurationManageTicketForms, ConfigurationManageTriggers, ConfigurationManageUserFields, ConfigurationModerateForums, ConfigurationOrganizationNotesEditing, ConfigurationSideConversationCreate, ConfigurationTicketEditing, ConfigurationTicketRedaction, ConfigurationViewDeletedTickets, ConfigurationVoiceAccess, ConfigurationVoiceDashboardAccess, RoleType, TeamMemberCount columns in the CustomAgentRoles table.
2023-09-2723.0.8670ZendeskAdded
  • Added UseParallelPaging connection property.
  • Added cursor based pagination support for ArticleAttacments, Article, Automations, Posts, TicketComments, TicketMetricEvents, Topics, UserIdentities tables.
  • Added CustomTicketStatuses table.
2023-09-2523.0.8668ZendeskAdded
  • Added support for Insert and Update in the Views table.
  • Added Default, Description, RawTitle and Url columns in the Views table.
  • Added ViewsConditionsAll and ViewsConditionsAny views.
2023-09-2123.0.8664ZendeskAdded
  • Added cursor based pagination support for Tickets_Collaborators, Tickets_Followers, Tickets_Followups, Tickets_Macros, Tickets_SatisfactionRatings, Tickets_SharingAgreements and Tickets_Viasources views because API support Cursor Pagination for these tables.
2023-09-1223.0.8655ZendeskChanged
  • Updated Articles view to a table.
  • Updated ArticleAttacments view to a table.
2023-09-1223.0.8655ZendeskAdded
  • Added CreateArticleAttachment Stored Procedure.
2023-09-0823.0.8651ZendeskChanged
  • Updated SlaPolicies view to a table.
2023-09-0823.0.8651ZendeskAdded
  • Added SlaPoliciesFilterAll, SlaPoliciesFilterAny and SlaPoliciesMetrics views.
2023-08-2923.0.8641PythonAdded
  • Added support for SQLAlchemy 2.0.
2023-08-1023.0.8622ZendeskAdded
  • Added cursor based pagination support for ArticleAttacments, Article, Automations, Posts, TicketComments, TicketMetricEvents, Topics, UserIdentities tables.
  • Added CustomTicketStatuses table.
2023-07-2123.0.8602ZendeskChanged
  • Updated UserId column as composite key in the UserIdentities table.
2023-06-2023.0.8571GeneralAdded
  • Added the new sys_lastresultinfo system table.
2023-05-1923.0.8539PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.11 on Windows, Linux and Mac.
2023-05-1623.0.8536PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.7 on Windows and Linux
2023-04-2523.0.8515GeneralRemoved
  • Removed support for the SELECT INTO CSV statement. The core code doesn't support it anymore.
2023-01-1022.0.8410ZendeskChanged
  • Updated TicketId column as composite key in the Collaborators view.
2023-01-0422.0.8404ZendeskChanged
  • Changed Collaborators.UpdatedAt datatype from date to datetime.
2022-12-3022.0.8399ZendeskAdded
  • Added CreatedAt, UpdatedAt, Url, AgentConditions, EndUserConditions columns to the TicketForms table.
2022-12-1422.0.8383GeneralChanged
  • Added the Default column to the sys_procedureparameters table.
2022-12-0222.0.8371ZendeskAdded
  • Added IncludeCustomObjects property to fetch Custom Objects.
  • Added CustomObjects table.
  • Added CustomObjectField view.
2022-11-1522.0.8354PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre8u345-b01(Linux x64 / MacOS x64) and jre-17.0.5+8(MacOS aarch64).
2022-11-1122.0.8350ZendeskAdded
  • Added Attachments.UpdatedAt Pseudo column.
2022-11-0222.0.8341ZendeskAdded
  • Added Embedded OAuth support.
2022-09-3022.0.8308GeneralChanged
  • Added the IsPath column to the sys_procedureparameters table.
2022-09-2222.0.8300ZendeskAdded
  • Added the Calls table.
2022-05-1822.0.8173PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.10 on Windows, Linux, and Mac
  • Added support for Python 3.9 on Mac
  • Added support for Mac M1
2022-05-1822.0.8173PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.6 on Windows and Linux
2022-02-1121.0.8077ZendeskAdded
  • Added support for new tables Article and ArticleAttacments.
2022-02-0321.0.8069ZendeskAdded
  • Added support for Count to be calculated server side on the Users table. This is only supported in limited cases where Group By and Having are not used.
2021-11-0921.0.7983ZendeskAdded
  • Added cursor based pagination support for ActivityStream, Automations, Macros, SatisfactionRatings, SupportAddresses, SuspendedTickets, TicketMetrics and Views tables. Previously these tables used limit / offset pagination, which is subject to strict rate limits from Zendesk.
2021-10-0521.0.7948ZendeskAdded
  • Added support to use the Incremental API for the TicketMetrics table.
2021-09-2321.0.7936ZendeskAdded
  • Added a new connection property - IncludeDeleted. If set to true, the driver will include deleted Tickets when using the Incremental API.
2021-09-1621.0.7929ZendeskAdded
  • Added the Solved_At column to the Tickets table when using the Incremental API.
2021-09-1621.0.7929ZendeskChanged
  • Changed the Solved column to a pseudo column for Tickets table and changed the datatype to Date. Solved does not actually return with any value, but it is an available input that may be passed to Zendesk when the connection property UseIncrementalAPI=false.
2021-09-0221.0.7915GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the STRING_SPLIT table-valued function in the CROSS APPLY clause.
2021-08-0721.0.7889GeneralChanged
  • Added the KeySeq column to the sys_foreignkeys table.
2021-08-0621.0.7888GeneralChanged
  • Added the new sys_primarykeys system table.
2021-07-2321.0.7874GeneralChanged
  • Updated the Literal Function Names for relative date/datetime functions. Previously, relative date/datetime functions resolved to a different value when used in the projection as opposed to the predicate. For example: SELECT LAST_MONTH() AS lm, Col FROM Table WHERE Col > LAST_MONTH(). Formerly, the two LAST_MONTH() methods would resolve to different datetimes. Now, they will match.
  • As a replacement for the previous behavior, the relative date/datetime functions in the criteria may have an 'L' appended to them. For example: WHERE col > L_LAST_MONTH(). This will continue to resolve to the same values that were previously calculated in the criteria. Note that the "L_" prefix will only work in the predicate - it not available for the projection.
2021-04-2521.0.7785GeneralAdded
  • Added support for handling client side formulas during insert / update. For example: UPDATE Table SET Col1 = CONCAT(Col1, " - ", Col2) WHERE Col2 LIKE 'A%'
2021-04-2321.0.7783GeneralChanged
  • Updated how display sizes are determined for varchar primary key and foreign key columns so they will match the reported length of the column.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralAdded
  • Non-conditional updates between two columns is now available to all drivers. For example: UPDATE Table SET Col1=Col2
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Reduced the length to 255 for varchar primary key and foreign key columns.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Updated implicit and metadata caching to improve performance and support for multiple connections. Old metadata caches are not compatible - you need to generate new metadata caches if you are currently using CacheMetadata.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Updated index naming convention to avoid duplicates.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Using the Connector

This section provides a walk-through for writing Zendesk data access code in Python script.

For more information on the available data source entities and how to query them with SQL, see Data Model. For the SQL syntax, see SQL Compliance.

Connecting from Code

For information on how to deploy the connector and configure the connection to Zendesk, see Package Installation and Establishing a Connection.

For information on how to connect with the zendesk.connector module and its related classes, see Connecting.

Executing SQL

The connection's cursor object is used to directly execute SQL queries. For information on how to execute SELECT statements and process the returned result sets, see Querying Data. For information on to modify the data in Zendesk with INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements, see Modifying Data .

Executing Stored Procedures

You can call stored procedures by using the EXECUTE statement. For further information, see Calling Stored Procedures.

Batch Processing

For information about how to modify several rows of Zendesk data at once using parameterized INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements, see Batch Processing.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Connecting

Connecting with the cdata.zendesk Module:

The connector's module is used directly to establish a connection with the data source. It does this by using a connection string as its argument. For example:
import cdata.zendesk as mod
conn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")

Once the connection is created, you can use it to execute subsequent SQL queries.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Querying Data

After connecting as described in Connecting, you can use the open connection to execute SQL statements.

Executing Queries

To execute SQL statements that return data, use the execute() method. Once a query is executed, the result set is fetched from the cursor. This result set can then be iterated over to process the records individually.

For example:

cur = conn.execute("SELECT Id, Subject FROM Tickets")
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Parameterized Queries

Various Python collections, such as arrays and tuples, can act as additional arguments for the execute() method. This enables you to parameterize the queries executed and help to prevent SQL Injection.

For example:

cmd = "SELECT Id, Subject FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = ?"
params = ["Floppy Disks"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Modifying Data

The connection is also used to issue INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands to the data source. Parameters can be used with these statements if desired.

Note that the connector does not support transactions. As with normal write operations, all SQL statements executed by this connector affect the data source immediately. Call the connection's commit() method following the execution.

Insert

The following example adds a new record to the table:
cmd = "INSERT INTO Tickets (Id, Subject) VALUES (?, ?)"
params = ["Jon Doe", "John"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Update

The following example modifies an existing record in the table:
cmd = "UPDATE Tickets SET Subject = ? WHERE Id = ?"
params = ["John", "1"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Delete

The following example removes an existing record from the table:

cmd = "DELETE FROM Tickets WHERE Id = ?"
params = ["1"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Calling Stored Procedures

You can execute stored procedures using either the execute() or callproc() method of the connection.

Calling Stored Procedures Using Execute()

When you call stored procedures by issuing EXECUTE commands, the stored procedure arguments are parameterized. For example:
cmd = "EXECUTE SelectEntries ObjectName = ?"
params = ["Account"]
conn.execute(cmd, params)

Calling Stored Procedures Using Callproc()

When you call stored procedured by issuing the callproc() method, the stored procedure arguments are a procedure name and a list of parameters. For example:
cur = conn.cursor()
params = ["Account"]
cur.callproc("SelectEntries", params)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Batch Processing

This Python connector also supports writing to the data source via batch processing, using the cursor object's executemany() method. This requires both a SQL statement string and a data frame of values that act as a series of parameters for executing the SQL statement.

Note that the connector does not support transactions. As with normal write operations, all SQL statements executed by this connector affect the data source immediately. Call the connection's commit() method following the execution.

Insert

The following example adds new records to the table:
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "INSERT INTO Tickets (Id, Subject) VALUES (?, ?)"
params = [["Jon Doe", "John"], ["Jon Doe", "John"]]
cur.executemany(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Update

The following example modifies existing records in the table:
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "UPDATE Tickets SET Subject = ? WHERE Id = ?"
params = [["John", "1"], ["John", "1"]]
cur.executemany(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Delete

The following example removes existing records from the table:
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "DELETE FROM Tickets WHERE Id = ?"
params = [["1"], ["1"]]
cur.executemany(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Using from Tools

The connector is integrated with other tools and packages within Python.

Python Integration Guides

The following sections show how to create and use connections with the connector in common packages in Python:

Complete List of Zendesk Integration Quickstarts

For information on connecting from other applications, see Zendesk integration guides.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

From SQLAlchemy

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk includes a Dialect class that enables integration with SQLAlchemy. Bear in mind that several aspects of connector functionality are not currently supported in SQLAlchemy 2.0 or above. If necessary, downgrade SQLAlchemy to version 1.4 or 1.3 before using this connector.

The following sections detail various aspects of this integration:

Connecting From SQLAlchemy

To construct a URL with which SQLAlchemy loads and uses the appropriate connector automatically, see Connecting

Reflecting Metadata With SQLAlchemy

To learn how to model Zendesk tables with mapped classes, see Reflecting Metadata.

Querying Data From SQLAlchemy

To learn how to use mapped classes to query the associated tables, see Querying Data.

Modifying Data From SQLAlchemy

The connector provides INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE functionality in SQLAlchemy. To learn how to call the session's execute() method to affect the data in the data source, see Modifying Data.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Connecting

Connecting With a Dialect URL

Establishing a connection using SQLAlchemy requires a specific URL format. For this connector, you can create the engine using either of the following URL formats:

Format 1


from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("zendesk:///?URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")

Format 2


from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("zendesk://User:Password@/?URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;")

For SQLAlchemy 2.0, the dialect name is zendesk_2. To establish a connection, use the following URL format:

from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("zendesk_2:///?URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Reflecting Metadata

SQLAlchemy can act as an Object-relational Map (ORM). This enables you to treat records of a database table as instantiable records. To leverage this functionality, you must reflect the underlying metadata in one of the following ways.

Note: The following examples employ SQLAlchemy 1.4.

Modeling Data Using a Mapping Class

Use "sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.declarative_base" to declare a mapping class for the table you wish to model in the ORM. A known table in the data model is modeled either partially or completely, as shown in the following example:
from sqlalchemy.ext.declarative import declarative_base
Base = declarative_base()
class Tickets(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Tickets"
	Id = Column(String, primary_key=True)
	Id = Column(String)
	Subject = Column(String)

Automatically Reflecting Metadata

Rather than mapping tables manually, SQLAlchemy can discover the metadata for one or more tables automatically. To accomplish this across the entire data model, use automap_base:
from sqlalchemy import MetaData
from sqlalchemy.ext.automap import automap_base
meta = MetaData()
abase = automap_base(metadata=meta)
abase.prepare(autoload_with=engine)
Tickets = abase.classes.Tickets

You can also reflect a single table with an inspector. When reflecting this way, providing a list of specific columns to map is optional:

from sqlalchemy import MetaData, Table
from sqlalchemy import inspect
meta = MetaData()
insp = inspect(engine)
Tickets_table = Table("Tickets", meta)
insp.reflect_table(Tickets_table, ["Id","Subject"])

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Querying Data

After you use the steps in Connecting to connect, and use one of the methods in Reflecting Metadata to reflect some of the metadata, you can use a session object to query data.

Querying Data Using the Query Method

If the mapping class has been prepared, use it with a session object to query the data source. After binding the engine to the session, provide the mapping class to the session's query method.

For example:

engine = create_engine("zendesk:///?URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")
factory = sessionmaker(bind=engine)
session = factory()
for instance in session.query(Tickets).filter_by(Industry="Floppy Disks"):
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Subject: ", instance.Subject)
	print("---------")

Querying Data Using the Execute Method

The session object can also run the query with the execute() method alongside the appropriate Table object. Assuming you have an active session, the following is just as viable:
Tickets_table = Tickets.metadata.tables["Tickets"]
for instance in session.execute(Tickets_table.select().where(Tickets_table.c.Industry == "Floppy Disks")):
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("FullName: ", instance.Name)
	print("City: ", instance.BillingCity)
	print("---------")

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Executing JOINs

Implicit Joining

If mapped classes of related Zendesk objects have a singular foreign key relationship, the classes are implicitly joined. After importing the necessary objects, a relationship is established between your two mapped classes, as in the example below:
from sqlalchemy.ext.declarative import declarative_base
from sqlalchemy import Column, String, Integer, DateTime, ForeignKey
from sqlalchemy.orm import sessionmaker, relationship

Base = declarative_base()
class Contact(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Contact"
	Id = Column(Integer, primary_key=True)
	Name = Column(String)
	Email = Column(String)
	BirthDate = Column(DateTime)
	AccountId = Column(String, ForeignKey("Account.Id"))
	Account_Link = relationship("Account", back_populates="Contact_Link")

class Account(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Account"
	Id = Column(String, primary_key=True)
	Name = Column(String)
	BillingCity = Column(String)
	NumberOfEmployees = Column(Integer)
	Contact_Link = relationship("Contact", order_by=Contact.Id, back_populates="Account_Link")

Once the relationship is established, the tables are queried simultaneously using the session's query() method. For example:

rs = session.query(Account, Contact).filter(Account.Id == Contact.AccountId)
for Ac, Ct in rs:
  print("AccountId: ", Ac.Id)
  print("AccountName: ", Ac.Name)
  print("ContactId: ", Ct.Id)
  print("ContactName: ", Ct.Name)

Other Join Forms

In situations where mapped classes have either no foreign keys or multiple foreign keys, you may need different forms of the JOIN query to accommodate them. Using the earlier classes as examples, the following JOIN queries are possible as well:
  • Explicit condition (necessary if there are no foreign keys in your mapped classes):
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Contact, Account.Id == Contact.AccountId)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • Left-to-right relationship:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Account.Contact_Link)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • Left-to-right relationship with explicit target:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Contact, Account.Contact_Link)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • String form of a left-to-right relationship:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join("Contact_Link")
    for Ac, Ct in rs:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Other SQL Clauses

SQLAlchemy ORM also exposes support for other clauses in SQL, such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, LIMIT, and OFFSET. All of these are supported by this connector:

ORDER BY

The following example sorts by a specified column using the session object's query() method:
rs = session.query(Tickets).order_by(Tickets.Size)
for instance in rs:
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Subject: ", instance.Subject)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method perform an ORDER BY. For example:

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().order_by(Tickets_table.c.Size))
for instance in rs:

GROUP BY

The following example uses the session object's query() method to group records with a specified column:
rs = session.query(func.count(Tickets.Id).label("CustomCount"), Tickets.Id).group_by(Tickets.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Count: ", instance.CustomCount)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to perform a GROUP BY:

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().with_only_columns([func.count(Tickets_table.c.Id).label("CustomCount"), Tickets_table.c.Id]).group_by(Tickets_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

LIMIT and OFFSET

The following example uses the session object's query() method to skip the first 100 records and fetch the following 25:
rs = session.query(Tickets).limit(25).offset(100)
for instance in rs:
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Subject: ", instance.Subject)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to set a LIMIT or OFFSET:

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().limit(25).offset(100))
for instance in rs:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Aggregate Functions

Certain aggregate functions can also be used within SQLAlchemy by using the func module.

To import this module, execute:

from sqlalchemy.sql import func

Once func is imported, the following aggregate functions are available:

COUNT

The following example counts the number of records in a set of groups using the session object's query() method.
rs = session.query(func.count(Tickets.Id).label("CustomCount"), Tickets.Id).group_by(Tickets.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Count: ", instance.CustomCount)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also execute COUNT using the session object's execute() method:

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().with_only_columns([func.count(Tickets_table.c.Id).label("CustomCount"), Tickets_table.c.Id])group_by(Tickets_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

SUM

This example calculates the cumulative amount of a numeric column in a set of groups.

rs = session.query(func.sum(Tickets.Size).label("CustomSum"), Tickets.Id).group_by(Tickets.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Sum: ", instance.CustomSum)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also invoke SUM using the session object's execute() method.

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().with_only_columns([func.sum(Tickets_table.c.Size).label("CustomSum"), Tickets_table.c.Id]).group_by(Tickets_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

AVG

This example uses the session object's query() method to calculate the average amount of a numeric column in a set of groups:
rs = session.query(func.avg(Tickets.Size).label("CustomAvg"), Tickets.Id).group_by(Tickets.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Avg: ", instance.CustomAvg)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to invoke AVG:

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().with_only_columns([func.avg(Tickets_table.c.Size).label("CustomAvg"), Tickets_table.c.Id]).group_by(Tickets_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

MAX and MIN

This example finds the maximum value and minimum value of a numeric column in a set of groups.
rs = session.query(func.max(Tickets.Size).label("CustomMax"), func.min(Tickets.Size).label("CustomMin"), Tickets.Id).group_by(Tickets.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Max: ", instance.CustomMax)
	print("Min: ", instance.CustomMin)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to invoke MAX and MIN:

rs = session.execute(Tickets_table.select().with_only_columns([func.max(Tickets_table.c.Size).label("CustomMax"), func.min(Tickets_table.c.Size).label("CustomMin"), Tickets_table.c.Id]).group_by(Tickets_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Modifying Data

Commands can be executed individually by the session with a call to "execute()".

Obtaining the Table Object

The query supplied to this method is constructed using the associated Table object of a mapped class. This Table object is obtained from the mapped class's metadata field, as below:

Tickets_table = Tickets.metadata.tables["Tickets"]

Once the table object is obtained, the write operations are executed in the following ways. The queries are executed immediately without the need for a call to "commit()":

Insert

The following example adds a new record to the table:

session.execute(Tickets_table.insert(), {"Id": "Jon Doe", "Subject": "John"})

Update

The following example modifies an existing record in the table:

session.execute(Tickets_table.update().where(Tickets_table.c.Id == "1").values(Id="Jon Doe", Subject="John"))

Delete

The following example removes an existing record from the table:

session.execute(Tickets_table.delete().where(Tickets_table.c.Id == "1"))

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

From Pandas

When combined with the connector, Pandas can be used to generate data frames that contain your Zendesk data. Once created, a data frame can be passed to various other Python packages.

Connecting

Pandas relies on an SQLAlchemy engine to execute queries. Before you can use Pandas you must import it:
import pandas as pd
from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("zendesk:///?URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")

Querying Data

In Pandas, SELECT queries are provided in a call to the read_sql() method, alongside a relevant connection object. Pandas executes the query on that connection, and returns the results in the form of a data frame, which can be used for a variety of purposes.
df = pd.read_sql("""
	SELECT
	   Id,
	   Subject,
     $exNumericCol;
	FROM Tickets;""", engine)
print(df)

Modifying Data

To insert new records into a table, create a new data frame, and define its fields accordingly. When that is done, call to_sql() on the data frame to perform the INSERT operation with the connector, as shown in the example below. You must set the "if _exists" argument to "append" to prevent Pandas from attempting building the table from scratch. To prevent Pandas from writing the data frame index as a column, set index=False.
df = pd.DataFrame({"Id": ["Jon Doe"], "Subject": ["John"]})
df.to_sql("Tickets", con=engine, if_exists="append", index=False)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

From Matplotlib

Matplotlib contains a number of tools that can graphically model Zendesk data after being fed a data frame From Pandas.

Using PyPlot

Before any Matplotlib tool, such as pyplot, can be used, it must be imported:
from matplotlib import pyplot as plt

Once a Pandas data frame is obtained, it can be used to create a plot visualizing Zendesk data. For example, the following plot generates and displays a bar graph relating Id and Size values:

df.plot(kind="bar", x="Id", y=["Size"])
plt.show()

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

From Petl

The connector can be used to create ETL applications and pipelines for CSV data in Python using Petl.

Install Required Modules

Install the Petl modules using the pip utility.
pip install petl

Connecting

After you import the modules, including the CData Python Connector for Zendesk, you can use the connector's connect function to create a connection using a valid Zendesk connection string. If you prefer not to use a direct connection, you can use a SQLAlchemy engine.
import petl as etl
import cdata.zendesk as mod
cnxn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")

Extract, Transform, and Load the Zendesk Data

Create a SQL query string and store the query results in a DataFrame.
sql = "SELECT	Id, Subject FROM Tickets "
table1 = etl.fromdb(cnxn,sql)

Loading Data

With the query results stored in a DataFrame, you can load your data into any supported Petl destination. The following example loads the data into a CSV file.
etl.tocsv(table1,'output.csv')

Modifying Data

Insert new rows into Zendesk tables using Petl's appenddb function.
table1 = [['Id','Subject'],['Jon Doe','John']]
etl.appenddb(table1,cnxn,'Tickets')

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Schema Discovery

The extension supports schema discovery by using SQL queries to available System Tables.

Using SQL

The following sections describe the discovery of metadata through several System Tables:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tables and Views

The connector possesses system tables that are used to discover the tables and views available in the data model. Of these system tables, "sys_tables" and "sys_views" are used to fetch information about the available tables and views respectively:

Tables


import cdata.zendesk as mod
conn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_tables"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Views


import cdata.zendesk as mod
conn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_views"
cur.execute(cmd, params)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Columns

The available columns for any given table are fetched from a system table called "sys_tablecolumns". A specific table name is provided in the WHERE criteria to restrict the table from which the column information is fetched:

import cdata.zendesk as mod
conn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_tablecolumns WHERE TableName = 'Tickets'"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Procedures

Procedures

A system table called "sys_procedures" is queried to obtain the available stored procedures that are executed:
import cdata.zendesk as mod
conn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_procedures"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Parameters

The input parameters of any stored procedure are similarly obtained from the "sys_procedureparameters" system table:
import cdata.zendesk as mod
conn = mod.connect("URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'SelectEntries'"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Advanced Features

This section details a selection of advanced features of the Zendesk connector.

User Defined Views

The connector supports the use of user defined views, virtual tables whose contents are decided by a pre-configured user defined query. These views are useful when you cannot directly control queries being issued to the drivers. For an overview of creating and configuring custom views, see User Defined Views .

SSL Configuration

Use SSL Configuration to adjust how connector handles TLS/SSL certificate negotiations. You can choose from various certificate formats;. For further information, see the SSLServerCert property under "Connection String Options" .

Firewall and Proxy

Configure the connector for compliance with Firewall and Proxy, including Windows proxies and HTTP proxies. You can also set up tunnel connections.

Caching Data

Caching Data enables faster access to data and reduces the number of API calls, improving performance. The connector supports a simple caching model where multiple connections can also share the cache over time. When configuring the cache connection, you can specify automatic or explicit data caching.

Query Processing

The connector offloads as much of the SELECT statement processing as possible to Zendesk and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side).

For further information, see Query Processing.

Logging

For an overview of configuration settings that can be used to refine CData logging, see Logging. Only two connection properties are required for basic logging, but there are numerous features that support more refined logging, which enables you to use the LogModules connection property to specify subsets of information to be logged.

Exception Handling

For an overview of how exceptions are reported and the components of an exception, see Exception Handling.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

User Defined Views

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk supports the use of user defined views: user-defined virtual tables whose contents are decided by a preconfigured query. User defined views are useful in situations where you cannot directly control the query being issued to the driver; for example, when using the driver from a tool.

Use a user defined view to define predicates that are always applied. If you specify additional predicates in the query to the view, they are combined with the query already defined as part of the view.

There are two ways to create user defined views:

  • Create a JSON-formatted configuration file defining the views you want.
  • DDL statements.

Defining Views Using a Configuration File

User defined views are defined in a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. The connector automatically detects the views specified in this file.

You can also have multiple view definitions and control them using the UserDefinedViews connection property. When you use this property, only the specified views are seen by the connector.

This user defined view configuration file is formatted so that each root element defines the name of a view, and includes a child element, called query, which contains the custom SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}
Use the UserDefinedViews connection property to specify the location of your JSON configuration file. For example:
"UserDefinedViews", "C:\\Users\\yourusername\\Desktop\\tmp\\UserDefinedViews.json"

Defining Views Using DDL Statements

The connector is also capable of creating and altering the schema via DDL Statements such as CREATE LOCAL VIEW, ALTER LOCAL VIEW, and DROP LOCAL VIEW.

Create a View

To create a new view using DDL statements, provide the view name and query as follows:

CREATE LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers LIMIT 20;

If no JSON file exists, the above code creates one. The view is then created in the JSON configuration file and is now discoverable. The JSON file location is specified by the UserDefinedViews connection property.

Alter a View

To alter an existing view, provide the name of an existing view alongside the new query you would like to use instead:

ALTER LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE TimeModified > '3/1/2020';

The view is then updated in the JSON configuration file.

Drop a View

To drop an existing view, provide the name of an existing schema alongside the new query you would like to use instead.

DROP LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName]

This removes the view from the JSON configuration file. It can no longer be queried.

Schema for User Defined Views

In order to avoid a view's name clashing with an actual entity in the data model, user defined views are exposed in the UserViews schema by default. To change the name of the schema used for UserViews, reset the UserViewsSchemaName property.

Working with User Defined Views

For example, a SQL statement with a user defined view called UserViews.RCustomers only lists customers in Raleigh:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh';
An example of a query to the driver:
SELECT * FROM UserViews.RCustomers WHERE Status = 'Active';
Resulting in the effective query to the source:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh' AND Status = 'Active';
That is a very simple example of a query to a user defined view that is effectively a combination of the view query and the view definition. It is possible to compose these queries in much more complex patterns. All SQL operations are allowed in both queries and are combined when appropriate.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SSL Configuration

Customizing the SSL Configuration

By default, the connector attempts to negotiate TLS with the server. The server certificate is validated against the default system trusted certificate store. You can override how the certificate gets validated using the SSLServerCert connection property.

To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert connection property.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Firewall and Proxy

Connecting Through a Firewall or Proxy

HTTP Proxies

Note: The connector uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to connect to other proxies, set ProxyAutoDetect to False and read further.

To authenticate to an HTTP proxy, set the following:

  • ProxyServer: the hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through.
  • ProxyPort: the TCP port that the proxy server is running on.
  • ProxyAuthScheme: the authentication method the connector uses when authenticating to the proxy server.
  • ProxyUser: the username of a user account registered with the proxy server.
  • ProxyPassword: the password associated with the ProxyUser.

Other Proxies

Set the following properties:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Caching Data

Caching Data

Caching data provides several benefits, including faster access to data and reducing the number of API calls, which improve performance. The connector supports a simple caching model where multiple connections can also share the cache over time. You can enable and configure caching features by setting the necessary connection properties.

Contents

The sections in this chapter detail the connector's caching functionality and link to the corresponding connection properties, as well as SQL statements.

Configuring the Cache Connection

Configuring the Cache Connection describes the properties that you can set when configuring the cache database.

Caching Metadata

Caching Metadata describes the CacheMetadata property. This property determines whether or not to cache the table metadata to a file store.

Automatically Caching Data

Automatically Caching Data describes how the connector automatically refreshes the cache when the AutoCache property is set.

Explicitly Caching Data

Explicitly Caching Data describes how you can decide what data is stored in the cache and when it is updated.

Data Type Mapping

Data Type Mapping shows the mappings between the data types configured in the schema and the data types in the database.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Configuring the Cache Connection

Configuring the Caching Database

This section describes the properties for caching data to the persistent store of your choice.

CacheLocation

The CacheLocation property species the path to a file-system-based database. When caching is enabled, a file-system-based database is used by default. If CacheLocation is not specified, this database is stored at the path in Location. If neither of these connection properties are specified, the connector uses a platform-dependent default location.

CacheConnection

The CacheConnection property specifies a database driver and the connection string to the caching database.

CacheDriver and CacheProvider

Both the CacheDriver and CacheProvider properties are supported. Each specifies a database driver and the connection string to the caching database. CacheDriver is designed for Linux and MacOS; CacheProvider is Windows-based.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Automatically Caching Data

Automatically caching data is useful when you do not want to rebuild the cache for each query. When you query data for the first time, the connector automatically initializes and builds a cache in the background. When AutoCache = true, the connector uses the cache for subsequent query executions, resulting in faster response times.

Configuring Automatic Caching

Caching the Tickets Table

The following example caches the Tickets table in the file specified by the CacheLocation property of the connection string.

SELECT Id, Subject FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'

Common Use Case

A common use for automatically caching data is to improve driver performance when making repeated requests to a live data source, such as building a report or creating a visualization. With auto caching enabled, repeated requests to the same data may be executed in a short period of time, but within an allowable tolerance (CacheTolerance) of what is considered "live" data.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Explicitly Caching Data

With explicit caching (AutoCache = false), you decide exactly what data is cached and when to query the cache instead of the live data. Explicit caching gives you full control over the cache contents by using CACHE Statements. This section describes some strategies to use the caching features offered by the connector.

Creating the Cache

To load data in the cache, issue the following statement.

CACHE SELECT * FROM tableName WHERE ...

Once the statement is issued, any matching data in tableName is loaded into the corresponding table.

Updating the Cache

This section describes two ways to update the cache.

Updating with the SELECT Statement

The following example shows a statement that can update modified rows and add missing rows in the cached table. However, this statement does not delete extra rows that are already in the cache. This statement only merges the new rows or updates the existing rows.

CACHE SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'

Updating with the TRUNCATE Statement

The following example shows a statement that can update modified rows and add missing rows in the cached table. This statement can also delete rows in the cache table that are not present in the live data source.

  CACHE WITH TRUNCATE SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'
  

Query the Data in Online or Offline Mode

This section describes how to query the data in online or offline mode.

Online: Select Cached Tables

You can use the tableName#CACHE syntax to explicitly execute queries to the cache while still online, as shown in the following example.

SELECT * FROM Tickets#CACHE

Offline: Select Cached Tables

With Offline = true, SELECT statements always execute against the local cache database, regardless of whether you explicitly specify the cached table or not. Modification of the cache is disabled in Offline mode to prevent accidentally updating only the cached data. Executing a DELETE/UPDATE/INSERT statement while in Offline mode results in an exception.

The following example selects from the local cache but not the live data source because Offline = true.

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Industry='Floppy Disks' ORDER BY Subject ASC

Delete Data from the Cache

You can delete data from the cache by building a direct connection to the database. Note that the connector does not support manually deleting data from the cache.

Common Use Case

A common use for caching is to have an application always query the cached data and only update the cache at set intervals, such as once every day or every two hours. There are two ways in which this can be implemented:

  • AutoCache = false and Offline = false. All queries issued by the application explicitly reference the tableName#CACHE table. When the cache needs to be updated, the application executes a tableName#CACHE ... statement to bring the cached data up to date.
  • Offline = true. Caching is transparent to the application. All queries are executed against the table as normal, so most application code does not need to be aware that caching is done. To update the cached data, simply create a separate connection with Offline = false and execute a tableName#CACHE ... statement.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Data Type Mapping

The connector maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the chosen cache database. The following table shows the mappings between the data types configured in the schema and the data types in the database. Some schema types have synonyms which are all listed in the Schema column.

Data Type Mapping

Note: String columns can map to different data types depending on their length.

Schema .NET JDBC SQL Server Derby MySQL Oracle SQLite Access
int, integer, int32 Int32 int int INTEGER INT NUMBER integer LONG
smallint, short, int16 Int16 short smallint SMALLINT SMALLINT NUMBER integer SHORT
double, float, real Double double float DOUBLE DOUBLE NUMBER double DOUBLE
date DateTime java.sql.Date date DATE DATE DATE date DATETIME
datetime, timestamp DateTime java.sql.Date datetime TIMESTAMP DATETIME TIMESTAMP datetime DATETIME
time, timespan TimeSpan java.sql.Time time TIME TIME TIMESTAMP datetime DATETIME
string, varchar String java.lang.String If length > 4000: nvarchar(max), Otherwise: nvarchar(length)If length > 32672: LONG VARCHAR, Otherwise VARCHAR(length)If length > 255: LONGTEXT, Otherwise: VARCHAR(length)If length > 4000: CLOB, Otherwise: VARCHAR2(length)nvarchar(length)If length > 255: LONGTEXT, Otherwise: VARCHAR(length)
long, int64, bigint Int64 long bigint BIGINT BIGINT NUMBER bigint LONG
boolean, bool Boolean boolean tinyint SMALLINT BIT NUMBER tinyint BIT
decimal, numeric Decimal java.math.BigDecimal decimal DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL decimal CURRENCY
uuid Guid java.util.UUID nvarchar(length) VARCHAR(length)VARCHAR(length) VARCHAR2(length)nvarchar(length) VARCHAR(length)
binary, varbinary, longvarbinary byte[] byte[] binary(1000) or varbinary(max) after SQL Server 2000, image otherwise BLOB LONGBLOB BLOB BLOB LONGBINARY

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Query Processing

Query Processing

CData has a client-side SQL engine built into the connector library. This enables support for the full capabilities that SQL-92 offers, including filters, aggregations, functions, etc.

For sources that do not support SQL-92, the connector offloads as much of SQL statement processing as possible to Zendesk and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side). This results in optimal performance.

For data sources with limited query capabilities, the connector handles transformations of the SQL query to make it simpler for the connector. The goal is to make smart decisions based on the query capabilities of the data source to push down as much of the computation as possible. The Zendesk Query Evaluation component examines SQL queries and returns information indicating what parts of the query the connector is not capable of executing natively.

The Zendesk Query Slicer component is used in more specific cases to separate a single query into multiple independent queries. The client-side Query Engine makes decisions about simplifying queries, breaking queries into multiple queries, and pushing down or computing aggregations on the client-side while minimizing the size of the result set.

There's a significant trade-off in evaluating queries, even partially, client-side. There are always queries that are impossible to execute efficiently in this model, and some can be particularly expensive to compute in this manner. CData always pushes down as much of the query as is feasible for the data source to generate the most efficient query possible and provide the most flexible query capabilities.

More Information

For a full discussion of how CData handles query processing, see CData Architecture: Query Execution.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Logging

Logging

Capturing connector logging can be very helpful when diagnosing error messages or other unexpected behavior.

Basic Logging

To begin capturing connector logging, set these properties:

  • Logfile: A filepath that designates the name and location of the log file.
  • Verbosity: A numerical value (1-5) that determines the amount of detail in the log. See the page in the Connection Properties section for an explanation of the five levels.
  • MaxLogFileSize: When the limit is hit, a new log is created in the same folder with the date and time appended to the end. The default limit is 100 MB. Values lower than 100 kB will use 100 kB as the value instead.
  • MaxLogFileCount: A string specifying the maximum file count of log files. When the limit is hit, a new log is created in the same folder with the date and time appended to the end and the oldest log file will be deleted. Minimum supported value is 2. A value of 0 or a negative value indicates no limit on the count.

Once these properties are set, the connector populates the log file as it carries out various tasks, such as when authentication is performed or queries are executed. If the specified file doesn't already exist, it is created.

Log Verbosity

The verbosity level determines the amount of detail that the connector reports to the Logfile. Supported Verbosity levels range from 1 to 5.

The following list describes each level:

1Setting Verbosity to 1 logs the query, the number of rows returned by it, the start of execution and the time taken, and any errors.
2Setting Verbosity to 2 logs everything included in Verbosity 1, cache queries, and additional information about the request.
3Setting Verbosity to 3 also logs HTTP headers, as well as the body of the request and the response.
4Setting Verbosity to 4 also logs transport-level communication with the data source. This includes SSL negotiation.
5Setting Verbosity to 5 also logs communication with the data source and additional details that may be helpful in troubleshooting problems. This includes interface commands.

For normal operations, Verbosity should not be set to greater than 1. At higher verbosities you can log substantial amounts of data, which can delay execution times.

To refine the logged content further by showing/hiding specific categories of information, see LogModules.

Sensitive Data

Verbosity levels of 3 and higher may capture information that you do not want shared outside of your organization. The following lists information of concern for each level:

  • Verbosity 3: The full body of the request and the response, which includes all the data returned by the connector
  • Verbosity 4: SSL certificates
  • Verbosity 5: Any extra transfer data not included at Verbosity 3, such as non human-readable binary transfer data

Note: Although we mask sensitive values, such as passwords, in the connection string and any request in the log, it is always best practice to review the logs for any sensitive information before sharing outside your organization.

Advanced Logging

You may want to refine the exact information that is recorded to the log file. This can be accomplished using the LogModules property. This property allows you to filter the logging using a semicolon-separated list of logging modules.

Example property value:

LogModules=INFO;EXEC;SSL;SQL;META;

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:

Module Name Module Description Submodules
INFO General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.
  • Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections.
  • Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance.
  • Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user).
  • Page – Messages related to query paging.
  • Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.
  • KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product.
  • Res – Messages containing HTTP responses.
  • Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.
SSL SSL certificate messages.
  • Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH Authentication related failure/success messages.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication.
  • Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.
  • Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • ResSet – Query resultsets.
  • Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META Metadata cache and schema messages.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance.
  • Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema.
  • MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache.
  • Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC Information related to executing SQL functions.
  • Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.
  • Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol.
  • Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol.
  • To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication.
  • From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.
DEMN Messages related to SQL remoting.
CLJB Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).
  • Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.
TRANCE Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Exception Handling

Exception Handling

Exceptions can be surfaced from either the API or the CData Python Connector for Zendesk. Each exception will have an error code, an error message, and a SQL state.

Error Codes

The error code classifies the type of error.

0 NONE Used for unclassified errors and internally handled errors. This code also covers data source-specific errors that do not fit in any specific category.
65537 TCP_UNKNOWN_HOST Unable to resolve a hostname (DNS failure).
65538 TCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED Could not connect to the remote port.
65539 TCP_AUTH_FAILED Login failed when using a binary authentication protocol. Use this for auth errors when the protocol is not HTTP (LDAP, SASL, Kerberos, ...).
65540 TCP_TIMEOUT Did not receive a response after sending a request to the server.
65541 TCP_PROTOCOL For wire protocol drivers. Either the server sent a bad packet that we are unable to process, or we cannot construct a packet to send.
131073 TLS_SERVER_UNTRUSTED Could not verify SSL server certificate.
131074 TLS_CLIENT_UNTRUSTED Server did not accept the client certificate we sent.
196609 OAUTH_DECRYPT_FAILED OAuthEncryptKey did not decrypt the OAuthSettings file.
196610 OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO OAuthClientId / OAuthClientSecret / OAuthJWTCert is missing.
196611 OAUTH_MISSING_PROP General OAuth property missing. OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO is used for missing client ID/secret and JWT cert.
196612 OAUTH_NO_ACCESS_TOKEN Unable to retrieve access token. Only use this when getting a token in GetOAuthAccessToken / RefreshOAuthAccessToken.
196613 OAUTH_TOKEN_EXPIRED The access token expired. Normally used with a RefreshOAuth/OAuthException behavior.
196614 OAUTH_INVALID_PROP OAuth property has an invalid value. OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO / OAUTH_MISSING_PROP is used if the value is not set.
262145 HTTP_REQUEST_TIMEOUT Did not receive a response from the HTTP server.
262146 HTTP_CLIENT_ERROR Generic HTTP 4xx error. Only use for 4xx errors not covered by other codes.
262147 HTTP_AUTH_FAILED HTTP 401 error.
262148 HTTP_LIMIT_EXCEEDED HTTP 429 error.
262149 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR HTTP 5xx error.
262150 HTTP_NOT_FOUND_ERROR HTTP 404 error.
327681 CORE_TIMEOUT General timeout. Not related to a specific network request.
327682 CORE_OP_NOT_ALLOWED Operation blocked by provider permissions.
327683 CORE_CONNECTION_CONFIG Connection configuration is not valid.
327684 CORE_SERIALIZE Failed to encode data into a specific format (XML, JSON, CSV, ...).
327685 CORE_DESERIALIZE Failed to decode data from a specific format (XML, JSON, CSV, ...).
393217 SQL_SYNTAX_ERROR Unable to parse a SQL query.
393218 SQL_MISSING_COLUMNS Query did not include required columns.
393219 SQL_MISSING_PARAMS Stored procedure call did not include required parameters.
393220 SQL_QUERY_NOT_SUPPORTED A part of the query is not allowed in the current context.
458753 SSH_SERVER_UNTRUSTED Could not verify SSH server.
524289 STORAGE_LIST_EXCEPTION Issue listing storage resources.
524290 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND Issue finding storage resources.
524291 STORAGE_ROOT_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND The root resource (bucket/share/drive) was not found; cannot create it in flat file drivers.
524292 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_A_DIRECTORY Storage resource is not a directory.
524293 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_A_FILE Storage resource is not a file.
524294 STORAGE_PERMISSIONS_DENIED Storage permissions denied.

SQL State

The SQL state is used when throwing generic provider errors to the wrapper and indicates the success or failure of a call.

Some of the common SQL states are listed below:

07007 REQUIRED_CLAUSE Class Code 07: Dynamic SQL Error.
08001 OPEN_CONNECTION Class Code 08: Connection Exception. The connection was unable to be established to the application server or other server.
08004 REJECT_CONNECTION The application server rejected establishment of the connection.
42501 PRIVILEGE_IDENTIFIED_OBJECT Class Code 42: Syntax Error or Access Rule Violation. The authorization ID does not have the privilege to perform the specified operation on the identified object.
42506 AUTH_FAILED Owner authorization failure occurred.
42601 SQL_SYNTAX A character, token, or clause is invalid or missing.

Error Message

The error message provides more detailed reasoning about why the error occurred. It provides an explanation of the issue, and may include steps on how to resolve it.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SQL Compliance

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk supports several operations on data, including querying, deleting, modifying, and inserting.

SELECT Statements

See SELECT Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

See Data Model for information on the capabilities of the Zendesk API.

INSERT Statements

See INSERT Statements for a syntax reference and examples, as well as retrieving the new records' Ids.

UPDATE Statements

The primary key Id is required to update a record. See UPDATE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

DELETE Statements

The primary key Id is required to delete a record. See DELETE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

GETDELETED Statements

GETDELETED statements return the Ids of deleted records. See GETDELETED Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

CACHE Statements

CACHE statements allow granular control over the connector's caching functionality. For a syntax reference and examples, see CACHE Statements.

For more information on the caching feature, see Caching Data.

EXECUTE Statements

Use EXECUTE or EXEC statements to execute stored procedures. See EXECUTE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

Names and Quoting

  • Table and column names are considered identifier names; as such, they are restricted to the following characters: [A-Z, a-z, 0-9, _:@].
  • To use a table or column name with characters not listed above, the name must be quoted using square brackets ([name]) in any SQL statement.
  • Parameter names can optionally start with the @ symbol (e.g., @p1 or @CustomerName) and cannot be quoted.
  • Strings must be quoted using single quotes (e.g., 'John Doe').

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SQL Functions

The connector provides functions that are similar to those that are available with most standard databases. These functions are implemented in the CData provider engine and thus are available across all data sources with the same consistent API. Three categories of functions are available: string, date, and math.

The connector interprets all SQL function inputs as either strings or column identifiers, so you need to escape all literals as strings, with single quotes. For example, contrast the SQL Server syntax and connector syntax for the DATENAME function:

  • SQL Server:
    SELECT DATENAME(yy,GETDATE())
  • connector:
    SELECT DATENAME('yy',GETDATE())

String Functions

These functions perform string manipulations and return a string value. See STRING Functions for more details.

Date Functions

These functions perform date and date time manipulations. See DATE Functions for more details.

Math Functions

These functions provide mathematical operations. See MATH Functions for more details.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

STRING Functions

ASCII(character_expression)

Returns the ASCII code value of the left-most character of the character expression.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT ASCII('0');
                      --  Result: 48
                    

BASE64_ENCODE(input_binary)

Returns the Base64-encoded string form of a binary input.

  • input_binary: The binary value to encode.

                        SELECT BASE64_ENCODE(BinaryData);
                    -- Result: 'QmFzZTY0RW5jb2RlZA=='
                    

BASE64_DECODE(input_string)

Returns the binary result of decoding a Base64-encoded string.

  • input_string: The Base64-encoded string.

                        SELECT BASE64_DECODE('QmFzZTY0RW5jb2RlZA==');
                    -- Result: (binary output)
                    

CHAR(integer_expression)

Converts the integer ASCII code to the corresponding character.

  • integer_expression: The integer from 0 through 255.

                      SELECT CHAR(48);
                      -- Result: '0'
                    

CHARINDEX(expressionToFind ,expressionToSearch [,start_location ])

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • start_location: An optional character position to start searching for expressionToFind in expressionToSearch.

                      SELECT CHARINDEX('456', '0123456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT CHARINDEX('456', '0123456', 5);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

CHAR_LENGTH(character_expression),

Returns the number of UTF-8 characters present in the expression.

  • character_expression: The set of characters to be evaluated for length.

				 SELECT CHAR_LENGTH('sample text') FROM Account LIMIT 1
				 -- Result: 11			
				

CONCAT(string_value1, string_value2, ..., string_valueN)

Returns the string that is the concatenation of two or more string values.

  • string_value1: The first string to be concatenated.
  • string_value2: The second string to be concatenated.
  • string_valueN: (optional) Any additional strings to be concatenated.

                      SELECT CONCAT('Hello, ', 'world!');
                      -- Result: 'Hello, world!'
                    

CONTAINS(expressionToSearch, expressionToFind)

Returns 1 if expressionToFind is found within expressionToSearch; otherwise, 0.

  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.

                      SELECT CONTAINS('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT CONTAINS('0123456', 'Not a number');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ENDSWITH(character_expression, character_suffix)

Returns 1 if character_expression ends with character_suffix; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • character_suffix: The character suffix to search for.

                      SELECT ENDSWITH('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ENDSWITH('0123456', '012');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

FILESIZE(uri)

Returns the number of bytes present in the file at the specified file path.

  • uri: The path of the file from which to read the size.

				SELECT FILESIZE('C:/Users/User1/Desktop/myfile.txt');
				-- Result: 23684
				

FORMAT(value [, parseFormat], format )

Returns the value formatted with the specified format.

  • value: The string to format.
  • format: The string specifying the output syntax of the date or numeric format.
  • parseFormat: The string specifying the input syntax of the date value. Not applicable to numeric types.

                      SELECT FORMAT(12.34, '#');
                      -- Result: 12

                      SELECT FORMAT(12.34, '#.###');
                      -- Result: 12.34

                      SELECT FORMAT(1234, '0.000E0');
                      -- Result: 1.234E3
                      
                      SELECT FORMAT('2019/01/01', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: 2019-01-01
                      
                      SELECT FORMAT('20190101', 'yyyyMMdd', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: '2019-01-01'
                    

HASHBYTES(algorithm, value)

Returns the hash of the input value as a byte array using the given algorithm. The supported algorithms are MD5, SHA1, SHA2_256, SHA2_512, SHA3_224, SHA3_256, SHA3_384, and SHA3_512.

  • algorithm: The algorithm to use for hashing. Must be one of MD5, SHA1, SHA2_256, SHA2_512, SHA3_224, SHA3_256, SHA3_384, or SHA3_512.
  • value: The value to hash. Must be either a string or byte array.

                      SELECT HASHBYTES('MD5', 'Test');
                      -- Result (byte array): 0x0CBC6611F5540BD0809A388DC95A615B
                    

INDEXOF(expressionToSearch, expressionToFind [,start_location ])

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • start_location: An optional character position to start searching for expressionToFind in expressionToSearch.

                      SELECT INDEXOF('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT INDEXOF('0123456', '456', 5);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

ISALPHABETIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of alphabetic characters; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello123');
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello!');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ISALPHANUMERIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of alphabetic and numeric characters; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('Hello123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('Hello.123');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ISNUMERIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of numeric digits and up to one decimal point; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123.45');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123.45.67');
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('12a3');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

JSON_EXTRACT(json, jsonpath)

Selects any value in a JSON array or object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to extract.
  • jsonpath: The XPath used to select the nodes. The JSONPath must be a string constant. The values of the nodes selected will be returned in a token-separated list.

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": 1}}', '$.test');
                      -- Result: '{"data":1}'

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": 1}}', '$.test.data');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": [1, 2, 3]}}', '$.test.data[1]');
                      -- Result: 2
                    

LEFT ( character_expression , integer_expression )

Returns the specified number of characters counting from the left of the specified string.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • integer_expression: The positive integer that specifies how many characters will be returned counting from the left of character_expression.

                      SELECT LEFT('1234567890', 3);
                      -- Result: '123'
                    

LEN(string_expression)

Returns the number of characters of the specified string expression.

  • string_expression: The string expression.

                      SELECT LEN('12345');
                      -- Result: 5
                    

LOCATE(substring,string)

Returns an integer representing how many characters into the string the substring appears.

  • substring: The substring to find inside larger string.
  • string: The larger string that is searched for the substring.
  • start locations: An optional integer that sets the character position (offset) from which to start searching.

				SELECT LOCATE('sample','XXXXXsampleXXXXX');
				-- Result: 6

                SELECT LOCATE('sample', 'XXXXXsampleXXXXX', 7)
                -- Result: 0
				

LOWER ( character_expression )

Returns the character expression with the uppercase character data converted to lowercase.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT LOWER('MIXED case');
                      -- Result: 'mixed case'
                    

LTRIM(character_expression)

Returns the character expression with leading blanks removed.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT LTRIM('     trimmed');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'
                    

MASK(string_expression, mask_character [, start_index [, end_index ]])

Replaces the characters between start_index and end_index with the mask_character within the string.

  • string_expression: The string expression to be searched.
  • mask_character: The character to mask with.
  • start_index: The optional number of characters to leave unmasked at beginning of string. Defaults to 0.
  • end_index: The optional number of characters to leave unmasked at end of string. Defaults to 0.

                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*',);
                        -- Result: '**********'
                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*', 4);
                        -- Result: '1234******'
                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*', 4, 2);
                        -- Result: '1234****90'  
                    

NCHAR(integer_expression)

Returns the Unicode character with the specified integer code as defined by the Unicode standard.

  • integer_expression: The integer from 0 through 65535 (0 through xFFFF).

OCTET_LENGTH(character_expression),

Returns the number of bytes present in the expression.

  • character_expression: The set of characters to be be evaluated.

				 SELECT OCTET_LENGTH('text') FROM Account LIMIT 1
				 -- Result: 4
				

PATINDEX(pattern, expression)

Returns the starting position of the first occurrence of the pattern in the expression. Returns 0 if the pattern is not found.

  • pattern: The character expression that contains the sequence to be found. The wild-card character % can be used only at the start or end of the expression.
  • expression: The expression, typically a column, to search for the pattern.

                      SELECT PATINDEX('123%', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT PATINDEX('%890', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 8

                      SELECT PATINDEX('%456%', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

POSITION(expressionToFind IN expressionToSearch)

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.

                      SELECT POSITION('456' IN '123456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT POSITION('x' IN '123456');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

QUOTENAME(character_string [, quote_character])

Returns a valid SQL Server-delimited identifier by adding the necessary delimiters to the specified Unicode string.

  • character_string: The string of Unicode character data. The string is limited to 128 characters. Inputs greater than 128 characters return null.
  • quote_character: An optional single character to be used as the delimiter. These include:
    • a single quotation mark (')
    • a left or right bracket ([])
    • a double quotation mark (")
    • a left or right parenthesis ( () )
    • a greater or less than sign (><)
    • a left or right brace ({})
    • a backtick (`)

    If quote_character is not specified brackets are used. If an unacceptable character is supplied, it returns NULL.


                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name');
                      -- Result: '[table_name]'

                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name', '"');
                      -- Result: '"table_name"'

                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name', '[');
                      -- Result: '[table_name]'
                    

REGEXP_REPLACE(expr, pattern [, replacement [, position [, occurrence [, match_type]]]])

Replaces occurrences of a regular expression pattern in the input string with a specified value and returns the resulting string.

  • expr: The string expression to be searched.
  • pattern: The regular expression pattern to match.
  • replacement: (optional) The string to replace each matched occurrence of pattern with. Supports backreferences \1 through \9 and escape sequences \n, \r, \t, and \\. By default, this argument is an empty string, meaning matched portions are removed from the output string.
  • position: (optional) The 1-based starting position used when searching for regular expression matches in expr. The default is 1. All characters prior to the starting position are included in the output string unaltered. Skipped characters are ignored when calculating regular expression matches, even if they match pattern.
  • occurrence: (optional) Specifies whether all occurrences of pattern,, or only a specific occurrence of pattern are replaced. The default is 0, which means all occurrences of pattern are replaced with replacement. Set to 1 to only replace the first instance of the pattern; 2 to replace the second; etc.
  • match_type: (optional) Modifiers used to customize matching behavior. Supported values are: 'c' (case-sensitive, default), 'i' (case-insensitive), 'm' (multiline), 'n' (dot matches newline), 'x' (extended mode). These can be freely combined by including the letters back to back. For example, 'im' applies the functionality of both 'i' and 'm'. The regular expression syntax used is that of the Extended mode ('x') ignores whitespace and allows inline comments. If the pattern needs to match a literal space, it must be explicitly escaped.

                      SELECT REGEXP_REPLACE('abc123def456', '\d+', 'NUM');
                      -- Result: 'abcNUMdefNUM'

                      SELECT REGEXP_REPLACE('Hello\nHELLO\nhello', '^hello', 'X', 1, 0, 'im');
                      -- Result: 'X\nX\nX'
                    

REPLACE(string_expression, string_pattern, string_replacement)

Replaces all occurrences of a string with another string.

  • string_expression: The string expression to be searched. This can be a character or binary data type.
  • string_pattern: The substring to be found. Cannot be an empty string.
  • string_replacement: The replacement string.

                      SELECT REPLACE('1234567890', '456', '|');
                      -- Result: '123|7890'

                      SELECT REPLACE('123123123', '123', '.');
                      -- Result: '...'

                      SELECT REPLACE('1234567890', 'a', 'b');
                      -- Result: '1234567890'
                    

REPLICATE ( string_expression ,integer_expression )

Repeats the string value the specified number of times.

  • string_expression: The string to replicate.
  • integer_expression: The repeat count.

                      SELECT REPLACE('x', 5);
                      -- Result: 'xxxxx'
                    

REVERSE ( string_expression )

Returns the reverse order of the string expression.

  • string_expression: The string.

                      SELECT REVERSE('1234567890');
                      -- Result: '0987654321'
                    

RIGHT ( character_expression , integer_expression )

Returns the right part of the string with the specified number of characters.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • integer_expression: The positive integer that specifies how many characters of the character expression will be returned.

                      SELECT RIGHT('1234567890', 3);
                      -- Result: '890'
                    

RTRIM(character_expression)

Returns the character expression after it removes trailing blanks.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT RTRIM('trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'
                    

SOUNDEX(character_expression)

Returns the four-character Soundex code, based on how the string sounds when spoken.

  • character_expression: The alphanumeric expression of character data.

                      SELECT SOUNDEX('smith');
                      -- Result: 'S530'
                    

SPACE(repeatcount)

Returns the string that consists of repeated spaces.

  • repeatcount: The number of spaces.

                      SELECT SPACE(5);
                      -- Result: '     '
                    

SPLIT(string, delimiter, offset)

Returns a section of the string between to delimiters.

  • string: The string to split.
  • delimiter: The character to split the string with.
  • offset: The number of the split to return. Positive numbers are treated as offsets from the left, and negative numbers are treated as offsets from the right.

                      SELECT SPLIT('a/b/c/d', '/', 1);
                      -- Result: 'a'
                      SELECT SPLIT('a/b/c/d', '/', -2);
                      -- Result: 'c'
                    

STARTSWITH(character_expression, character_prefix)

Returns 1 if character_expression starts with character_prefix; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • character_prefix: The character prefix to search for.

                      SELECT STARTSWITH('0123456', '012');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT STARTSWITH('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

STR ( float_expression [ , integer_length [ , integer_decimal ] ] )

Returns the character data converted from the numeric data. For example, STR(123.45, 6, 1) returns 123.5.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • length: The optional total length to return. This includes decimal point, sign, digits, and spaces. The default is 10.
  • decimal: The optional number of places to the right of the decimal point. The decimal must be less than or equal to 16.

                      SELECT STR('123.456');
                      -- Result: '123'

                      SELECT STR('123.456', 2);
                      -- Result: '**'

                      SELECT STR('123.456', 10, 2);
                      -- Result: '123.46'
                    

STUFF(character_expression , integer_start , integer_length , replaceWith_expression)

Inserts a string into another string. It deletes the specified length of characters in the first string at the start position and then inserts the second string into the first string at the start position.

  • character_expression: The string expression.
  • start: The integer value that specifies the location to start deletion and insertion. If start or length is negative, null is returned. If start is longer than the string to be modified, character_expression, null is returned.
  • length: The integer that specifies the number of characters to delete. If length is longer than character_expression, deletion occurs up to the last character in replaceWith_expression.
  • replaceWith_expression: The expression of character data that will replace length characters of character_expression beginning at the start value.

                      SELECT STUFF('1234567890', 3, 2, 'xx');
                      -- Result: '12xx567890'
                    

SUBSTRING(string_value FROM start FOR length)

Returns the part of the string with the specified length; starts at the specified index.

  • string_value: The character string.
  • start: The positive integer that specifies the start index of characters to return.
  • length: Optional. The positive integer that specifies how many characters will be returned.

                      SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890' FROM 3 FOR 2);
                      -- Result: '34'

                      SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890' FROM 3);
                      -- Result: '34567890'
                    
You can also drop the FROM and FOR clauses:
                    SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890', 3, 2)
                    --Result: '34'
                    SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890', 3)
                    --Result: '34567890'
                    

TEXT_ENCODE(input_string, charset)

Returns binary output by encoding a string using the specified character set.

  • input_string: The plain text string.
  • charset: The character set to use, such as 'UTF-8', 'ISO-8859-1'.

                    SELECT TEXT_ENCODE('Café', 'UTF-8');
                    -- Result: (binary output)
                    

TEXT_DECODE(input_binary, charset)

Returns a string decoded from binary data using the specified character set.

  • input_binary: The binary value to decode.
  • charset: The character set used for decoding.

                    SELECT TEXT_DECODE(BinaryData, 'UTF-8');
                    -- Result: 'Café'
                    

TOSTRING(string_value1)

Converts the value of this instance to its equivalent string representation.

  • string_value1: The string to be converted.

                      SELECT TOSTRING(123);
                      -- Result: '123'

                      SELECT TOSTRING(123.456);
                      -- Result: '123.456'

                      SELECT TOSTRING(null);
                      -- Result: ''
                    

TRIM(trimspec trimchar FROM string_value)

Returns the character expression with leading and/or trailing blanks removed.

  • trimspec: Optional. If included must be one of the keywords BOTH, LEADING or TRAILING.
  • trimchar: Optional. If included should be a one-character string value.
  • string_value: The string value to trim.

                      SELECT TRIM('     trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(LEADING FROM '     trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed     '

                      SELECT TRIM('-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(BOTH '-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(TRAILING '-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: '-----trimmed'
                    

UNICODE(ncharacter_expression)

Returns the integer value defined by the Unicode standard of the first character of the input expression.

  • ncharacter_expression: The Unicode character expression.

UPPER ( character_expression )

Returns the character expression with lowercase character data converted to uppercase.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT UPPER('MIXED case');
                      -- Result: 'MIXED CASE'
                    

XML_EXTRACT(xml, xpath [, separator])

Extracts an XML document using the specified XPath to flatten the XML. A comma is used to separate the outputs by default, but this can be changed by specifying the third parameter.

  • xml: The XML document to extract.
  • xpath: The XPath used to select the nodes. The nodes selected will be returned in a token-separated list.
  • separator: The optional token used to separate the items in the flattened response. If this is not specified, the separator will be a comma.

                      SELECT XML_EXTRACT('<vowels><ch>a</ch><ch>e</ch><ch>i</ch><ch>o</ch><ch>u</ch></vowels>', '/vowels/ch');
                      -- Result: 'a,e,i,o,u'

                      SELECT XML_EXTRACT('<vowels><ch>a</ch><ch>e</ch><ch>i</ch><ch>o</ch><ch>u</ch></vowels>', '/vowels/ch', ';');
                      -- Result: 'a;e;i;o;u'
                    

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

MATH Functions

ABS ( numeric_expression )

Returns the absolute (positive) value of the specified numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT ABS(15);
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT ABS(-15);
                      -- Result: 15
                    

ACOS ( float_expression )

Returns the arc cosine, the angle in radians whose cosine is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the cosine of the angle to be returned. Values outside the range from -1 to 1 return null.

                      SELECT ACOS(0.5);
                      -- Result: 1.0471975511966
                    

ASIN ( float_expression )

Returns the arc sine, the angle in radians whose sine is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the sine of the angle to be returned. Values outside the range from -1 to 1 return null.

                      SELECT ASIN(0.5);
                      -- Result: 0.523598775598299
                    

ATAN ( float_expression )

Returns the arc tangent, the angle in radians whose tangent is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the tangent of the angle to be returned.

                      SELECT ATAN(10);
                      -- Result: 1.47112767430373
                    

ATN2 ( float_expression1 , float_expression2 )

Returns the angle in radians between the positive x-axis and the ray from the origin to the point (y, x) where x and y are the values of the two specified float expressions.

  • float_expression1: The float expression that is the y-coordinate.
  • float_expression2: The float expression that is the x-coordinate.

                      SELECT ATN2(1, 1);
                      -- Result: 0.785398163397448
                    

CEILING ( numeric_expression ) or CEIL( numeric_expression )

Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT CEILING(1.3);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT CEILING(1.5);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT CEILING(1.7);
                      -- Result: 2
                    

COS ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric cosine of the specified angle in radians in the specified expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression of the specified angle in radians.

                      SELECT COS(1);
                      -- Result: 0.54030230586814
                    

COT ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric cotangent of the angle in radians specified by float_expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression of the angle in radians.

                      SELECT COT(1);
                      -- Result: 0.642092615934331
                    

DEGREES ( numeric_expression )

Returns the angle in degrees for the angle specified in radians.

  • numeric_expression: The angle in radians, an expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT DEGREES(3.1415926);
                      -- Result: 179.999996929531
                    

EXP ( float_expression )

Returns the exponential value of the specified float expression. For example, EXP(LOG(20)) is 20.

  • float_expression: The float expression.

                      SELECT EXP(2);
                      -- Result: 7.38905609893065
                    

EXPR ( expression )

Evaluates the expression.

  • expression: The expression. Operators allowed are +, -, *, /, ==, !=, >, <, >=, and <=.

                      SELECT EXPR('1 + 2 * 3');
                      -- Result: 7

                      SELECT EXPR('1 + 2 * 3 == 7');
                      -- Result: true
                    

FLOOR ( numeric_expression )

Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.3);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.5);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.7);
                      -- Result: 1
                    

GREATEST(int1,int2,....)

Returns the greatest of the supplied integers.

				SELECT GREATEST(3,5,8,10,1)
				-- Result: 10			
				

HEX(value)

Returns a the equivalent hex for the input value.

  • value: A string or numerical value to be converted into hex.

				SELECT HEX(866849198);
				-- Result: 33AB11AE
				
				SELECT HEX('Sample Text');
				-- Result: 53616D706C652054657874
				

JSON_AVG(json, jsonpath)

Computes the average value of a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 3

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 3

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 4.5
                    

JSON_COUNT(json, jsonpath)

Returns the number of elements in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 2
                    

JSON_MAX(json, jsonpath)

Gets the maximum value in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[..3]');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

JSON_MIN(json, jsonpath)

Gets the minimum value in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

JSON_SUM(json, jsonpath)

Computes the summary value in JSON according to the JSONPath expression. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 9
                    

LEAST(int1,int2,....)

Returns the least of the supplied integers.

				SELECT LEAST(3,5,8,10,1)
				-- Result: 1			
				

LOG ( float_expression [, base ] )

Returns the natural logarithm of the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • base: The optional integer argument that sets the base for the logarithm.

                      SELECT LOG(7.3890560);
                      -- Result: 1.99999998661119
                    

LOG10 ( float_expression )

Returns the base-10 logarithm of the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT LOG10(10000);
                      -- Result: 4
                    

MOD(dividend,divisor)

Returns the integer value associated with the remainder when dividing the dividend by the divisor.

  • dividend: The number to take the modulus of.
  • divisor: The number to divide the dividend by when determining the modulus.

				SELECT MOD(10,3);
				-- Result: 1
				

NEGATE(real_number)

Returns the opposite to the real number input.

  • real_number: The real number to find the opposite of.

				SELECT NEGATE(10);
				-- Result: -10
				
				SELECT NEGATE(-12.4)
				--Result: 12.4
				

PI ( )

Returns the constant value of pi.

                  SELECT PI()
                  -- Result: 3.14159265358979 
                

POWER ( float_expression , y )

Returns the value of the specified expression raised to the specified power.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • y: The power to raise float_expression to.

                      SELECT POWER(2, 10);
                      -- Result: 1024

                      SELECT POWER(2, -2);
                      -- Result: 0.25
                    

RADIANS ( float_expression )

Returns the angle in radians of the angle in degrees.

  • float_expression: The degrees of the angle as a float expression.

                      SELECT RADIANS(180);
                      -- Result: 3.14159265358979
                    

RAND ( [ integer_seed ] )

Returns a pseudorandom float value from 0 through 1, exclusive.

  • seed: The optional integer expression that specifies the seed value. If seed is not specified, a seed value at random will be assigned.

                      SELECT RAND();
                      -- This result may be different, since the seed is randomized
                      -- Result: 0.873159630165044

                      SELECT RAND(1);
                      -- This result will always be the same, since the seed is constant
                      -- Result: 0.248668584157093
                    

ROUND ( numeric_expression [ ,integer_length] [ ,function ] )

Returns the numeric value rounded to the specified length or precision.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of a numeric data type.
  • length: The optional precision to round the numeric expression to. When this is omitted, the default behavior will be to round to the nearest whole number.
  • function: The optional type of operation to perform. When the function parameter is omitted or has a value of 0 (default), numeric_expression is rounded. When a value other than 0 is specified, numeric_expression is truncated.

                      SELECT ROUND(1.3, 0);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ROUND(1.55, 1);
                      -- Result: 1.6

                      SELECT ROUND(1.7, 0, 0);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT ROUND(1.7, 0, 1);
                      -- Result: 1
                      
                      SELECT ROUND (1.24);
                      -- Result: 1.0
                    

SIGN ( numeric_expression )

Returns the positive sign (1), 0, or negative sign (-1) of the specified expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT SIGN(0);
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT SIGN(10);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT SIGN(-10);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

SIN ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric sine of the angle in radians.

  • float_expression: The float expression specifying the angle in radians.

                     SELECT SIN(1);
                     -- Result: 0.841470984807897
                    

SQRT ( float_expression )

Returns the square root of the specified float value.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT SQRT(100);
                      -- Result: 10
                    

SQUARE ( float_expression )

Returns the square of the specified float value.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT SQUARE(10);
                      -- Result: 100

                      SELECT SQUARE(-10);
                      -- Result: 100
                    

TAN ( float_expression )

Returns the tangent of the input expression.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT TAN(1);
                      -- Result: 1.5574077246549
                    

TRUNC(decimal_number,precision)

Returns the supplied decimal number truncated to have the supplied decimal precision.

  • decimal_number: The decimal value to truncate.
  • precision: The number of decimal places to truncate the decimal number to.

				SELECT TRUNC(10.3423,2);
				-- Result: 10.34
				

_ROW_NUMBER_()

Returns a row index as an additional column.

				SELECT ColumnName, _ROW_NUMBER_() FROM TableName
				-- Result: ColumnData, 0
				ColumnData2, 1
				ColumnData3, 2
				

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

DATE Functions

CURRENT_DATE()

Returns the current date value.

                  SELECT CURRENT_DATE();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01
                

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system as a datetime value. This value is equal to GETDATE and SYSDATETIME, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

DATEADD (datepart , integer_number , date [, dateformat])

Returns the datetime value that results from adding the specified number (a signed integer) to the specified date part of the date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to add the specified number to. The valid values and abbreviations are
    • year (yy, yyyy)
    • quarter (qq, q)
    • month (mm, m)
    • week (wk, ww)
    • weekday (dw)
    • dayofyear (dy, y)
    • day (dd, d)
    • hour (hh)
    • minute (mi, n)
    • second (ss, s)
    • millisecond (ms)
  • number: The number to be added.
  • date: The expression of the datetime data type.
  • dateformat: The optional output date format.

                  SELECT DATEADD('d', 5, '2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-06

                  SELECT DATEADD('hh', 5, '2018-02-01 00:00:00');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:00:00
                

DATEDIFF ( datepart , startdate , enddate )

Returns the difference (a signed integer) of the specified time interval between the specified start date and end date.

  • datepart: The part of the date that is the time interval of the difference between the start date and end date. The valid values and abbreviations are:
    • Year (year, yyyy, yy)
    • Quarter (quarter, qq, q)
    • Month (month, mm, m)
    • Week (week, wk, ww)
    • Weekday (weekday, dw)
    • Dayofyear (dayofyear, dy, y)
    • Day (day, dd, d)
    • Hour (hour, hh)
    • Minute (minute, mi, n)
    • Second (second, ss, s)
    • Millisecond (millisecond, ms)
  • startdate: The datetime expression of the start date.
  • enddate: The datetime expression of the end date.

                  SELECT DATEDIFF('d', '2018-02-01', '2018-02-10');
                  -- Result: 9

                  SELECT DATEDIFF('hh', '2018-02-01 00:00:00', '2018-02-01 12:00:00');
                  -- Result: 12
                

DATE_FORMAT(date,format)

Returns the date or timestamp in the format specified. This function mirrors the MySQL DATE_FORMAT function.

  • date: A date or timestamp string.
  • format: The specifier string of the desired output format. The list of supported format specifiers comes from the MySQL DATE_FORMAT function (see link to MySQL documentation above).

					SELECT DATE_FORMAT('9/4/2021 3:11:53 AM','%h')
					-- Result: 03
				  

DATEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day)

Returns the datetime value for the specified year, month, and day.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.

                    SELECT DATEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01
                  

DATENAME(datepart , date)

Returns the character string that represents the specified date part of the specified date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to return. The valid values and abbreviations are year (yy, yyyy), quarter (qq, q), month (mm, m), dayofyear (dy, y), day (dd, d), week (wk, ww), weekday (dw), hour (hh), minute (mi, n), second (ss, s), millisecond (ms), microsecond (mcs), and nanosecond (ns).
  • date: The datetime expression.

                     SELECT DATENAME('yy', '2018-02-01');
                     -- Result: '2018'

                     SELECT DATENAME('dw', '2018-02-01');
                     -- Result: 'Thursday'
                   

DATEPART(datepart, date [,integer_datefirst])

Returns a character string that represents the specified date part of the specified date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to return. The valid values and abbreviations are year (yy, yyyy), quarter (qq, q), month (mm, m), dayofyear (dy, y), day (dd, d), week (wk, ww), weekday (dw), hour (hh), minute (mi, n), second (ss, s), millisecond (ms), microsecond (mcs), nanosecond (ns), ISODOW, ISO_WEEK (isoweek, isowk,isoww), and ISOYEAR.
  • date: The datetime string.
  • datefirst: The optional integer representing the first day of the week. The default is 7, Sunday.

                    SELECT DATEPART('yy', '2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 2018

                    SELECT DATEPART('dw', '2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 5
                  

DATETIMEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_milliseconds)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date parts.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • milliseconds: The integer expression specifying the milliseconds.

                    SELECT DATETIMEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 456);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:03.456
                  

DATETIME2FROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_fractions, integer_precision)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date parts.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • fractions: The integer expression specifying the fractions of the second.
  • precision: The integer expression specifying the precision of the fraction.

				    SELECT DATETIME2FROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 456, 3);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:03.456
                  

DATE_TRUNC(date, datepart)

Truncates the date to the precision of the given date part. Modeled after the Oracle TRUNC function.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • datepart: Refer to the Oracle documentation for valid datepart syntax.

				    SELECT DATE_TRUNC('05-04-2005', 'YY');
                    -- Result: '1/1/2005'
					
                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC('05-04-2005', 'MM');
                    -- Result: '5/1/2005'                    
                  

DATE_TRUNC2(datepart, date, [weekday])

Truncates the date to the precision of the given date part. Modeled after the PostgreSQL date_trunc function.

  • datepart: One of 'millennium', 'century', 'decade', 'year', 'quarter', 'month', 'week', 'day', 'hour', 'minute' or 'second'.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • weekday: The optional day of the week to use as the first day for 'week'. One of 'sunday', 'monday', etc.

                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC2('year', '2020-02-04');
                    -- Result: '2020-01-01'

                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC2('week', '2020-02-04', 'monday');
                    -- Result: '2020-02-02', which is the previous Monday
                  

DAY(date)

Returns the integer that specifies the day component of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

                    SELECT DAY('2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 1
                  

DAYNAME(date)

Returns the name of the day of the week of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

                    SELECT DAYNAME('8/18/2021');
                    -- Result: Wednesday
                  

DAYOFMONTH(date)

Returns the day of the month of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFMONTH('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 15
				  

DAYOFWEEK(date)

Returns the day of the week of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFWEEK('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 7
				  

DAYOFYEAR(date)

Returns the day of the year of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFYEAR('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 106
				  

EOMONTH(date [, integer_month_to_add ]) or LAST_DAY(date)

Returns the last day of the month that contains the specified date with an optional offset.

  • date: The datetime expression specifying the date for which to return the last day of the month.
  • integer_month_to_add: The optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the end of the month.

                  SELECT EOMONTH('2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-28
                  
                  SELECT LAST_DAY('2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-28

                  SELECT EOMONTH('2018-02-01', 2);
                  -- Result: 2018-04-30
                

EXTRACT(date_part FROM date_column_name)

Returns the last day of the month that contains the specified date with an optional offset.

  • date_part: One of the following date components: YEAR, MONTH, DAY, HOUR, MINUTE, SECOND.
  • date_column_name: The name of a date column in a table.

                  SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR FROM DateColumn)
                  -- Result: 2021
                

FDWEEK(date)

Returns the first day of the week of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • weeks to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the week.

				  SELECT FDWEEK('02-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 2/4/2018

          SELECT FDWEEK('02-08-2018', 1)
          --Result: 02/11/2018
				  

FDMONTH(date)

Returns the first day of the month of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • month to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the month.

				  SELECT FDMONTH('02-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 2/1/2018

          SELECT FDMONTH('02-08-2018', 1) 
          --Result: 03/01/2018
				  

FDQUARTER(date)

Returns the first day of the quarter of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • quarters to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the quarter.

				  SELECT FDQUARTER('05-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 4/1/2018

          SELECT FDQUARTER('05-08-2018',1)
          --Result: 07/01/2018
				  

FILEMODIFIEDTIME(uri)

Returns the time stamp associated with the Date Modified of the relevant file.

  • uri: An absolute path pointing to a file on the local file system.

				 SELECT FILEMODIFIEDTIME('C:/Documents/myfile.txt');
				 -- Result: 6/25/2019 10:06:58 AM
				 

FROM_DAYS(datevalue)

Returns a date derived from the number of days after 1582-10-15 (based upon the Gregorian calendar). This will be equivalent to the MYSQL FROM_DAYS function.

  • datevalue: A integer value representing the number of days since 1582-10-15.

				SELECT FROM_DAYS(736000);
				-- Result: 2/6/2015
				

FROM_UNIXTIME(time, issecond)

Returns a representation of the unix_timestamp argument as a value in YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS expressed in the current time zone.

  • time: The time stamp value from epoch time. Milliseconds are accepted.
  • issecond: Indicates the time stamp value is milliseconds to epoch time.

                      SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(1540495231, 1);
                      -- Result: 2018-10-25 19:20:31

                      SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(1540495357385, 0);
                      -- Result: 2018-10-25 19:22:37
                    

GETDATE()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system as a datetime value. This value is equal to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and SYSDATETIME, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT GETDATE();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

GETUTCDATE()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system formatted as a UTC datetime value. This value is equal to SYSUTCDATETIME.

In addition, GETUTCDATE can take an optional second parameter, a date and time that are converted to UTC.

                  SELECT GETUTCDATE();
                  -- For example, if the local timezone is Eastern European Time (GMT+2)
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:04:05

                  SELECT GETUTCDATE('2020/08/31 13:56:00')
                  --Result: '2020-08-31 17:56:00'
                

HOUR(date)

Returns the hour component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT HOUR('02-02-2020 11:30:00');
				-- Result: 11
				

ISDATE(date, [date_format])

Returns 1 if the value is a valid date, time, or datetime value; otherwise, 0.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • date_format: The optional datetime format.

                      SELECT ISDATE('2018-02-01', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISDATE('Not a date');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

LAST_WEEK()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one week before the current date.

				SELECT LAST_WEEK();	//Assume the date is 3/17/2020	
			 -- Result: 3/10/2020 00:00:00
				

LAST_MONTH()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one month before the current date.

	
				SELECT LAST_MONTH(); //Assume the date is 3/17/2020
				-- Result: 2/17/2020 00:00:00
				

LAST_YEAR()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one year before the current date.

				SELECT LAST_YEAR();	//Assume the date is 3/17/2020	
				-- Result: 3/10/2019 00:00:00
				

LDWEEK(date)

Returns the last day of the provided week.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • weeks to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the week.

				SELECT LDWEEK('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2/8/2020
				

LDMONTH(date)

Returns the last day of the provided month.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • months to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the month.

				SELECT LDMONTH('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2/29/2020

        SELECT LDMONTH('02-08-2020', 1)
        --Result: 03/31/2020
				

LDQUARTER(date)

Returns the last day of the provided quarter.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • quarters to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the quarter.

				SELECT LDQUARTER('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 3/31/2020

        SELECT LDQUARTER('02-02-2020',1)
        --Result: 06/30/2020
				

MAKEDATE(year, days)

Returns a date value from a year and a number of days.

  • year: The year
  • days: The number of days into the year. Value must be greater than 0.

          SELECT MAKEDATE(2020, 1);
          -- Result: 2020-01-01
        

MINUTE(date)

Returns the minute component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT MINUTE('02-02-2020 11:15:00');
				-- Result: 15
				

MONTH(date)

Returns the month component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT MONTH('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2
				

QUARTER(date)

Returns the quarter associated with the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT QUARTER('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 1
				

SECOND(date)

Returns the second component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT SECOND('02-02-2020 11:15:23');
				-- Result: 23
				

SMALLDATETIMEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date and time.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.

                      SELECT SMALLDATETIMEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2);
                      -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:00
                    

STRTODATE(string,format)

Parses the provided string value and returns the corresponding datetime.

  • string: The string value to be converted to datetime format.
  • format: A format string which describes how to interpret the first string input. A few special formats are available as well, including UNIX, UNIXMILIS, TICKS, and FILETICKS.

				SELECT STRTODATE('03*04*2020','dd*MM*yyyy');
				-- Result: 4/3/2020
				

SYSDATETIME()

Returns the current time stamp as a datetime value of the database system. It is equal to GETDATE and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT SYSDATETIME();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

SYSUTCDATETIME()

Returns the current system date and time as a UTC datetime value. It is equal to GETUTCDATE.

                  SELECT SYSUTCDATETIME();
                  -- For example, if the local timezone is Eastern European Time (GMT+2)
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:04:05
                

TIMEFROMPARTS(integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_fractions, integer_precision)

Returns the time value for the specified time and with the specified precision.

  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • fractions: The integer expression specifying the fractions of the second.
  • precision : The integer expression specifying the precision of the fraction.

                      SELECT TIMEFROMPARTS(1, 2, 3, 456, 3);
                      -- Result: 01:02:03.456
                    

TO_DAYS(date)

Returns the number of days since 0000-00-01. This will only return a value for dates on or after 1582-10-15 (based upon the Gregorian calendar). This will be equivalent to the MYSQL TO_DAYS function.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT TO_DAYS('02-06-2015');
				-- Result: 736000
				

WEEK(date)

Returns the week (of the year) associated with the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT WEEK('02-17-2020 11:15:23');
				-- Result: 8
				

YEAR(date)

Returns the integer that specifies the year of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string.

                      SELECT YEAR('2018-02-01');
                      -- Result: 2018
                    

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Date Literal Functions

The following date literal functions can be used to filter date fields using relative intervals. Note that while the <, >, and = operators are supported for these functions, <= and >= are not.

L_TODAY()

The current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_TODAY()

L_YESTERDAY()

The previous day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_YESTERDAY()

L_TOMORROW()

The following day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_TOMORROW()

L_LAST_WEEK()

Every day in the preceding week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_WEEK()

L_THIS_WEEK()

Every day in the current week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_THIS_WEEK()

L_NEXT_WEEK()

Every day in the following week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_WEEK()
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT MONTH
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT QUARTER
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT YEAR

L_LAST_N_DAYS(n)

The previous n days, excluding the current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_N_DAYS(3)

L_NEXT_N_DAYS(n)

The following n days, including the current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_N_DAYS(3)
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_90_DAYS

L_LAST_N_WEEKS(n)

Every day in every week, starting n weeks before current week, and ending in the previous week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_N_WEEKS(3)

L_NEXT_N_WEEKS(n)

Every day in every week, starting the following week, and ending n weeks in the future.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_N_WEEKS(3)
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_MONTHS(n)
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_QUARTERS(n)
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_YEARS(n)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SELECT Statements

A SELECT statement can consist of the following basic clauses.

  • SELECT
  • INTO
  • FROM
  • JOIN
  • WHERE
  • GROUP BY
  • HAVING
  • UNION
  • ORDER BY
  • LIMIT

SELECT Syntax

The following syntax diagram outlines the syntax supported by the SQL engine of the connector:

SELECT {
  [ TOP <numeric_literal> | DISTINCT ]
  { 
    * 
    | { 
        <expression> [ [ AS ] <column_reference> ] 
        | { <table_name> | <correlation_name> } .* 
      } [ , ... ] 
  }
  { 
    FROM <table_reference> [ [ AS ] <identifier> ] 
  } [ , ... ]
  [ [  
      INNER | { { LEFT | RIGHT | FULL } [ OUTER ] } 
    ] JOIN <table_reference> [ ON <search_condition> ] [ [ AS ] <identifier> ] 
  ] [ ... ] 
  [ WHERE <search_condition> ]
  [ GROUP BY <column_reference> [ , ... ]
  [ HAVING <search_condition> ]
  [ UNION [ ALL ] <select_statement> ]
  [ 
    ORDER BY 
    <column_reference> [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS FIRST | NULLS LAST ]
  ]
  [ 
    LIMIT <expression>
    [ 
      { OFFSET | , }
      <expression> 
    ]
  ] 
} | SCOPE_IDENTITY() 

<expression> ::=
  | <column_reference>
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | COUNT( * | { [ DISTINCT ] <expression> } )
  | { AVG | MAX | MIN | SUM | COUNT } ( <expression> ) 
  | NULLIF ( <expression> , <expression> ) 
  | COALESCE ( <expression> , ... ) 
  | CASE <expression>
      WHEN { <expression> | <search_condition> } THEN { <expression> | NULL } [ ... ]
    [ ELSE { <expression> | NULL } ]
    END 
  | {RANK() | DENSE_RANK()} OVER ([PARTITION BY <column_reference>] {ORDER BY <column_reference>})
  | <literal>
  | <sql_function> 

<search_condition> ::= 
  {
    <expression> { = | > | < | >= | <= | <> | != | LIKE | NOT LIKE | IN | NOT IN | IS NULL | IS NOT NULL | AND | OR | CONTAINS | BETWEEN | IS DISTINCT FROM | IS NOT DISTINCT FROM } [ <expression> ]
  } [ { AND | OR } ... ] 

Examples

  1. Return all columns:
    SELECT * FROM Tickets
  2. Rename a column:
    SELECT [Subject] AS MY_Subject FROM Tickets
  3. Cast a column's data as a different data type:
    SELECT CAST(Size AS VARCHAR) AS Str_Size FROM Tickets
  4. Search data:
    SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'
  5. Return the number of items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT COUNT(*) AS MyCount FROM Tickets 
  6. Return the number of unique items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT Subject) FROM Tickets 
  7. Return the unique items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT DISTINCT Subject FROM Tickets 
  8. Sort a result set in ascending order:
    SELECT Id, Subject FROM Tickets  ORDER BY Subject ASC
  9. Restrict a result set to the specified number of rows:
    SELECT Id, Subject FROM Tickets LIMIT 10 
  10. Parameterize a query to pass in inputs at execution time. This enables you to create prepared statements and mitigate SQL injection attacks.
    SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = @param
See Explicitly Caching Data for information on using the SELECT statement in offline mode.

Pseudo Columns

Some input-only fields are available in SELECT statements. These fields, called pseudo columns, do not appear as regular columns in the results, yet may be specified as part of the WHERE clause. You can use pseudo columns to access additional features from Zendesk.

    SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Pseudo = '@Pseudo'
    

Aggregate Functions

For SELECT examples using aggregate functions, see Aggregate Functions.

JOIN Queries

See JOIN Queries for SELECT query examples using JOINs.

Date Literal Functions

Date Literal Functions contains SELECT examples with date literal functions.

Window Functions

See Window Functions for SELECT examples containing window functions.

Table-Valued Functions

See Table-Valued Functions for SELECT examples with table-valued functions.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Aggregate Functions

COUNT

Returns the number of rows matching the query criteria.

SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'

COUNT(DISTINCT)

Returns the number of distinct, non-null field values matching the query criteria.

SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT Id) AS DistinctValues FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'

AVG

Returns the average of the column values.

SELECT Subject, AVG(Size) FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'  GROUP BY Subject

MIN

Returns the minimum column value.

SELECT MIN(Size), Subject FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks' GROUP BY Subject

MAX

Returns the maximum column value.

SELECT Subject, MAX(Size) FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks' GROUP BY Subject

SUM

Returns the total sum of the column values.

SELECT SUM(Size) FROM Tickets WHERE Industry = 'Floppy Disks'

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

JOIN Queries

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk supports standard SQL joins like the following examples.

Inner Join

An inner join selects only rows from both tables that match the join condition:

SELECT Customers.ContactName, Orders.OrderDate FROM Customers, Orders WHERE Customers.CustomerId=Orders.CustomerId

Left Join

A left join selects all rows in the FROM table and only matching rows in the JOIN table:

SELECT Customers.ContactName, Orders.OrderDate FROM Customers LEFT OUTER JOIN Orders ON Customers.CustomerId=Orders.CustomerId

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Window Functions

Window functions allow you to create computed fields from a group of rows (a window) that return a result for each row, as opposed to one computed result for a set of rows, as is the case with aggregate functions. The connector supports the following window function syntax.

Note: Window function support is an experimental feature of the connector. This functionality extends beyond the connector's core scope of being SQL-92 compliant. As such, performance with window functions may not be optimal.

Window Function Clauses

OVER

The OVER clause defines the window over which window functions are performed.

SELECT A, B, <window function> OVER (<window frame>) FROM TableName

The <window function> refers to any supported window function clause, and the <window frame> refers to one or more clauses that specify the logic by which the window is defined.

PARTITION BY

The PARTITION BY clause subdivides a window into sub-windows called partitions. For each unique value in the column specified in the PARTITION BY clause, every record with that value collectively forms an individual partition.

SELECT A, B, <window function> OVER (PARTITION BY A ORDER BY B) From Tickets

The <window function> refers to any supported window function clause.

Window Functions

The connector supports math, ranking, and analytic window functions.

Math

These window functions perform mathematical operations on the records within the window.

COUNT()

Calculates the number of records in each partition. The calculated column is of the data type "int".

In each partition, every record will display the total number of records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, COUNT() OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

COUNT_BIG()

Calculates the number of records in each partition. The calculated column is of the data type "bigint".

In each partition, every record will display the total number of records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, COUNT_BIG() OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MIN(numeric_column)

Calculates the minimum value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the minimum value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MIN(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MAX(numeric_column)

Calculates the maximum value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the maximum value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MAX(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

SUM(numeric_column)

Calculates the sum of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the sum of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, SUM(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

AVG(numeric_column)

Calculates the average value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the average value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, AVG(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MEDIAN(numeric_column)

Calculates the median value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the median value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MEDIAN(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

STDEV(numeric_column)

Calculates the standard deviation of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the standard deviation of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, STDEV(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

STDEVP(numeric_column)

Calculates the population standard deviation of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the population standard deviation of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, STDEVP(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

VAR(numeric_column)

Calculates the statistical standard variance of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the statistical standard variance of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, VAR(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

VARP(numeric_column)

Calculates the variance population of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the variance population of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, VARP(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

Ranking

These window functions rank records that fall within the window and its partitions.

RANK()

Assigns a rank number to each record in a window based on the value of the column specified in the required ORDER BY clause.

If two or more records have an equal value in the in ranked column, they all receive the same rank number and the rank count increments internally, skipping ahead one rank number for each record with a duplicate value in the ORDER BY column.

SELECT Id, Subject, RANK() OVER (ORDER BY Subject) AS Rank FROM Tickets

If you add a PARTITION BY clause, a separate set of ranks is calculated for each partition.

SELECT Id, Subject, RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Subject) AS Rank FROM Tickets

DENSE_RANK()

Operates like the RANK() function, but it doesn't increment the internal rank counter for each record with a duplicate value in the ranked column.

This means that, while records with identical values in the ORDER BY column still share a rank number, the function never skips a rank number.

SELECT Id, Subject, DENSE_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Subject) AS Rank FROM Tickets

If you add a PARTITION BY clause, a separate set of ranks is calculated for each partition.

SELECT Id, Subject, DENSE_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Subject) AS Rank FROM Tickets

ROW_NUMBER()

Calculates a row number for each record. An ORDER BY clause in the OVER clause is required.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, ROW_NUMBER() OVER (ORDER BY Role) FROM Employees
If you define multiple partitions with PARTITION BY, a new set of row numbers are calculated for each partition.
SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, ROW_NUMBER() OVER (PARTITION BY Role ORDER BY Earnings) FROM Employees

NTILE()

Distributes rows of an ordered partition into a specified number of approximately equal groups, or buckets. It assigns each group a bucket number starting from one. For each row in a group, the NTILE() function assigns a bucket number representing the group to which the row belongs.

The syntax of NTILE() is:

NTILE(buckets) OVER (
    [PARTITION BY partition_expression, ... ]
    ORDER BY sort_expression [ASC | DESC], ...
)
The following are paramaters that NTILE() supports:

  • buckets: The number of buckets into which the rows are divided. The buckets can be an expression or subquery that evaluates to a positive integer. It cannot be a window function.
  • PARTITION BY: distributes rows of a result set into partitions to which the NTILE() function is applied.
  • ORDER BY is clause that specifies the logical order of rows in each partition to which the NTILE() is applied.

If the number of rows is not divisible by the buckets, the NTILE() function returns groups of two sizes with the difference by one. The larger groups always precede the smaller group in the order set by ORDER BY in the OVER() clause.

If the total of rows is divisible by the number of buckets, the function divides the rows evenly among buckets. The following statement creates a new table named ntile_demo that stores 10 integers:

CREATE TABLE sales.ntile_demo (
	v INT NOT NULL
);
	
INSERT INTO sales.ntile_demo(v) 
VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6),(7),(8),(9),(10);	
	
SELECT * FROM sales.ntile_demo;
This statement uses the NTILE() function to divide ten rows into three groups:
SELECT 
	v, 
	NTILE (3) OVER (
		ORDER BY v
	) buckets
FROM 
	sales.ntile_demo;

Analytical

These window functions perform analytical operations on the records within the window.

PERCENT_RANK()

Calculates the relative rank SQL Percentile of each row. It returns values greater than zero, but the maximum value is one. It does not count any NULL values. This function is nondeterministic.

The syntax of PERCENT_RANK() is:

PERCENT_RANK() OVER (
      [PARTITION BY partition_expression, ... ]
      ORDER BY sort_expression [ASC | DESC], ...
  )
  
This syntax uses the following parameters.

  • PARTITION BY: By default, SQL Server treats the whole data set as a single set. You can specify the PARTITION BY clause to divide data into multiple sets. The Percent_Rank function performs the analytical calculations on each set. This parameter is optional.
  • ORDER BY: Sorts the data in either ascending or descending order. This parameter is required.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Table-Valued Functions

Table-valued functions are functions that return a table (rowset).

Note: Table-valued function support is an experimental feature of the connector. This functionality extends beyond the connector's core scope of being SQL-92 compliant. As such, performance with these functions may not be optimal.

Table-Valued Function Clauses

CROSS APPLY

The CROSS APPLY operator is used to perform a subquery on each row of a table or resultset produced by a preceding table expression.

<table_expression_1> CROSS APPLY <table_expression_2>

The second table expression can reference results from the first table expression to create derived columns or an altered recordset via a table-valued function.

Each resulting record is an instance of the record it's splitting, with all the same column values, except for the column(s) containing the value split by the function.

WITH

The WITH clause is used alongside certain table-valued functions to match against constructs within the structure being split (keys, element names, attribute names, etc.) and/or to specify metadata for the columns generated from the function.
SELECT A.ColumnName, X.DerivedColumnName FROM TableName A CROSS APPLY <table-valued function> WITH (DerivedColumnName varchar(255)) AS X

Table-Valued Functions

STRING_SPLIT(input_text,delimiter)

Takes each record in the recordset of the preceding table expression, splits the column containing delimiters (input_text) into substrings separated by the delimiter, and returns one record per substring.

  • input_text: A column whose value you want to parse.
  • delimiter: The character used to split the value of the column specified in input_text.

Suppose there is a column called "SplitColumn" with the following content:

One-Two-Three
To unpack this value across multiple records:
SELECT A.ID, X.Value FROM [TableWithDelimitedStringField] A CROSS APPLY STRING_SPLIT(A.SplitColumn,'-') WITH (Value VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results:
-----------
|ID|Value|
|1|One|
|1|Two|
|1|Three|

JSONTABLE(json_content,[jsonpath])

For each record in the recordset of the preceding table expression, returns one record for each instance of a key in a JSON array (json_content) that matches the key(s) specified in the WITH clause, at the scope specified by the "jsonpath" input.

  • json_content: A JSON "table" (array of objects). The contents can nest, but this must be a single JSON array, not any other JSON structure, at the root level.
    • The values of every instance of the key(s) provided in the WITH clause are retrievable only for substructures which are immediate children of the root-level JSON array.
  • jsonpath: An optional JSONPath query defining the scope, within the json_content array, that you want to pull content from. The JSON key(s) identified in the WITH clause must exist at the scope defined in this parameter. This defaults to the JSON root ($).

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and column with JSON content called "JSONColumn" with the following content:

[
	{
		"name": "Samuel",
		"email": "sam@gmail.com",
		"extrainfo": {
			"city": "Seattle"
		}
	},
	{
		"name": "Katherine",
		"email": "kat@gmail.com",
	},
	{
		"name": "George",
		"email": "george23@gmail.com",
	},
	{
		"name": "Carlos",
		"email": "carlos32@gmail.com",
	}
]

To extract all values for a certain key, specify the scope in the JSONTABLE function and provide the desired key(s) in the WITH clause.

SELECT A.ID, X.name FROM [TableWithJSONField] A CROSS APPLY JSONTABLE(A.JSONColumn) WITH (name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|name|
---------
|1 |Samuel|
|1 |Katherine|
|1 |George|
|1 |Carlos|

XMLTABLE(xml_content,[xpath,child_type])

For each record in the resultset of the preceding table expression, returns one record for each of the elements and/or attributes in an XML structure (xml_content) that match the tag name(s) and/or attribute name(s) specified in the WITH clause, at the scope specified in the "xpath" input.

  • xml_content: A column containing an XML structure.
  • xpath: An optional XPath that specifies the scope within the XML structure at which the connector extracts content matching the tag/attribute name(s) specified in the WITH clause.
    • When extracting the content of sub-elements, the connector can retrieve all content from tags at the root level, (depth 0) immediate children of the root (depth 1), and children of those children (depth 2).
    • When extracting element attribute content, the connector can retrieve all content from tags containing the specified attribute at the root level (depth 0) and from immediate children of root-level elements (depth 1).
  • child_type: An optional parameter that specifies the part(s) of the parent element (specified in the xpath input) that the column(s) provided in the WITH clause are checked against to identify content.
    • You can supply the following values:
      • 0: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's attribute names and sub-element tag names.
      • 1: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's attribute names.
      • 2: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's sub-element tag names.
    • When not supplied, this defaults to 0.

Extracting Sub-Element Values

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column with XML content called "XMLContent" with the following content:
<shoppingList>
    <item>
        <name>Apples</name>
        <quantity>3</quantity>
        <unit>Kg</unit>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Bread</name>
        <quantity>2</quantity>
        <unit>Loaf</unit>
		<extrainfo>
			<Type>Whole-Grain</Type>
		</extrainfo>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Milk</name>
        <quantity>1</quantity>
        <unit>Carton</unit>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Eggs</name>
        <quantity>12</quantity>
        <unit></unit>
    </item>
</shoppingList>

To extract sub-element content, specify the scope in the XMLTABLE function and provide the desired element name(s) in the WITH clause. Note that this will not work if the XMLTABLE function's child_type input is set to 1.

SELECT A.ID, X.name FROM [TableWithXMLField] A CROSS APPLY XMLTABLE(A.XMLContent,'//*/item') WITH (name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|name|
---------
|1|Apples|
|1|Bread|
|1|Milk|
|1|Eggs|

Extracting Values Using Element Tag Attributes

Suppose you have this sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column with XML content called "XMLContent" with the following content:

<restaurant>
  <dish type="appetizer">
    <name lang="en">Caprese Salad</name>
    <chef>Chef Giovanni</chef>
    <price currency="USD">9.99</price>
  </dish>
  <dish type="main-course">
    <name lang="fr">Boeuf Bourguignon</name>
    <chef>Chef Marie</chef>
    <price currency="EUR">19.99</price>
  </dish>
  <dish type="dessert">
    <name lang="es">Tres Leches Cake</name>
    <chef>Chef Alejandro</chef>
    <price currency="MXN">89.99</price>
  </dish>
</restaurant>

To extract attribute content, specify the scope in the XMLTABLE function and provide the desired attribute name(s) in the WITH clause. Note that this will not work if the XMLTABLE function's child_type input is set to 2.

SELECT A.ID, X.type FROM [TableWithXMLField] A CROSS APPLY XMLTABLE(A.XMLContent,'//*/dish') WITH (type VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|type|
---------
|1|appetizer|
|1|main-course|
|1|dessert|

CSVTABLE(csv_content,[delimiter])

For each record in the resultset of the preceding table expression, reads from a column that contains a CSV table (csv_content) and for each record in that CSV table, returns one record containing the value of the CSV column(s) specified in the WITH clause.

  • csv_content: A column containing a CSV table.
  • delimiter: An optional custom delimiter (instead of a comma) which splits the CSV content contained in the csv_content input.

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column containing CSV table called "CSVContent" with the following content:

Name;Category;Price
Apple;Fruit;0.99
Spaghetti;Pasta;5.49
Chicken Breast;Meat;8.99
Broccoli;Vegetable;2.49

To select every value in the "Name" column and account for the custom delimiter (;):

SELECT A.ID, X.Name FROM [TableWithCSVField] A CROSS APPLY CSVTABLE(A.CSVContent,';') WITH (Name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results:
|ID|Name|
-----------
|1|Apple|
|1|Spaghetti|
|1|Chicken Breast|
|1|Broccoli|

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

INSERT Statements

To create new records, use INSERT statements.

INSERT Syntax

The INSERT statement specifies the columns to be inserted and the new column values. You can specify the column values in a comma-separated list in the VALUES clause, as shown in the following example:

INSERT INTO <table_name> 
( <column_reference> [ , ... ] )
VALUES 
( { <expression> | NULL } [ , ... ] ) 
  

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>
The following is an example query:
INSERT INTO Tickets (Subject) VALUES ('John')

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UPDATE Statements

To modify existing records, use UPDATE statements.

Update Syntax

The UPDATE statement takes as input a comma-separated list of columns and new column values as name-value pairs in the SET clause, as shown in the following example:

UPDATE <table_name> SET <select_statement> | {<column_reference> = <expression> [ , ... ]} WHERE { Id = <expression>  } [ { AND | OR } ... ] 

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

The following is an example query:

UPDATE Tickets SET Subject='John' WHERE Id = @myId

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

DELETE Statements

To delete information from a table, use DELETE statements.

DELETE Syntax

The DELETE statement requires the table name in the FROM clause and the row's primary key in the WHERE clause, as shown in the following example:

<delete_statement> ::= DELETE FROM <table_name> WHERE { Id = <expression> } [ { AND | OR } ... ]

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

The following is an example query:

DELETE FROM Tickets WHERE Id = @myId

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CACHE Statements

When caching is enabled, CACHE statements provide complete control over the data that is cached and the table to which it is cached. The CACHE statement executes the SELECT statement specified and caches its results to a table with the same name in the cache database or to table specified in <cached_table_name>. The connector updates or inserts rows to the cache depending on whether or not they already exist in the cache, so the primary key, which is used to identify existing rows, must be included in the selected columns.

See Caching Data for more information on different caching strategies.

CACHE Statement Syntax

The cache statement may include the following options that alter its behavior:

CACHE [ <cached_table_name> ] [ WITH TRUNCATE | AUTOCOMMIT | SCHEMA ONLY | DROP EXISTING | ALTER SCHEMA ] <select_statement> 

WITH TRUNCATE

If this option is set, the connector removes existing rows in the cache table before adding the selected rows. Use this option if you want to refresh the entire cache table but keep its existing schema.

AUTOCOMMIT

If this option is set, the connector commits each row individually. Use this option if you want to ignore the rows that could not be cached due to some reason. By default, the entire result set is cached as a single transaction.

DROP EXISTING

If this option is set, the connector drops the existing cache table before caching the new results. Use this option if you want to refresh the entire cache table, including its schema.

SCHEMA ONLY

If this option is set, the connector creates the cache table based on the SELECT statement without executing the query.

ALTER SCHEMA

If this option is set, the connector alters the schema of the existing table in the cache if it does not match the schema of the SELECT statement. This option results in new columns or dropped columns, if the schema of the SELECT statement does not match the cached table.

Common Queries

Use the following cache statement to cache all rows of a table:

CACHE SELECT * FROM Tickets

Use the following cache statement to cache all rows of a table into the cache table CachedTickets:

CACHE CachedTickets SELECT * FROM Tickets

Use the following cache statement for incremental caching. The DateModified column may not exist in all tables. The cache statement shows how incremental caching would work if there were such a column. Also, notice that, in this case, the WITH TRUNCATE and DROP EXISTING options are specifically omitted, which would have deleted all existing rows.

CACHE CachedTickets SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE DateModified > '2013-04-04'

Use the following cache statements to create a table with all available columns that will then cache only a few of them. The sequence of statements cache only Id and Subject even though the cache table CachedTickets has all the columns in Tickets.

CACHE CachedTickets SCHEMA ONLY SELECT * FROM Tickets
CACHE CachedTickets SELECT Id, Subject FROM Tickets

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

EXECUTE Statements

To execute stored procedures, you can use EXECUTE or EXEC statements.

EXEC and EXECUTE assign stored procedure inputs, referenced by name, to values or parameter names.

Stored Procedure Syntax

To execute a stored procedure as an SQL statement, use the following syntax:

 
{ EXECUTE | EXEC } <stored_proc_name> 
{
  [ @ ] <input_name> = <expression>
} [ , ... ]

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

Example Statements

Reference stored procedure inputs by name:

EXECUTE my_proc @second = 2, @first = 1, @third = 3;

Execute a parameterized stored procedure statement:

EXECUTE my_proc second = @p1, first = @p2, third = @p3; 

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

PIVOT and UNPIVOT

PIVOT and UNPIVOT can be used to change a table-valued expression into another table.

PIVOT

PIVOT rotates a table-value expression by turning unique values from one column into multiple columns in the output. PIVOT can run aggregations where required on any column value.
PIVOT Synax

 
"SELECT 'AverageCost' AS Cost_Sorted_By_Production_Days, [0], [1], [2], [3], [4]
FROM
(
SELECT DaysToManufacture, StandardCost
FROM Production.Product
) AS SourceTable
PIVOT
(
AVG(StandardCost)
FOR DaysToManufacture IN ([0], [1], [2], [3], [4])
) AS PivotTable;"

UNPIVOT

UNPIVOT carries out nearly the opposite to PIVOT by rotating columns of a table-valued expressions into column values.
UNPIVOT Sytax

 
"SELECT VendorID, Employee, Orders
FROM
(SELECT VendorID, Emp1, Emp2, Emp3, Emp4, Emp5
FROM pvt) p
UNPIVOT
(Orders FOR Employee IN
(Emp1, Emp2, Emp3, Emp4, Emp5)
)AS unpvt;"

For further information on PIVOT and UNPIVOT, see FROM clause plus JOIN, APPLY, PIVOT (Transact-SQL)

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

INSERT INTO SELECT Statements

Use INSERT INTO SELECT queries to select a list of records from one table and insert those same records into another table as a group. Inserting batches of records in this way may result in improved query performance compared to using many individual INSERT INTO queries.

The table whose records are selected for insertion into another table can be either a real table or a user-defined temporary table.

Inserting Records from Real Tables

To insert a group of records from one real, non-temporary, source table into another destination table, you can use an INSERT INTO SELECT query. This type of query is formatted similarly to a standard INSERT INTO query, except the VALUES clause is substituted with a SELECT query targeting the source table. All records matched by the embedded SELECT query are inserted into the destination table.

If the source table and destination tables have different column names, you must map columns from the source table to the corresponding columns in the destination table you want to insert them into. Perform this mapping by specifying the destination table columns in the same order as the source table columns you want to match them with. For example:

INSERT INTO DestinationTable (A,B,C,D) SELECT Q,R,S,T FROM SourceTable

In this example, the first source column (Q) is inserted into the first destination column (A), the second source column (R) is inserted into the second destination column (B), and so on.

If the source table and destination table both have the same column list with the same names, you can use a streamlined query.

INSERT INTO DestinationTableWithSameColumns SELECT * FROM SourceTable

In this example, there is no need to specify a list of columns for either the source or destination table, because their metadata already matches.

Inserting Records from Temporary Tables

You can manually define and populate temporary tables to hold a list of records for later bulk insertion.

Populate the Temporary Table

To create a temporary table, you must give it a name ending in "#TEMP" and execute an INSERT INTO query using that name, as if that table already existed in the database. After executing the first INSERT INTO, the temporary table exists and can receive subsequent INSERTs. For example:

INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Subject, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('New Tickets', '9000');
INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Subject, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('New Tickets 2', '9001');
INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Subject, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('New Tickets 3', '9002');

This creates a temporary table called Tickets#TEMP with two columns and three rows of data. Since type cannot be determined on the temporary table itself, all values are considered strings and later converted to the proper type when they are inserted together into the real (non-temporary) table of interest.

Insert Temporary Table Contents into Real Tables

Once your temporary table is populated, execute an INSERT INTO SELECT query targeting the real (non-temporary) table you want to insert the temporary table's records into. This is formatted similarly to a standard INSERT INTO query, except the VALUES clause is substituted with a SELECT query targeting the matching columns in the temporary table. For example:

INSERT INTO Tickets (Subject, MyCustomField__c) SELECT Subject, MyCustomField__c FROM Tickets#TEMP
In this example, the full contents of Tickets#TEMP are inserted into the Tickets.

Results

The LastResultInfo#TEMP temporary table contains details about the most recently executed query that uses the contents of a temporary table in an embedded SELECT clause, as is the case for INSERT INTO SELECT queries that use a temporary table as the source of records. This table is cleared and repopulated each time such a query is executed. LastResultInfo#TEMP includes information such as whether the query in question succeeded, and how many rows were affected by the query.

Temporary Table Lifespan

Temporary tables only last as long as the connection remains open. When the connection to Zendesk is closed, all temporary tables are cleared, including the LastResultInfo#TEMP table.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UPDATE SELECT Statements

To perform multiple updates in a single request to Zendesk,first use the INSERT INTO syntax to insert a temporary table of data into Zendesk. This works by first populating a temporary table with the data you are going to submit to Zendesk. Once you have all of the data you want to update, use UPDATE SELECT FROM to pass the temporary table data into the table in Zendesk.

Populate the Temporary Table

The temporary table you are populating is dynamic and is created at run time the first time you insert to it. Temporary tables are denoted by a # appearing in their name. When using a temporary table to update, the temporary table must be named in the format [TableName]#TEMP, where TableName is the name of the table you are inserting to. For example:

INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Id, Name, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('AX1000001', 'New Tickets', '9000');
INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Id, Name, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('AX1000002', 'New Tickets 2', '9001');
INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Id, Name, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('AX1000003', 'New Tickets 3', '9002');

This creates a temporary table called Tickets#TEMP with three columns and three rows of data. Since type cannot be determined on the temporary table itself, all values are stored in memory as strings. The values are later converted to the proper type when they are submitted to the Tickets table.

Update the Actual Table

Once your temporary table is populated, it is now time to update the actual table in Zendesk. You can do this by performing an UPDATE to the actual table and selecting the input data from the temporary table. For example:

UPDATE Tickets (Id, Subject, MyCustomField__c) SELECT Id, Subject, MyCustomField__c FROM Tickets#TEMP
In this example, the full contents of the Tickets#TEMP table are passed into the Tickets table. This results in fewer requests being submitted to Zendesk since multiple updates may be submitted with each request, which is much better for performance if you have many records to update.

Results

The results of the query are stored in the LastResultInfo#TEMP temporary table. This table is cleared and repopulated the next time data is modified by passing in a temporary table. Please be aware that the LastResultInfo#TEMP table has no predefined schema. You need to check its metadata at run time before reading data.

Temporary Table Life Span

Temporary tables only last as long as the connection remains open. When the connection to Zendesk is closed, all temporary tables are cleared, including the LastResultInfo#TEMP table.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

DELETE SELECT Statements

To perform multiple deletes in a single request to Zendesk, first use the INSERT INTO syntax to create an in-memory temporary table of data to be deleted. Once you have all of the data you want to delete added to temporary table, use DELETE FROM syntax to delete data from the live table in Zendesk. This functionality is also available via the standard Batch Processing API available in JDBC.

Populate the Temporary Table

The temporary table you are populating is dynamic and is created at run time the first time you insert to it. Temporary tables are denoted by a # appearing in their name. When using a temporary table to delete, the temporary table must be named in the format [TableName]#TEMP, where TableName is the name of the table you are inserting to. For example:

INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Id) VALUES ('AX1000001');
INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Id) VALUES ('AX1000002');
INSERT INTO Tickets#TEMP (Id) VALUES ('AX1000003');

This creates a temporary table called Tickets#TEMP with one column and three rows of data. Since type cannot be determined on the temporary table itself, all values are stored in memory as strings. They are later converted to the proper type when they are submitted to the Tickets table.

Delete from the Actual Table

Once your temporary table is populated, it is now time to insert to the actual table in Zendesk. You can do this by performing a DELETE from the actual table and selecting the input data from the temporary table. For example:

DELETE FROM Tickets WHERE EXISTS SELECT Id FROM Tickets#TEMP

In this example, the full contents of the Tickets#TEMP table are passed into the Tickets table. This results in fewer requests being submitted to Zendesk since multiple deletes may be submitted with each request, which is much better for performance if you have many records to delete.

Results

The results of the query are stored in the LastResultInfo#TEMP temporary table. This table is cleared and repopulated the next time data is modified by passing in a temporary table. Please be aware that the LastResultInfo#TEMP table has no predefined schema. You need to check its metadata at run time before reading data.

Temporary Table Life Span

Temporary tables only last as long as the connection remains opened. When the connection to Zendesk is closed, all temporary tables are cleared, including the LastResultInfo#TEMP table.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Data Model

The CData Python Connector for Zendesk models entities in the Zendesk API as tables, views, and stored procedures.

The Tickets table dynamically includes custom fields from your Zendesk account. Other entities are defined in schema files, which are simple, easy-to-read text files that define the structure and organization of data.

Using Query Processing

The connector offloads as much of the SELECT statement processing as possible to the Zendesk APIs and then processes the rest of the query within the connector.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are function-like interfaces to the data source. They can be used to search, update, and modify information in the data source.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tables

The connector models the data in Zendesk as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk Tables

Name Description
AccountSettings Returns account settings, including branding, ticket, and collaboration preference details.
ArticleAttachments Returns file attachments associated with help center articles, including file metadata and content details.
ArticleComments Returns article comments, including comment body, author, locale, and vote details.
ArticleLabels Returns article labels used to categorize and organize help center articles.
Articles Returns knowledge base articles, including content, locale, section, and permission details.
ArticleTranslations Returns article translations, including title, body, locale, and draft status details.
Attributes Returns attribute records used for skill-based routing. An attribute refers to a skill type, and skill types are categories of skills.
AttributeValues Returns attribute values, where each value represents a skill associated with an agent that determines the agent's suitability to solve a ticket.
Automations Represents automations that trigger actions on tickets based on time-based conditions.
Bookmarks Returns bookmarks associated with tickets.
Brands Returns brands, including name, subdomain, Help Center state, and logo details.
Categories Represents categories used to organize sections and articles in the Help Center.
CategoryTranslations Returns translations for help center categories, including title, body, locale, and status details.
ContentSubscriptions Returns content subscriptions, including subscriptions to sections, articles, community posts, and community topics.
ContentTags Represents content tags used for organizing and categorizing help center content.
CustomAgentRoles Returns custom agent roles, including role configuration and permission details.
CustomObjectFields Returns the fields available for a custom object, including field type, validation, and relationship details.
CustomObjects Represents the custom objects available in the account.
CustomTicketStatuses Represents the custom ticket statuses available in the account.
GroupMemberships Represents the group memberships that define which agents belong to which groups.
Groups Returns groups, including name, membership, and status details.
GroupSlaPolicies Returns group SLA policies, including filter conditions, position, and policy metric details.
Holidays Returns holidays configured for schedules, including name and date range details.
JiraLinks Returns links between Jira issues and Zendesk tickets.
LegacyCustomObjects Returns legacy custom objects, including creation, update, and identifier details.
Macros Returns macros used to automate ticket updates, including action, access, and restriction details.
ManagementPermissionGroups Returns management permission groups, which define which agents can create, update, archive, and publish articles. Each group consists of a set of privileges mapped to user segments, and agents receive the privileges associated with their user segments.
OrganizationFields Returns organization fields, including key, type, title, and custom field option details.
OrganizationMemberships Returns organization memberships, including user and organization association details.
Organizations Returns organizations, including group assignments, domain names, and tag details.
OrganizationSubscriptions Returns organization subscriptions, including user and organization association details.
PostComments Retrieves, creates, updates, and deletes comments on community posts.
Posts Represents community posts, including authoring, status, and topic details.
SatisfactionRatings Returns satisfaction ratings submitted for resolved tickets.
Schedules Returns business hour schedules, including name, time zone, and interval details.
Sections Returns Help Center sections, including category, locale, and sorting details.
SectionTranslations Returns translations for Help Center sections, including locale, title, body, and draft status details.
Sessions Returns active user sessions, including session authentication and last activity details.
SharingAgreements Represents sharing agreements with other Zendesk accounts.
SideConversations Returns side conversations on a ticket, including subject, state, participant, and timeline details.
SlaPolicies Returns SLA policies, including filter conditions and policy metric details.
SupportAddresses Returns support addresses used for receiving and sending email in Zendesk Support.
SuspendedTickets Returns tickets that have been suspended and are pending review or deletion.
Targets Returns targets, including type, title, activation status, and contact details.
TicketAudits Returns ticket audits, including audit events, metadata, and channel source details.
TicketComments Returns comments belonging to a specified ticket, including comment body, author, channel, and metadata details.
TicketEvents Returns ticket events, including child events, updater, and metadata details.
TicketFields Returns ticket fields, including field type, display, and configuration details.
TicketForms Provides ticket form definitions used to structure and organize ticket fields for agents and end users.
TicketMetricEvents Provides ticket metric events that track timing milestones and SLA activity for tickets.
TicketMetrics Provides performance metrics for tickets, including timing, assignment, and resolution details.
Tickets Returns tickets, including status, priority, assignee, requester, and tag details.
TicketSkips Returns ticket skips, which are records of when an agent skips over a ticket without responding to the end user. Skips are typically recorded while a play-only agent is in Guided mode.
Tickets_Collaborators Returns the collaborator Ids of users currently copied (CC'd) on a ticket.
Tickets_Followers Returns the Ids of agents currently following a ticket.
Tickets_Followups Returns the Ids of followup tickets created from a closed ticket.
Tickets_SatisfactionRatings Returns the satisfaction rating or satisfaction state of a ticket.
Tickets_SharingAgreements Returns the sharing agreements associated with a ticket.
Tickets_Tags Returns the tags applied to a ticket.
Tickets_Viasources Returns the via source details for a ticket.
Topics Provides topics used for categorizing and grouping content in the community.
Translations Returns translations for Help Center content. This table is deprecated and is being replaced by the ArticleTranslations, CategoryTranslations, and SectionTranslations tables.
TriggerCategories Returns trigger categories used to organize and group triggers.
Triggers Returns triggers used to automatically perform actions when specified conditions are met.
UserFields Returns user fields, including custom field type, validation, and relationship filter details.
UserIdentities Represents the identities associated with users, such as email addresses, phone numbers, and social accounts.
Users Represents the users in the account, including agents, admins, and end users.
UserSegments Represents user segments that define who can view the content of a section or topic.
Views Represents the views used to organize and display tickets based on defined conditions.
Votes Represents the positive and negative votes cast by users on articles, article comments, posts, and post comments.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AccountSettings

Returns account settings, including branding, ticket, and collaboration preference details.

Table-Specific Information

Update

All fields that are not readonly can be updated. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only. For example:

UPDATE AccountSettings SET ActiveFeaturesCustomerSatisfaction = true

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
BrandingHeaderColor String False

The hexadecimal color code for the account header branding.

BrandingPageBackgroundColor String True

The hexadecimal color code for the account page background.

BrandingTabBackgroundColor String True

The hexadecimal color code for the account tab background.

BrandingTextColor String True

The hexadecimal color code for the account text, usually matched to contrast well with the header color.

BrandingHeaderLogoUrl String True

The URL for the custom header logo.

BrandingFaviconUrl String True

The URL for the custom favicon.

AppsUse Boolean True

Indicates whether the account can use apps.

AppsCreatePrivate Boolean True

Indicates whether the account can create private apps.

TicketsCommentsPublicByDefault Boolean True

Indicates whether comments from agents are public by default.

TicketsIsFirstCommentPrivateEnabled Boolean True

Indicates whether the first comment on tickets can be private.

TicketsListNewestCommentsFirst Boolean True

Indicates whether the newest comments and events are shown first when viewing a ticket.

TicketsCollaboration Boolean True

Indicates whether CCs may be added to a ticket.

TicketsPrivateAttachments Boolean True

Indicates whether users must log in to access attachments.

TicketsEmailAttachments Boolean True

Indicates whether attachments are sent as real attachments when under the size limit.

TicketsAgentCollision Boolean True

Indicates whether clients display an indicator when a ticket is being viewed by another agent.

TicketsMaximumPersonalViewsToList Integer True

Maximum number of personal Views clients should display in menus.

TicketsTagging Boolean True

Indicates whether tickets may be tagged.

TicketsMarkdownTicketComments Boolean True

Indicates whether agent comments are processed with Markdown.

TicketsEmojiAutocompletion Boolean True

Indicates whether agent comments allow emoji rendering.

TicketsAgentTicketDeletion Boolean False

Indicates whether agents can delete tickets.

ChatEnabled Boolean True

Indicates whether chat is enabled.

ChatMaximumRequests Integer True

The maximum number of chat requests an agent may handle at one time.

ChatWelcomeMessage String True

The message automatically sent to end-users when they begin chatting with an agent.

TwitterShortenUrl String True

Possible values: always, optional, never.

GSuiteHasGoogleApps Boolean True

Indicates whether the account has Google Apps.

GSuiteHasGoogleAppsAdmin Boolean False

Indicates whether the account has at least one G Suite admin.

VoiceEnabled Boolean True

Indicates whether Voice is enabled.

VoiceMaintenance Boolean True

Indicates whether the Voice feature is in maintenance mode.

VoiceLogging Boolean True

Indicates whether Voice call logging is enabled.

VoiceOutboundEnabled Boolean True

Indicates whether outbound Voice calls are enabled.

VoiceAgentConfirmationWhenForwarding Boolean True

Indicates whether agent confirmation is required when forwarding Voice calls.

VoiceAgentWrapUpAfterCalls Boolean True

Indicates whether agents are required to complete a wrap-up period after Voice calls.

VoiceMaximumQueueSize Integer True

The maximum number of callers allowed in the Voice queue at one time.

VoiceMaximumQueueWaitTime Integer True

The maximum wait time (in seconds) for callers in the Voice queue.

VoiceOnlyDuringBusinessHours Boolean True

Indicates whether Voice calls are only available during business hours.

VoiceRecordingsPublic Boolean True

Indicates whether Voice call recordings are publicly accessible.

VoiceUkMobileForwarding Boolean True

Indicates whether UK mobile forwarding is enabled for Voice calls.

UsersTagging Boolean True

Indicates whether users may be tagged.

UsersTimeZoneSelection Boolean True

Indicates whether users can view and select a time zone in their profile.

UsersLanguageSelection Boolean True

Indicates whether a language selection dropdown is displayed for users.

UsersAgentCreatedWelcomeEmails Boolean True

Indicates whether a user created by an agent receives a welcome email.

UsersEndUserPhoneNumberValidation Boolean False

Indicates whether a user's phone number is validated.

GooddataAdvancedAnalytics_Enabled Boolean True

Indicates whether GoodData Advanced Analytics is enabled.

BrandsDefaultBrandId Long False

The Id of the brand that is assigned to tickets by default.

BrandsRequireBrandOnNewTickets Boolean True

Indicates whether agents are required to select a brand before saving tickets.

StatisticsForum Boolean True

Indicates whether users can view forum statistics.

StatisticsSearch Boolean True

Indicates whether users can view search statistics.

BillingBackend String True

The backend billing system used by the account, either internal or Zuora.

ActiveFeaturesOnHoldStatus Boolean True

Indicates whether the account can use the on-hold ticket status.

ActiveFeaturesUserTagging Boolean True

Indicates whether user tagging is enabled.

ActiveFeaturesTicketTagging Boolean True

Indicates whether ticket tagging is enabled.

ActiveFeaturesTopicSuggestion Boolean True

Indicates whether topic suggestions are enabled in tickets.

ActiveFeaturesVoice Boolean True

Indicates whether Voice support is active for the account.

ActiveFeaturesFacebookLogin Boolean True

Indicates whether Facebook login is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesGoogleLogin Boolean True

Indicates whether Google login is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesTwitterLogin Boolean True

Indicates whether Twitter login is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesForumAnalytics Boolean True

Indicates whether forum and search analytics are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesBusinessHours Boolean False

Indicates whether business hours are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesAgentForwarding Boolean True

Indicates whether agent forwarding is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesChat Boolean True

Indicates whether the Chat feature is active for the account.

ActiveFeaturesChatAboutMyTicket Boolean True

Indicates whether the chat about my ticket feature is enabled.

ActiveFeaturesCustomerSatisfaction Boolean False

Indicates whether customer satisfaction ratings are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesSatisfactionPrediction Boolean False

Indicates whether satisfaction prediction is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesCsatReasonCode Boolean True

Indicates whether CSAT reason codes are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesScreencasts Boolean True

Indicates whether the screencasts feature is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesMarkdown Boolean True

Indicates whether Markdown is enabled in ticket comments.

ActiveFeaturesLanguageDetection Boolean True

Indicates whether automatic language detection is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesBccArchiving Boolean True

Indicates whether the account has a BCC archive address configured.

ActiveFeaturesAllowCcs Boolean True

Indicates whether CCs are allowed on tickets for the account.

ActiveFeaturesAdvancedAnalytics Boolean True

Indicates whether advanced analytics are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesInsights Boolean True

Indicates whether Insights reporting is enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesSandbox Boolean True

Indicates whether the account has a sandbox environment.

ActiveFeaturesSuspendedTicketNotification Boolean True

Indicates whether suspended ticket notifications are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesTwitter Boolean True

Indicates whether the account monitors at least one Twitter handle.

ActiveFeaturesFacebook Boolean True

Indicates whether the account is actively linked to at least one Facebook page.

ActiveFeaturesFeedbackTabs Boolean True

Indicates whether the feedback tab has been configured for the account.

ActiveFeaturesDynamicContents Boolean True

Indicates whether the account has at least one dynamic content item.

ActiveFeaturesLightAgents Boolean True

Indicates whether the account has at least one light agent.

ActiveFeaturesTicketForms Boolean True

Indicates whether ticket forms are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesUserOrgFields Boolean True

Indicates whether user and organization custom fields are enabled for the account.

ActiveFeaturesIsAbusive Boolean True

Indicates whether the account has exceeded trial limits.

ActiveFeaturesRichContentInEmails Boolean True

Indicates whether the account supports incoming HTML email.

ApiAcceptedApiAgreement Boolean False

Indicates whether the account has accepted the API agreement.

ApiPasswordAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the account can use the API with a username and password.

APITokenAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the account can use the API with API tokens.

TicketFormsInstructions String False

The instructions displayed on ticket forms.

RawTicketFormsInstructions String True

The raw, unformatted instructions displayed on ticket forms.

LotusPrefer Boolean True

Indicates whether the account prefers the current version of Zendesk Support rather than Zendesk Classic.

RulesMacroMostUsed Boolean False

Indicates whether the most-used macros are displayed in the Apply macro list. Defaults to true.

RulesMacroOrder String False

Default macro display order. Possible values are alphabetical or position.

LimitsAttachmentSize Integer True

The maximum ticket attachment file size (in bytes).

MetricsAccountSize String True

An account size category computed from the number of billable agents.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ArticleAttachments

Returns file attachments associated with help center articles, including file metadata and content details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • ArticleId supports the = operator.
  • Locale supports the = operator.

This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role, or end users who can view the associated article.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM ArticleAttachments WHERE ArticleId = '18214155815057'

SELECT * FROM ArticleAttachments WHERE Id = '18470148791057'

SELECT * FROM ArticleAttachments WHERE Id = '18470148791057' AND Locale = 'en-us' AND ArticleId = '18214155815057'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the article attachment to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM ArticleAttachments WHERE Id = '18460736594833'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id assigned to the article attachment when it is created.

ArticleId Long True

Articles.Id

The Id of the article associated with this attachment, if present.

Locale String True

The locale of the translation that the attachment belongs to. This value can only be set on inline attachments.

ContentType String True

The MIME content type of the attached file, such as image/png.

ContentUrl String True

The URL where the attachment file can be downloaded.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the article attachment was created.

DisplayFileName String True

The display name of the attached file.

FileName String True

The file name.

Inline Boolean True

Indicates whether the attachment is inline. Inline attachments are image files directly embedded in the article body, and their URL can be referenced in the article HTML. If false, the attachment is listed in the attachments list. The default value is false.

RelativePath String True

The relative path of the attachment.

Size Integer True

The attachment file size in bytes.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the article attachment was last updated.

Url String True

The URL of the article attachment.

AttachmentsResponse String True

Content of the attachments.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
Base64EncodedResponse Boolean

Indicates whether the raw response is converted to Base64-encoded format.

The default value is true.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ArticleComments

Returns article comments, including comment body, author, locale, and vote details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM ArticleComments WHERE UserId = '19128124956177'
SELECT * FROM ArticleComments WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289'
SELECT * FROM ArticleComments WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND Locale = 'en-us'
SELECT * FROM ArticleComments WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND Id = '19244072685969'
SELECT * FROM ArticleComments WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND Id = '19244072685969' AND Locale = 'en-us'

Insert

The Locale, ArticleId, and Body fields are required to insert.

INSERT INTO ArticleComments (ArticleId, Locale, Body, NotifySubscribers) VALUES ('19206579478289', 'en-us', 'Sample Comment Body', false)

Update

You must specify the ArticleId and Id of the comment to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role, or the end user who created the comment.

UPDATE ArticleComments SET Body = 'Updated Comment' WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND Id = '19268721555473'

Delete

You must specify the ArticleId and Id of the comment to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role, or the end user who created the comment.

DELETE FROM ArticleComments WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND Id = '19269079247633'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the comment is created.

AuthorId Long False

The Id of the author of this comment. Writable on create by Help Center managers.

Body String False

The comment made by the author.

Locale String False

The locale in which this comment was made.

url String True

The API URL of this comment.

HtmlUrl String True

The URL at which the comment is presented in Help Center.

NonAuthorEditorId Long True

The Id of the user who performed the most recent non-author edit, if any. A non-author edit is an edit made by a user other than the author that creates or updates the body or author Id. Note that only edits made after May 17, 2021 are reflected in this field. If no non-author edits have occurred since May 17, 2021, this field is null.

NonAuthorUpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the comment was last edited by a non-author user.

SourceId Long True

The Id of the item on which this comment was made.

SourceType String True

The type of the item on which this comment was made. Currently only supports 'Article'.

VoteCount Integer True

The total number of upvotes and downvotes.

VoteSum Integer True

The sum of upvotes (+1) and downvotes (-1), which may be positive or negative.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the comment was created. Writable on create by Help Center managers.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the comment was last updated.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ArticleId Long

The Id of the article.

UserId Long

The Id of the user.

NotifySubscribers Boolean

Indicates whether to notify subscribers to the comment's article when a new comment is created. Setting this to false prevents subscribers from receiving a comment creation email notification. This can be useful when creating many comments at a time.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ArticleLabels

Returns article labels used to categorize and organize help center articles.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM ArticleLabels WHERE Id = '10552059820828'
SELECT * FROM ArticleLabels WHERE ArticleId = '10480909113756'
SELECT * FROM ArticleLabels WHERE ArticleId = '10480909113756' AND Locale = 'en-us'

Insert

The ArticleId and Name columns are required to insert. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

INSERT INTO ArticleLabels (ArticleId, Name) VALUES (10480909113756, 'Test')

Delete

You must specify the Id of the article label to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

DELETE FROM ArticleLabels WHERE Id = '10552125680668'
DELETE FROM ArticleLabels WHERE Id = '13647939064221' AND ArticleId = '10480909113756'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned to the label when it is created.

Name String False

The actual name of the label.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the label was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the label was last updated.

Url String True

The API URL of the label.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ArticleId Long

The unique Id of the article associated with this label.

Locale String

The locale the item is displayed in.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Articles

Returns knowledge base articles, including content, locale, section, and permission details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • Locale supports the = operator.
  • CreatedAt supports the >, >= operators.
  • LabelNames supports the = operator.
  • SectionId supports the = operator.
  • UpdatedAt supports the >, >= operators.
  • CategoryId supports the = operator.
  • UserId supports the = operator.
  • StartTime supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE Id = '18467349573905'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE Locale = 'en-us'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE Id = '10101734476572' and Locale = 'en-us'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE SectionId = '10101719909020'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE LabelNames = '10101718809020'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE CategoryId = '10101763925020'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE UserId = '10630617632284'

SELECT * FROM Articles WHERE StartTime = '2024-09-11T21:35:47.000'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: Locale, PermissionGroupId, Title, SectionId, and UserSegmentId. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

INSERT INTO Articles (Locale, PermissionGroupId, Title, SectionId, UserSegmentId) VALUES ('en-us', 18214159653905, 'The Title', '18214167902481', 'null')

Update

You must specify the Id of the article to update it. You can update article-level metadata (such as its Promoted or Position), but not translation properties (such as the article's Title, Body, Locale, or Draft). This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

UPDATE Articles SET Promoted = 'true' WHERE Id = '18460304837265'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the article to archive it. You can restore the article using the Help Center UI. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

DELETE FROM Articles WHERE Id = 18467236423441

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the article is created.

AuthorId Long True

The Id of the user who authored the article. Defaults to the user who made the request on create.

Body String False

HTML body of the article. Unsafe tags and attributes may be removed before display. For a list of safe tags and attributes, see Allowing unsafe HTML in Help Center articles in Zendesk help.

CommentsDisabled Boolean False

Indicates whether comments are disabled for this article.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the article was created.

Draft Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation for the current locale is a draft. false by default. Can be set when creating but not when updating. For updating, see Translations.

EditedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the article was last edited in its displayed locale.

HtmlUrl String True

The URL of the article in Help Center.

LabelNames String False

An array of label names associated with this article. By default no label names are used. Only available on certain plans.

Locale String False

The locale that the article is being displayed in.

Outdated Boolean True

Deprecated. Always returns false because the source translation is always the most up-to-date translation.

OutdatedLocales String True

Locales in which the article was marked as outdated.

PermissionGroupId Long False

The Id of the permission group that defines who can edit and publish this article.

Position Integer False

The position of this article in the article list. Defaults to 0.

Promoted Boolean False

Indicates whether this article is promoted. false by default.

SectionId Long False

The Id of the section to which this article belongs.

SourceLocale String True

The source (default) locale of the article.

Title String False

The title of the article.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the article was last updated.

Url String True

The API URL of the article.

UserSegmentId Long False

The Id of the user segment that defines who can see this article. Set to null to make it accessible to everyone.

VoteCount Integer True

The total number of upvotes and downvotes.

VoteSum Integer True

The sum of upvotes (+1) and downvotes (-1), which may be positive or negative.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
CategoryId Long

The Id of the category to filter articles by.

UserId Long

The Id of the author whose articles to filter by.

StartTime Datetime

The start date and time for filtering articles by creation or update time.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ArticleTranslations

Returns article translations, including title, body, locale, and draft status details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • ArticleId supports the = operator.
  • Locale supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM ArticleTranslations WHERE ArticleId = '19926606862236'

SELECT * FROM ArticleTranslations WHERE ArticleId = '22065790080156' and Locale = 'en-in'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: Title, ArticleId, and Locale.
INSERT INTO ArticleTranslations (Title, ArticleId, Locale) VALUES ('Test insert', '22065790080156', 'en-us')

Update

You must specify the Id of the article translation to update it.
UPDATE ArticleTranslations SET Title = 'Updated Title' WHERE Id = '19926592998556'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the article translation to delete it.
DELETE FROM ArticleTranslations WHERE Id = '22065790080924'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique identifier of the translation, automatically assigned when a translation is created.

CreatedById Long True

The Id of the user who created the translation.

UpdatedById Long True

The Id of the user who last updated the translation.

ArticleId Long True

Articles.Id

The Id of the article associated with this translation.

Title String False

The title of the translation.

Body String False

The HTML body content of the translation. Empty by default.

Draft Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is a draft. False by default.

HtmlUrl String True

The URL of the translation in Help Center.

Locale String False

The locale of the translation.

Outdated Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is outdated. False by default.

SourceType String True

The type of the item that has this translation. Can be article, section, or category.

Url String True

The API URL of the translation.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the translation was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the translation was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Attributes

Returns attribute records used for skill-based routing. An attribute refers to a skill type, and skill types are categories of skills.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Attributes WHERE Id = 'd5e889c8-6364-11ee-8493-6361d728a3c9'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

INSERT INTO Attributes (Name) VALUES ('Test')

Update

You must specify the Id of the attribute to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admins" role.

UPDATE Attributes SET Name = 'CData' WHERE Id = 'd5e889c8-6364-11ee-8493-6361d728a3c9'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the attribute to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admins" role.

DELETE FROM Attributes WHERE Id = 'db70666a-6364-11ee-bfc8-7f3b952deb2c'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] String True

The Id automatically assigned when an attribute is created.

Name String False

The name of the attribute.

url String True

The URL of the attribute.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this attribute record was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this attribute record was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AttributeValues

Returns attribute values, where each value represents a skill associated with an agent that determines the agent's suitability to solve a ticket.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM AttributeValues WHERE AttributeId = 'd5e889c8-6364-11ee-8493-6361d728a3c9'
SELECT * FROM AttributeValues WHERE AttributeId = 'd5e889c8-6364-11ee-8493-6361d728a3c9' AND Id = '5943809a-6f5d-4f6e-8669-e8a65bd3583b'

Insert

The AttributeId and Name columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admins" role.

INSERT INTO AttributeValues (AttributeId, Name) VALUES ('d5e889c8-6364-11ee-8493-6361d728a3c9', 'TestValue')

Update

You must specify the AttributeId and Id of the attribute value to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admins" role.

UPDATE AttributeValues SET Name = 'CData' WHERE AttributeId = 'd5e889c8-6364-11ee-8493-6361d728a3c9' AND Id = '5943809a-6f5d-4f6e-8669-e8a65bd3583b'

Delete

You must specify the AttributeId and Id of the attribute value to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

DELETE FROM AttributeValues WHERE AttributeId = 'db70666a-6364-11ee-bfc8-7f3b952deb2c' AND Id = '5943809a-6f5d-4f6e-8669-e8a65bd3583b'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] String True

The unique Id of the attribute value, automatically assigned when the record is created.

AttributeId String False

Attributes.Id

The Id of the attribute associated with this attribute value.

Name String False

The name of the attribute value.

url String True

The URL of the attribute value.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this record was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this record was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Automations

Represents automations that trigger actions on tickets based on time-based conditions.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side, while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Automations WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Automations ORDER BY Position 

SELECT * FROM Automations ORDER BY CreatedAt  

SELECT * FROM Automations ORDER BY UpdatedAt

Insert

The Title, ConditionsAll, and Actions columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

INSERT INTO Automations (Title, ConditionsAll, Actions) VALUES ('Roger Wilco II', '[{ \"field\": \"status\", \"operator\": \"is\",\"value\": \"open\" }, {\"field\": \"priority\", \"operator\": \"less_than\", \"value\": \"high\" }]', '[{\"field\": \"status\", \"value": \"solved\"}]')

Update

You must specify the Id of the automation to update. The Title column is required, while the Active and Position columns are optional.

Updating an action replaces the entire actions array, clearing any other existing actions. Include all your actions when updating any action. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

UPDATE Automations SET Title = 'Roger Wilco III' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the automation to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

DELETE FROM Automations WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id of the automation, automatically assigned when the automation is created.

Title String False

The title of the automation.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the automation is active.

Position Integer False

The position of the automation.

ConditionsAll String False

An object that describes the conditions under which the automation will execute. All conditions in this object must be met.

ConditionsAny String False

An object that describes the conditions under which the automation will execute. Any one condition in this object must be met.

Actions String False

An object describing what the automation will do.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the automation was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the automation was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Bookmarks

Returns bookmarks associated with tickets.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Bookmarks

Insert

The TicketId field is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

INSERT INTO Bookmarks (TicketId) VALUES ('4')

Delete

You must specify the Id of the bookmark to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

DELETE FROM Bookmarks WHERE Id = '19152874442641'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the bookmark is created.

Ticket String True

The ticket object.

url String True

The API URL of this bookmark.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the bookmark was created.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the ticket to bookmark.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Brands

Returns brands, including name, subdomain, Help Center state, and logo details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Brands WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The Name and Subdomain columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admins" role.

INSERT INTO Brands (Name, Subdomain) VALUES ('Brand 1', 'brand1')

Update

You must specify the Id of the brand to update it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

UPDATE Brands SET Name = 'Brand 2', Subdomain = 'brand2', HostMapping = 'brand2.com', Active = true  WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the brand to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agents" role.

DELETE FROM Brands WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id automatically assigned when the brand is created.

Name String False

The name of the brand.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the brand was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the brand was last updated.

BrandUrl String False

The URL of the brand.

HasHelpCenter Boolean False

Indicates whether the brand has a Help Center.

HelpCenterState String False

The state of the Help Center: enabled, disabled, or restricted.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the brand is active.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether the brand is the default brand for this account.

LogoId Long False

The Id of the logo image for this brand.

LogoUrl String False

The URL of the logo image for this brand.

LogoFileName String False

The name of the logo image for this brand.

LogoContentUrl String False

The content URL of the logo image for this brand.

LogoMappedContentUrl String False

The mapped content URL of the logo image for this brand.

LogoContentType String False

The content type of the logo image for this brand.

LogoSize Integer False

The size of the logo image for this brand.

TicketFormIds String False

The Ids of ticket forms that are available for use by a brand.

HostMapping String False

The hostmapping to this brand, if any (only admins view this key).

Subdomain String False

The subdomain of the brand.

SignatureTemplate String False

The signature template for a brand.

Url String False

The API URL of this brand.

Deleted Boolean False

True if the brand was previously deleted. Deleted brands only show when their ID is specified in the where clause.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Categories

Represents categories used to organize sections and articles in the Help Center.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE Id = '13625378761117'
SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE Locale = 'en-us'
SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE Locale = 'en-us' AND Id = '13625378761117'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

INSERT INTO Categories (Name, Locale) VALUES ('Test CData', 'en-us')

Update

You must specify the Id of the category to update it. You can update category-level metadata (such as Position) but not category translation properties (such as Name or Description). All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

UPDATE Categories SET Position = 2 WHERE Id = '13626563785373'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the category to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

DELETE FROM Categories WHERE Id = '13626686793885'
DELETE FROM Categories WHERE Id = '13626686793885' AND Locale = 'en-us'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the category is created.

Name String False

The name of the category.

Description String False

The description of the category.

Locale String False

The locale where the category is displayed.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the category was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the category was last updated.

Url String True

The API URL of the category.

HtmlUrl String True

The HTML URL of the category in the Help Center.

Outdated Boolean True

Indicates whether the category is out of date.

Position Integer False

The position of this category relative to other categories.

SourceLocale String True

The source (default) locale of the category.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CategoryTranslations

Returns translations for help center categories, including title, body, locale, and status details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • CategoryId supports the = operator.
  • Locale supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM CategoryTranslations WHERE CategoryId = '30235858541586'

SELECT * FROM CategoryTranslations WHERE CategoryId = '30235858541586' and Locale = 'en-us'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: Title, CategoryId, and Locale.
INSERT INTO CategoryTranslations (Title, CategoryId, Locale) VALUES ('General', '10101763925020', 'en-us')

Update

The following is an example of how to update the CategoryTranslations table:
UPDATE CategoryTranslations SET Title = 'Updated Title' WHERE Id = '23236975085596'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the category translation to delete it.
DELETE CategoryTranslations WHERE Id = '23787288298652'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the translation is created.

CreatedById Long True

The Id of the user who created the translation.

UpdatedById Long True

The Id of the user who last updated the translation.

CategoryId Long True

Categories.Id

The Id of the category that contains this translation.

Title String False

The title of the translation.

Body String False

HTML body of the translation. Empty by default.

Draft Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is a draft. False by default.

HtmlUrl String True

The HTML URL of the translation in Help Center.

Locale String False

The locale of the translation.

Outdated Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is outdated. False by default.

SourceType String True

The type of the item that contains this translation, such as article, section, or category.

Url String True

The API URL of the translation.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the translation was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the translation was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ContentSubscriptions

Returns content subscriptions, including subscriptions to sections, articles, community posts, and community topics.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

The following queries list the content subscriptions of a given user. To list your own subscriptions, specify me as the UserId.

SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE UserId = '19128124956177'
SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE UserId = 'me'

The following queries list the subscriptions to a given topic.

SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE TopicId = '19209878690449'
SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE TopicId = '19209878690449' AND Id = '19209922023185'

The following queries list the subscriptions to a given post.

SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE PostId = '19206579516945'
SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE PostId = '19206579516945' AND Id = '19210209123217'

The following queries list the subscriptions to a given section. Provide values for the SectionId and Locale columns.

SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE SectionId = '19206579484689' AND Locale = 'en-us'
SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE SectionId = '19206579484689' AND Locale = 'en-us' AND Id = '19210938828817'

The following queries list the subscriptions to a given article. Provide values for the ArticleId and Locale columns.

SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE ArticleId = '19206609899793' AND Locale = 'en-us'
SELECT * FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE ArticleId = '19206609899793' AND Locale = 'en-us' AND Id = '19211885836945'

Insert

To create a subscription for a given topic, the TopicId column is required. Agents with the "Help Center manager" role can optionally supply a UserId value. If provided, the user associated with UserId will be subscribed to the topic.

INSERT INTO ContentSubscriptions (TopicId, IncludeComments) VALUES ('19209878690449', true)

To create a subscription for a given post, the PostId column is required. Agents with the "Help Center manager" role can optionally supply a UserId value. If provided, the user associated with UserId will be subscribed to the post.

INSERT INTO ContentSubscriptions (PostId, UserId) VALUES ('19206579516945', '19157178632977')

To create a subscription for a given section, the SectionId, Locale, and SourceLocale columns are required. Agents with the "Help Center manager" role can optionally supply a UserId value. If provided, the user associated with UserId will be subscribed to the section.

INSERT INTO ContentSubscriptions (SectionId, Locale, SourceLocale) VALUES ('19206579484689', 'en-us', 'en-us')

To create a subscription for a given article, the ArticleId, Locale, and SourceLocale columns are required. Agents with the "Help Center manager" role can optionally supply a UserId value. If provided, the user associated with UserId will be subscribed to the article.

INSERT INTO ContentSubscriptions (ArticleId, Locale, SourceLocale) VALUES ('19206609899793', 'en-us', 'en-us')

Update

Updates can be performed only on topic subscriptions. The TopicId and Id columns of the subscription are required to update.

UPDATE ContentSubscriptions SET IncludeComments = false WHERE TopicId = '19209878690449' AND Id = '19209922023185'

Delete

To remove a subscription to a given topic, the Id and TopicId columns are required.

DELETE FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE TopicId = '19209878690449' AND Id = '19209922023185'

To remove a subscription to a given post, the Id and PostId columns are required.

DELETE FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE PostId = '19206579516945' AND Id = '19210420873745'

To remove the specified subscription from the specified section, the Id, SectionId, and Locale columns are required.

DELETE FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE SectionId = '19206579516945' AND Id = '19210420873745' AND Locale = 'en-us'

To remove the specified subscription from the specified article, the Id, ArticleId, and Locale columns are required.

DELETE FROM ContentSubscriptions WHERE ArticleId = '19206609899793' AND Id = '19211885836945' AND Locale = 'en-us'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

Automatically assigned when the subscription is created.

UserId String False

Users.Id

The Id of the user who has this subscription.

ContentId Long True

The Id of the subscribed item.

ContentType String True

The type of the subscribed item.

IncludeComments Boolean True

Indicates whether comments are also included in the subscription. Applies only to section and topic subscriptions.

Locale String False

The locale of the subscribed item.

SourceLocale String False

Used only for Create Section Subscription and Create Article Subscription, where it's mandatory. Selects the locale of the content to be subscribed.

Url String True

The API URL of the subscription.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time at which the subscription was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time at which the subscription was last updated.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
TopicId Long

The Id of the topic to filter subscriptions by.

PostId Long

The Id of the post to filter subscriptions by.

SectionId Long

The Id of the section to filter subscriptions by.

ArticleId Long

The Id of the article to filter subscriptions by.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ContentTags

Represents content tags used for organizing and categorizing help center content.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM ContentTags WHERE Id = '01HCCV8145J2MBX6XZ103G10CH'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Guide manager" or "Guide agent" role.

INSERT INTO ContentTags (Name) VALUES ('Test')

Update

You must specify the Id of the content tag to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Guide manager" role.

UPDATE ContentTags SET Name = 'CData' WHERE Id = '01HCEJVFV4X9MA9D2SBC86FE5S'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the content tag to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Guide manager" role.

DELETE FROM ContentTags WHERE Id = '01HCEJVFV4X9MA9D2SBC86FE5S'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] String True

The Id automatically assigned when the content tag is created.

Name String False

The name of the content tag.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the content tag was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the content tag was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CustomAgentRoles

Returns custom agent roles, including role configuration and permission details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.
SELECT * FROM CustomAgentRoles

When Id is mention in the criteria, the query is allowed only for logged-in users with the "admin" role or agents with the "manage_roles" permission.

SELECT * FROM CustomAgentRoles WHERE Id = '13575064971293'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role or agents with the "manage_roles" permission.

INSERT INTO CustomAgentRoles (Name, Description, ConfigurationChatAccess, ConfigurationUserViewAccess) VALUES ('Test', 'Description', true, 'readonly')

Update

You must specify the Id of the custom agent role to update it. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role or agents with the "manage_roles" permission.

UPDATE CustomAgentRoles SET Name = 'Updated Name', Description = 'Updated description', ConfigurationChatAccess = false, ConfigurationUserViewAccess = 'readonly' WHERE Id = '13575064971293'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the custom agent role to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role or agents with the "manage_roles" permission.

DELETE FROM CustomAgentRoles WHERE Id = '13575064971293'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

Automatically assigned upon creation.

Name String False

Name of the custom role.

Description String False

A description of the role.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the record was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time the record was last updated.

ConfigurationChatAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent has access to Chat.

ConfigurationEndUserProfileAccess String False

What the agent can do with end-user profiles. Allowed values are edit, edit-within-org, full, readonly.

ConfigurationForumAccess String False

The kind of access the agent has to Guide. Allowed values are edit-topics, full, readonly.

ConfigurationForumAccessRestrictedContent Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent has access to restricted content in Guide forums.

ConfigurationMacroAccess String False

What the agent can do with macros. Allowed values are full, manage-group, manage-personal, readonly.

ConfigurationManageBusinessRules Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage schedules and view rules analysis.

ConfigurationManageDynamicContent Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can access dynamic content.

ConfigurationManageExtensionsAndChannels Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can manage channels and extensions.

ConfigurationManageFacebook Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can manage Facebook pages.

ConfigurationOrganizationEditing Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can add or modify organizations.

ConfigurationReportAccess String False

What the agent can do with reports. Allowed values are full, none, readonly.

ConfigurationTicketAccess String False

What kind of tickets the agent can access. Allowed values are all, assigned-only, within-groups, within-groups-and-public-groups, within-organization.

ConfigurationTicketCommentAccess String False

What kind of tickets the agent can access. Allowed values are all, assigned-only, within-groups, within-groups-and-public-groups, within-organization.

ConfigurationTicketDeletion Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can delete tickets.

ConfigurationTicketMerge Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can merge tickets.

ConfigurationTicketTagEditing Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can edit ticket tags.

ConfigurationTwitterSearchAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent has access to Twitter search.

ConfigurationViewAccess String False

What the agent can do with views. Allowed values are full, manage-group, manage-personal, playonly, readonly.

ConfigurationUserViewAccess String False

What the agent can do with customer lists. Allowed values are full, manage-group, manage-personal, none, readonly.

ConfigurationAssignTicketsToAnyGroup Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can assign tickets to any group.

ConfigurationCustomObjects String False

A list of custom object keys mapped to JSON objects that define the agent's permissions (scopes) for each object. Allowed values: are read, update, delete, create. The read permission is required if any other scopes are specified.

ConfigurationEndUserListAccess String False

Indicates whether the agent can view lists of user profiles. Allowed values are full, none.

ConfigurationExploreAccess String False

The level of access the agent has to Explore. Allowed values are edit, full, none, readonly.

ConfigurationGroupAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can add or modify groups.

ConfigurationLightAgent Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent is configured as a light agent.

ConfigurationManageAutomations Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage automations.

ConfigurationManageContextualWorkspaces Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can view, add, and edit contextual workspaces.

ConfigurationManageGroupMemberships Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage group memberships.

ConfigurationManageGroups Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and modify groups.

ConfigurationManageOrganizationFields Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage organization fields.

ConfigurationManageOrganizations Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and modify organizations.

ConfigurationManageRoles String False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage custom roles with the exception of the role they are currently assigned. Does not allow agents to update role assignments for other agents. Allowed values are all-except-self, none.

ConfigurationManageSkills Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage skills.

ConfigurationManageSlas Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage SLAs.

ConfigurationManageSuspendedTickets Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can manage suspended tickets.

ConfigurationManageTeamMembers String False

Indicates whether the agent can manage team members. Allows agents to update role assignments for other agents. Allowed values are all-with-self-restriction, readonly, none.

ConfigurationManageTicketFields Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage ticket fields.

ConfigurationManageTicketForms Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage ticket forms.

ConfigurationManageTriggers Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage triggers.

ConfigurationManageUserFields Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can create and manage user fields.

ConfigurationModerateForums Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can moderate Guide forums.

ConfigurationOrganizationNotesEditing Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can add or modify organization notes.

ConfigurationSideConversationCreate Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can contribute to side conversations.

ConfigurationTicketEditing Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can edit ticket properties.

ConfigurationTicketRedaction Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can redact content from tickets. Only applicable to tickets permitted by ticket_access.

ConfigurationViewDeletedTickets Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can view deleted tickets.

ConfigurationVoiceAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can answer and place calls to end users.

ConfigurationVoiceDashboardAccess Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent can view details about calls on the Talk dashboard.

RoleType Integer True

The user's role Id. The value is 0 for a custom agent.

TeamMemberCount Integer True

The number of team members assigned to this role.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CustomObjectFields

Returns the fields available for a custom object, including field type, validation, and relationship details.

Table-Specific Information

Custom objects are configured using the CustomObjects and CustomObjectFields tables. The CustomObjects table essentially allows you to list and create custom objects, while the CustomObjectFields table allows you to query and modify the fields of the custom objects. Records within these custom objects are then queried and modified via tables with the "CustomObject_" prefix (see Working with Custom Object Records in CustomObjects).

Select

The ParentKey column is required to query the fields for a custom object.
SELECT * FROM CustomObjectFields WHERE ParentKey='Devices'

Insert

You must specify the ParentKey, Key, Title, and Type columns for each field inserted into a custom object.
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Type) values ('Devices', 'DeviceType', 'DeviceType', 'text')

Data Types for Inserting Custom Object Fields

Data types supported by the Custom Objects API include Text, TextArea, Checkbox, Date, Decimal, Dropdown, Integer, Lookup, Multiselect, and Regexp. Some data types require additional information, including Regexp, Dropdown, Lookup, and Multiselect.
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type) values ('Devices', 'TextType', 'TextType', 'Text type', 'Text')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type) values ('Devices', 'TextareaType', 'TextareaType', 'Textarea type', 'Textarea')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type) values ('Devices', 'CheckboxType', 'CheckboxType', 'Checkbox type', 'Checkbox')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type) values ('Devices', 'DateType', 'DateType', 'Date type', 'Date')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type) values ('Devices', 'IntegerType', 'IntegerType', 'Integer type', 'Integer')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type) values ('Devices', 'DecimalType', 'DecimalType', 'Decimal type', 'Decimal')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type, RegexpForValidation) values ('Devices', 'RegexpType', 'RegexpType', 'Regexp type', 'Regexp', '\b[0-9]{3}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{4}\b')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type, CustomFieldOptions) values ('Devices', 'DropdownType', 'DropdownType', 'Dropdown type', 'Dropdown', '[{\"name\": \"options-1\", \"value\": \"option-1\"}]')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type, RelationshipTargetType) values ('Devices', 'LookupType', 'LookupType', 'Lookup type', 'Lookup', 'zen:user')
Insert INTO CustomObjectFields (ParentKey, Key, Title, Description, Type, CustomFieldOptions) values ('Devices', 'MultiselectType', 'MultiselectType', 'Multiselect type', 'Multiselect', '[{\"name\\\": \"options-1\", \"value\": \"option-1\"}]')

Update

You must specify the ParentKey and Key columns to update a custom object field.
Update CustomObjectFields SET description='Updated description' WHERE ParentKey='Devices' AND Key='OSType'

Delete

You must specify the ParentKey and Key columns to delete a custom object field.
Delete FROM CustomObjectFields WHERE ParentKey='Devices' AND Key='OSType'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id of the custom object field, automatically assigned upon creation.

Key [KEY] String False

A unique key that identifies this custom field. This is used for updating the field and referencing in placeholders. The key must consist of only letters, numbers, and underscores. It can't be only numbers.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is available for use.

ParentKey String False

The key of the custom object to which this field belongs.

Description String False

The user-defined description of this field's purpose.

RawDescription String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the description value, if not.

Title String False

The title of the custom field.

RawTitle String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the title value, if not.

Type String False

The custom field type: checkbox, date, decimal, dropdown, integer, lookup, multiselect, regexp, text, or textarea.

CreatedAt String False

The date and time when the custom object field was created.

Position Long False

The ordering of the field relative to other fields.

Properties String False

A set of properties which describe the standard::name field's autonumbering and uniqueness behavior. Autonumbering and uniqueness can't be used together.

RegexpForValidation String False

Regular expression field only. The validation pattern for a field value to be deemed valid.

RelationshipFilter String False

A filter definition that narrows autocomplete results.

RelationshipTargetType String False

A representation of what type of object the field references. Options are zen:user, zen:organization, zen:ticket, zen:article, and zen:custom_object:{key} where key is a custom object key.

System Boolean False

Indicates whether only the active and position values of this field can be changed.

Tag String False

Optional for custom field of type checkbox; not applicable otherwise.

CustomFieldOptions String False

Required and presented for a custom field of type dropdown. Each option is represented by an object with a name and value property.

UpdatedAt String False

The date and time when the custom object field was last updated.

Url String False

The URL of this resource.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CustomObjects

Represents the custom objects available in the account.

Table-Specific Information

Custom objects are configured using the CustomObjects and CustomObjectFields tables. The CustomObjects table essentially allows you to list and create custom objects, while the CustomObjectFields table allows you to query and modify the fields of the custom objects. Records within these custom objects are then queried and modified via tables with the "CustomObject_" prefix (see Working with Custom Object Records).

Tip: If custom objects are already defined in the Zendesk UI, you can query and modify records directly in the CustomObject_Name tables without needing to configure the corresponding tables.

Select

The following query shows all custom objects available in the account:
SELECT * FROM CustomObjects

Insert

You must specify the Key, Title, and TitlePluralized columns in order to create a new custom object.
Insert into CustomObjects (Key, Title, TitlePluralized, Description) values ('Devices', 'Device', 'Devices', 'Devices available')

Update

You must specify the Key column to update a custom object.
Update CustomObjects SET Description='Devices available in central office' WHERE Key='Devices'

Delete

You must specify the Key column to delete a custom object.
Delete FROM CustomObjects WHERE Key='Devices'

Working with Custom Object Records

Records within the custom objects are queried and modified via tables with the "CustomObject_" prefix. For example, a custom object within Zendesk named "Devices" will have the name "CustomObject_Devices". The columns available for the custom object are observable and modified via the CustomObjectFields table.

Select Custom Object Records


SELECT * FROM CustomObject_Devices

Insert Custom Object Records

You must specify a Name for each record within a custom object. Name and Description are standard columns available in all custom object tables. In the example below, the Units column is specific to this custom object and would be specified in the CustomObjectFields table.
Insert into CustomObject_Devices (Name, Description, Units) values ('WinPCs', 'Windows machines', 10)

Update Custom Object Records

You must specify the Id of a record to perform updates, which is a standard column across all custom object records.
Update CustomObject_Devices SET Description='Windows machines in storage' WHERE Id='01KE84AVNNH93GXYSCE6H0V74R'

Delete Custom Object Records

You must specify the Id of a record to delete it.
Delete FROM CustomObject_Devices WHERE Id='01KE84AVNNH93GXYSCE6H0V74R'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Key [KEY] String False

A user-defined unique identifier. Writable on create only.

Title String False

The user-defined display name for the object.

TitlePluralized String False

The user-defined pluralized version of the object's title.

RawTitle String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the Title value, if not.

RawTitlePluralized String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the title_pluralized value, if not.

Description String False

The user-defined description of the object.

RawDescription String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the description value, if not.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the object type was created.

CreatedBy Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the user who created the object.

CreatedVia String False

The source from which the object was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the object was last updated.

UpdatedBy Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the last user who updated the object.

AllowsAttachments Boolean False

Indicates whether file attachments can be added to the object's records.

AllowsPhotos Boolean False

Indicates whether photos can be uploaded to the records of the object.

IncludeInListView Boolean False

Indicates whether the object is visible in the agent's list view.

Url String False

The URL of the custom object.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CustomTicketStatuses

Represents the custom ticket statuses available in the account.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side, while other filters are processed client-side in the connector.
SELECT * FROM CustomTicketStatuses WHERE Id = 9930628462492

Insert


INSERT INTO CustomTicketStatuses (active,agentlabel,description,enduserdescription,enduserlabel,statuscategory) VALUES ('true', 'Try to Respond quickly', 'Customer needs a response quickly', 'Your ticket is being responded to', 'Urgent processing', 'open')

Update


UPDATE CustomTicketStatuses SET description = 'Customer needs a response quickly.' WHERE Id = 9930628462492

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the custom ticket status, automatically assigned when it is created.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the custom status is active.

URL String True

The API URL of this custom ticket status.

AgentLabel String False

The label displayed to agents. Maximum length is 48 characters.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether this is the default custom status.

Description String False

The description of when the user should select this custom ticket status.

StatusCategory String False

The status category the custom ticket status belongs to.

The allowed values are new, open, hold, pending, solved.

EndUserLabel String False

The label displayed to end users. Maximum length is 48 characters.

EndUserDescription String False

The description displayed to end users.

RawAgentLabel String True

The dynamic content placeholder. If the dynamic content placeholder is not available, this is the agent_label value.

RawDescription String True

The dynamic content placeholder. If the dynamic content placeholder is not available, this is the raw_description value.

RawEndUserLabel String True

The dynamic content placeholder. If the dynamic content placeholder is not available, this is the raw_end_user_label value.

RawEndUserDescription String True

The dynamic content placeholder. If the dynamic content placeholder is not available, this is the raw_end_user_description value.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the custom ticket status was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the custom ticket status was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

GroupMemberships

Represents the group memberships that define which agents belong to which groups.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM GroupMemberships WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM GroupMemberships WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM GroupMemberships WHERE GroupId = '123'

Insert

The UserId and GroupId columns are required to insert. This assigns an agent to a given group. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO GroupMemberships (UserId, GroupId) VALUES ('72', '88')

Delete

You must specify the Id of the membership to delete it. This immediately removes a user from a group and schedules a job to unassign all working tickets that are assigned to the given user and group combination. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM GroupMemberships WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the group membership, automatically assigned when it is created.

UserId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the agent.

GroupId Long False

Groups.Id

The Id of the group.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether tickets assigned directly to the agent use this membership's group.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the membership was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the membership was last updated.

Url String True

The API URL of this record.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Groups

Returns groups, including name, membership, and status details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • UserId supports the = operator.
  • CreatedAt supports the =, >, <, >=, <= operators.
  • UpdatedAt supports the =, >, <, >=, <= operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE CreatedAt >= '2025-10-29T14:17:01.000'

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE UpdatedAt >= '2025-10-29T14:17:01.000'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO Groups (Name) VALUES ('My Group')

Update

You must specify the Id of the group to update it. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE Groups SET Name = 'Interesting Group' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the group to delete it. Note that you cannot delete the default group of the account. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM Groups WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

Automatically assigned when the group is created.

Name String False

The name of the group.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the group was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time of the last update of the group.

Deleted Boolean True

Indicates whether the group has been marked as deleted.

Url String True

The API URL of this group.

UserId Long False

The user id used to query groups.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

GroupSlaPolicies

Returns group SLA policies, including filter conditions, position, and policy metric details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM GroupSlaPolicies WHERE Id = '01HXV0PT0DMK4MTFNK9Y6ENFJA'

Insert

The Title and Filter columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO GroupSlaPolicies (Title, Description, Position, Filter) VALUES('Title test', 'desc' ,3, '{"all":[{"field":"group_id","operator":"includes","value":[9634300495132]}]}

Update

You must specify the Id of the Group SLA policy to update it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE GroupSlaPolicies SET Title = 'Updated title' WHERE Id = '01HXV6JCGCDZGJ851VPQZWMG1E'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the Group SLA policy to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM GroupSlaPolicies WHERE Id = '01HXV6JCGCDZGJ851VPQZWMG1E'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] String True

Automatically assigned when created.

Title String False

The title of the Group SLA policy.

Position Integer False

Position of the Group SLA policy. This position determines the order in which policies are matched to tickets. If not specified, the Group SLA policy is added at the last position.

Description String False

The description of the Group SLA policy.

PolicyMetrics String False

An array of policy metric objects associated with the Group SLA policy.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the Group SLA policy was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time of the last update of the Group SLA policy.

Filter String False

An object that describes the conditions a ticket must match for a Group SLA policy to be applied to the ticket.

Url String True

The URL of the Group SLA policy record.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Holidays

Returns holidays configured for schedules, including name and date range details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Holidays WHERE ScheduleId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Holidays WHERE ScheduleId = '123' AND Id = '456'

Insert

The ScheduleId, Name, StartDate, and EndDate columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO Holidays (ScheduleId, Name, StartDate, EndDate) VALUES ('360000022454', 'Christmas', '2016-12-25', '2016-12-25')

Update

You must specify the ScheduleId and Id of the holiday to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE Holidays SET Name = 'Christmas', StartDate = '2018-12-25', EndDate = '2018-12-25'  WHERE ScheduleId = '123' AND Id = '456'

Delete

You must specify the ScheduleId and Id of the holiday to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM Holidays WHERE ScheduleId = '123' AND Id = '456'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the holiday is created.

ScheduleId Long False

Schedules.Id

The Id of the schedule the holiday belongs to.

Name String False

The name of the holiday.

StartDate Date False

The date when the holiday starts.

EndDate Date False

The date when the holiday ends.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

JiraLinks

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

LegacyCustomObjects

Returns legacy custom objects, including creation, update, and identifier details.

Table-Specific Information

The Legacy Custom Objects API is deprecated and has limited access. Accounts not already using the Legacy API cannot start using it.

Beginning January 2026, accounts already utilizing the Legacy API will no longer be able to create new objects. Beginning June 2026, the legacy API will be sunset entirely.

Select

The LegacyCustomObjects table supports the ObjectName column in the WHERE clause, which supports the = operator. For example:

SELECT * FROM LegacyCustomObjects WHERE ObjectName = 'house'

Insert

You can insert any field into the LegacyCustomObjects table that is not read-only. The fields of the property are present in the LegacyCustomObjectField view.

To insert Properties details for a custom object, use the #TEMP table to insert the fields of the property. For example:

INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP (FieldName, Type, Description, Required) VALUES ('NumOfRooms', 'integer', 'The number of rooms.', true)
INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP (FieldName, Type, Description, Required) VALUES ('NumOfBaths', 'integer', 'The number of baths.', true)
INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP (FieldName, Type, Description, Required) VALUES ('Balcony', 'boolean', 'Whether or not balcony is there.', true)
INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP (FieldName, Type, Description) VALUES ('PropertyAge', 'string', 'Old or new construction.')
INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjects (ObjectName, Properties) VALUES ('house', LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP)

Update

You can update only the Properties column in the LegacyCustomObjects table. The fields of the property are present in the LegacyCustomObjectField view.

To update the properties details for a custom object, use the #TEMP table to insert the fields of the property. For example:

INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP (FieldName, Type, Description, Required) VALUES ('CarParking', 'string', 'Whether or not car parking is available', true)");
INSERT INTO LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP (FieldName, Required) VALUES ('balcony', false)");
UPDATE LegacyCustomObjects SET Properties = 'LegacyCustomObjectField#TEMP' WHERE ObjectName = 'house'");

Delete

To delete a custom object, ObjectName is required.

DELETE FROM LegacyCustomObjects WHERE ObjectName = 'house'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ObjectName [KEY] String True

A user-defined unique identifier. Writable on create only.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time the object type was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time the object type was last updated.

Version String True

The version of this schema.

Properties String True

A JSON schema describing the properties of the object record, up to 32 KB in size.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Macros

Returns macros used to automate ticket updates, including action, access, and restriction details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Macros WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Macros WHERE Active = true

SELECT * FROM Macros ORDER BY CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM Macros ORDER BY UpdateddAt

Insert

The Title and Actions columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO Macros (Title, Actions) VALUES ('Roger Wilco II', '[{\"field\": \"status\", \"value": \"solved\"}]')

Update

You must specify the Id of the macro to update. Updating an action updates the containing array, clearing the other actions. Include all your actions when updating any action. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

UPDATE Macros SET Title = 'Roger Wilco III' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the macro to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM Macros WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The unique Id automatically assigned to the macro when created.

Title String False

The title of the macro.

Actions String False

An object describing what the macro will do.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the macro is active. Returns only active macros if true, and only inactive macros if false.

Description String False

The description of the macro.

Position Integer False

The sort position of the macro in the list.

Restrictions String False

Specifies who may access this macro. Is null when everyone in the account can access it.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The time the macro was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The time of the last update of the macro.

Access String False

The access level filter for macros. Possible values are personal, shared, or account.

Category String False

The category used to filter macros.

GroupId Long False

Groups.Id

The Id of the group used to filter macros.

OnlyViewable Boolean False

Indicates whether to return only macros that can be applied to tickets. Returns all macros the current user can manage if false.

Attachments String False

An array of macro attachment Ids to be associated with the macro, used during insertion.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ManagementPermissionGroups

Returns management permission groups, which define which agents can create, update, archive, and publish articles. Each group consists of a set of privileges mapped to user segments, and agents receive the privileges associated with their user segments.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queey is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM ManagementPermissionGroups WHERE Id = '19162149101585'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. All fields that are not readonly are optional for insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

INSERT INTO ManagementPermissionGroups (Name, Edit) VALUES ('Test', '19162093613969, 19236810082193')

Update

You must specify the Id of the management permission group to update it. All fields that are not readonly are optional for insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

UPDATE ManagementPermissionGroups SET Name = 'UpdatedName' WHERE Id = '19239392699537'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the management permission group to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

DELETE FROM ManagementPermissionGroups WHERE Id = '19239392699537'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned to the permission group when created.

BuiltIn Boolean True

Indicates whether the permission group is built-in. Built-in permission groups cannot be modified.

Name String False

The name of the permission group.

Edit String False

The Ids of user segments that have edit privileges. For insertion and updating, provide these values separated by a comma.

Publish String False

The Ids of user segments that have publish privileges. For insertion and updating, provide these values separated by a comma.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the permission group was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the permission group was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OrganizationFields

Returns organization fields, including key, type, title, and custom field option details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM OrganizationFields WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The Type, Title, and Key columns are required to insert.

The types of custom fields that can be created are the following: text (default when no Type is specified), textarea, checkbox, date, integer, decimal, and regex (when Type is regex, RegexpForValidation is required too). Allowed for admins only.

INSERT INTO OrganizationFields (Type, Title, Key) VALUES ('text', 'Support description', 'support_description')

Lookup Relationships

You can also create Lookup Relationships. A lookup relationship field is a custom field whose type is "lookup". This type of custom field gives you the ability to create a relationship from a source object to a target object.

To create a lookup relationship field, the Type, Key, and RelationshipTargetType columns are required. The Type column value must be "lookup". A suitable combination of Field, Operator, and Value is required for insertion in RelationshipFilterAll and RelationshipFilterAny. See a list of the possible combinations here.

INSERT INTO OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAll#temp (Field, Operator, Value) VALUES ('status', 'less_than', 'solved')
INSERT INTO OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAny#temp (Field, Operator, Value) VALUES ('status', 'less_than', 'solved')
INSERT INTO OrganizationFields (Type, Title, Key, RelationshipTargetType, RelationshipFilterAll, RelationshipFilterAny) VALUES ('lookup', 'Support description', 'support_description5', 'zen:ticket', 'OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAll#temp', 'OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAny#temp')

Update

You must specify the Id of the organization field to update it. All fields that are not readonly are optional. Allowed for admins only.

UPDATE OrganizationFields SET Title = 'Updated title' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the organizational field to delete it. Allowed for admins only.

DELETE FROM OrganizationFields WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id of the organization field, automatically assigned upon creation.

Key String False

A unique key that identifies this custom field. Required on create. This is used for updating the field and referencing in placeholders. After a field is created, you cannot change its key.

Type String False

Type of the custom field: checkbox, date, decimal, dropdown, integer, regexp, text, or textarea. After a field is created, you cannot change its type.

Title String False

The title of the custom field.

RawTitle String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the title value, if not.

Description String False

User-defined description of this field's purpose.

RawDescription String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the description value, if not.

Position Integer False

Ordering of the field relative to other fields.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is available for use.

System Boolean False

Indicates whether only the active and position values of this field can be changed.

RegexpForValidation String False

Regular expression field only. The validation pattern for a field value to be deemed valid.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The time the organization field was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The time of the last update of the organization field.

Tag String False

Optional for custom field of type checkbox; not presented otherwise.

CustomFieldOptions String False

Required and presented for a custom field of type dropdown.

Url String False

The URL for this resource.

RelationshipFilterAll String False

A filter definition that allows the autocomplete to filter results using a logical AND condition.

RelationshipFilterAny String False

A filter definition that allows the autocomplete to filter results using a logical OR condition.

RelationshipTargetType String False

A representation of what type of object the field references. Options are zen:user, zen:organization, zen:ticket, or zen:custom_object:CUSTOM_OBJECT_KEY. For example zen:custom_object:apartment.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OrganizationMemberships

Returns organization memberships, including user and organization association details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM OrganizationMemberships WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM OrganizationMemberships WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM OrganizationMemberships WHERE OrganizationId = '123'

Insert

You must specify the UserId and OrganizationId columns to perform an insert. This assigns a user to a given organization. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO OrganizationMemberships (UserId, OrganizationId) VALUES ('772', '881')

Delete

You must specify the Id of the membership to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM OrganizationMemberships WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the membership is created.

OrganizationId Long False

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization associated with this user in this membership.

UserId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the user to whom this membership belongs.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether this is the default organization membership for the user. If false, returns null.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when this record was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when this record was last updated.

Url String False

The URL of this resource.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Organizations

Returns organizations, including group assignments, domain names, and tag details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the =, IN operators.
  • Name supports the = operator.
  • Details supports the = operator.
  • Notes supports the = operator.
  • Tags supports the = operator.
  • UserId supports the = operator.
  • CreatedAt supports the >, <, >=, <= operators.
  • UpdatedAt supports the >=, <=, >, < operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM Organizations WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Organizations WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

SELECT * FROM Organizations WHERE UserId = '123'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

Note: You must provide a unique name for each organization. Normally, the system does not allow records to be created with identical names; however, a race condition can occur if you make two or more identical POSTs very close to each other, causing the records to have identical organization names.

INSERT INTO Organizations (Name) VALUES ('My Organization')

To create many organizations, see "Batch Processing" for an example.

Update

You must specify the Id of the organization to update it. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE Organizations SET Notes = 'Something interesting' WHERE Id = '123'

To make the same change to multiple organizations, use the following SQL statement:

UPDATE Organizations SET Notes = 'Something interesting' WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

To make different changes to many organizations, see "Batch Processing" for an example.

Delete

You must specify the Id of the organization to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM Organizations WHERE Id = '123'

You can delete multiple organizations simultaneously by providing their Ids:

DELETE FROM Organizations WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

You can also delete many organizations simultaneously by using "Batch Processing".

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the organization is created.

Name String False

A unique name for the organization.

GroupId Long False

Groups.Id

New tickets from users in this organization are automatically put in this group.

ExternalId String False

A unique external id to associate organizations to an external record.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the organization was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the organization was last updated.

DomainNames String False

An array of domain names associated with this organization.

Details String False

Any details about the organization, such as the address.

Notes String False

Any notes you have about the organization.

SharedTickets Boolean False

Indicates whether end users in this organization are able to see each other's tickets.

SharedComments Boolean False

Indicates whether end users in this organization are able to see comments on each other's tickets.

Tags String False

The tags of the organization.

Url String True

The URL for this resource.

UserId Long False

The Id of the user used to query organizations.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OrganizationSubscriptions

Returns organization subscriptions, including user and organization association details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM OrganizationSubscriptions WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM OrganizationSubscriptions WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM OrganizationSubscriptions WHERE OrganizationId = '123'

Insert

The UserId and OrganizationId columns are required to insert. Note that end users can only subscribe to shared organizations they belong to.

INSERT INTO OrganizationSubscriptions (UserId, OrganizationId) VALUES ('772', '881')

Delete

You must specify the Id of the subscription to delete it.

DELETE FROM OrganizationSubscriptions WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned to the organization subscription.

OrganizationId Long False

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization associated with this subscription.

UserId Long False

The Id of the user associated with this subscription.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this subscription was created.

Url String True

The URL of this resource.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

PostComments

Retrieves, creates, updates, and deletes comments on community posts.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • AuthorId supports the = operator.
  • PostId supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM PostComments WHERE PostId = '31500138388637'

SELECT * FROM PostComments WHERE PostId = '16495383075612' AND Id = '16495529678108'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: PostId and Body.
INSERT INTO PostComments (PostId, Body) VALUES ('16495383075612', 'Comment Body')
You can also optionally include the Official column:
INSERT INTO PostComments (PostId, Body, Official) VALUES ('16495383075612', 'Comment Body', 'true')

Update

The following is an example of how to update the PostComments table:
UPDATE PostComments SET Body = 'Updated Comment' WHERE PostId = '16495383075612' AND Id = '16495529678108'

Delete

You must specify the PostId and the Id of the comment to delete it.
DELETE FROM PostComments WHERE PostId = '20414731778332' AND Id = '20414776629660'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the comment is created.

Url String True

The API url of the comment.

HtmlUrl String True

The community url of the comment.

Body String False

The comment made by the author.

AuthorId Long False

The Id of the author of the comment. Writable on create by Help Center managers.

PostId Long True

Posts.Id

The Id of the post on which the comment was made.

Official Boolean False

Indicates whether the comment is marked as official.

VoteSum Integer True

The sum of upvotes (+1) and downvotes (-1), which may be positive or negative.

VoteCount Integer True

The total number of upvotes and downvotes.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the comment was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the comment was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Posts

Represents community posts, including authoring, status, and topic details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • AuthorId supports the = operator.
  • Status supports the = operator.
  • TopicId supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM Posts WHERE Id = '20414795537308'

SELECT * FROM Posts WHERE AuthorId = '9634283960860'

SELECT * FROM Posts WHERE TopicId = '30235845457170'

SELECT * FROM Posts WHERE Status = 'Completed'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: Title and TopicId.
INSERT INTO Posts (Title, TopicId) VALUES ('Testing Post', '31393270716957')
You can also optionally include the Status column:
INSERT INTO Posts (Title, TopicId, Status) VALUES ('Testing Post', '31393270716957', 'answered')

Update

The following is an example of how to update the Posts table:
UPDATE Posts SET Title = 'Update test' WHERE Id = 31499940221341

Delete

You must specify the Id of the post to delete it.
DELETE FROM Posts WHERE Id = 20414746040732

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the post is created.

Url String True

The API url of the post.

HtmlUrl String True

The community url of the post.

Title String False

The title of the post.

Details String False

The details of the post.

AuthorId Long False

The Id of the author of the post. Writable on create by Help Center managers.

Pinned Boolean False

Indicates whether the post is pinned to the top of its topic.

Featured Boolean False

Indicates whether the post is featured.

Closed Boolean False

Indicates whether further comments are allowed on the post.

Status String False

The status of the post. Possible filter values include planned, not_planned, completed, answered or none.

VoteSum Integer True

The sum of upvotes (+1) and downvotes (-1), which may be positive or negative.

VoteCount Integer True

The total number of upvotes and downvotes.

CommentCount Integer True

The number of comments on the post.

FollowerCount Integer True

The number of followers of the post.

TopicId Long False

Topics.Id

The Id of the topic that the post belongs to.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the post was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the post was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SatisfactionRatings

Returns satisfaction ratings submitted for resolved tickets.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM SatisfactionRatings WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The TicketId and Score columns are required to insert. This insertion creates a Customer Satisfaction (CSAT) rating for solved tickets, or for tickets that were previously solved and then reopened. This operation is allowed for the end user who requested the ticket.

INSERT INTO SatisfactionRatings (TicketId, Score) VALUES ('12', 'good')

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id automatically assigned to the satisfaction rating upon creation.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the ticket being rated.

Score String False

The satisfaction rating score. When used in a filter it takes one of values: offered, unoffered, received, received_with_comment, received_without_comment, good, good_with_comment, good_without_comment, bad, bad_with_comment, bad_without_comment.

Comment String False

The comment received with this rating, if available.

Reason String False

The reason for a bad rating given by the requester in a follow-up question. Satisfaction reasons must be enabled.

AssigneeId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the agent assigned to the ticket at the time of rating.

GroupId Long False

Groups.Id

The Id of the group assigned to the ticket at the time of rating.

RequesterId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the ticket requester submitting the rating.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The time the satisfaction rating was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The time the satisfaction rating was last updated.

Url String False

The API URL of this satisfaction rating.

StartTime Datetime False

The time of the oldest satisfaction rating.

EndTime Datetime False

The time of the most recent satisfaction rating.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Schedules

Returns business hour schedules, including name, time zone, and interval details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Schedules WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The Name and TimeZone columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO Schedules (Name, TimeZone) VALUES ('test', 'Eastern Time (US & Canada)')

Update

You must specify the Id of the schedule to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE Schedules SET Name = 'EMEA', TimeZone = 'London' WHERE Id = '123'

You can update the intervals of a schedule by issuing a separate update statement.

UPDATE Schedules SET Intervals = '[{\"start_time\": 3420, \"end_time\": 3900}]' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the schedule to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM Schedules WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned to the schedule upon creation.

Name String False

The name of the schedule.

TimeZone String False

The time zone of the schedule.

Intervals String False

The array of time intervals defined for the schedule.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the schedule was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time the schedule was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Sections

Returns Help Center sections, including category, locale, and sorting details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Sections WHERE Id = '13647896255645'
SELECT * FROM Sections WHERE Locale = 'en-us'
SELECT * FROM Sections WHERE Locale = 'en-us' AND Id = '13647896255645'
SELECT * FROM Sections WHERE CategoryId = '13625283663133'
SELECT * FROM Sections WHERE Locale = 'en-us' AND CategoryId = '13625283663133'

Insert

The Name and CategoryId columns are required to insert. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO Sections (Name, CategoryId) VALUES ('Test CData', '13626588262429')

Update

You must specify the Id of the section to update. This updates the section-level data such as Name, Description, Position, CategoryId, ParentSectionId, and ThemeTemplate. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

UPDATE Sections SET Name = 'UpdatedName' WHERE Id = '13647896255645'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the Section to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

DELETE FROM Sections WHERE Id = '13647939064221'
DELETE FROM Sections WHERE Id = '13647939064221' AND Locale = 'en-us'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned to the section upon creation.

CategoryId Long False

Categories.Id

The Id of the category to which this section belongs.

Name String False

The name of the section.

Description String False

The description of the section.

Locale String False

The locale in which the section is displayed.

ParentSectionId Long False

The Id of the section to which this section belongs. Only writable for Guide Enterprise customers.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time at which the section was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time at which the section was last updated.

Url String True

The API URL of this section.

HtmlUrl String True

The URL of this section in Help Center.

Outdated Boolean True

Indicates whether the section is out of date.

Position Integer False

The position of this section in the section list. Used when sorting is set to manual. By default the section is added to the end of the list.

SourceLocale String True

The source (default) locale of the section.

ThemeTemplate String False

The theme template name used to display this section in Help Center.

Sorting String False

The type of sorting.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SectionTranslations

Returns translations for Help Center sections, including locale, title, body, and draft status details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • SectionId supports the = operator.
  • Locale supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM SectionTranslations WHERE SectionId = 19327015862300

SELECT * FROM SectionTranslations WHERE SectionId = 19327015862300 AND Locale = 'en-us'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: Title, SectionId, and Locale.
INSERT INTO SectionTranslations(Title, SectionId, Locale) VALUES('General', 19327015859356, 'en-in')
You can also optionally include the Body column:
INSERT INTO SectionTranslations(Title, SectionId, Locale, Body) VALUES('General', 19327015859356, 'en-in', 'Sample body data')

Update

The following is an example of how to update the SectionTranslations table:
UPDATE SectionTranslations SET Title = 'Updated Title by Id' WHERE Id = '17225617630108'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the section translation to delete.
DELETE FROM SectionTranslations WHERE Id = '19326991711516'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned to the translation upon creation.

CreatedById Long True

The Id of the user who created the translation.

UpdatedById Long True

The Id of the user who last updated the translation.

SectionId Long True

Sections.Id

The Id of the section that has this translation.

Title String False

The title of the translation.

Body String False

The HTML body of the translation. Empty by default.

Draft Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is a draft. False by default.

HtmlUrl String True

The URL of the translation in Help Center.

Locale String False

The locale of the translation.

Outdated Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is outdated. False by default.

SourceType String True

The type of the item that has this translation, such as article, section, or category.

Url String True

The API URL of the translation.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time at which the translation was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time at which the translation was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Sessions

Returns active user sessions, including session authentication and last activity details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • UserId supports the = operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM Sessions WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Sessions WHERE UserId = '19326991711516' AND Id = '6184815149518'

Delete

You must specify the UserId and Id of the session to delete it.

DELETE FROM Sessions WHERE UserId = '123' AND Id = '456'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

Automatically assigned when the session is created.

UserId Long True

Users.Id

The Id of the user associated with the session.

AuthenticatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the session was authenticated.

LastSeenAt Datetime True

The approximate date and time when the session was last active. This value does not update on every request.

Url String True

The API URL of this session.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SharingAgreements

Represents sharing agreements with other Zendesk accounts.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM SharingAgreements WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The RemoteSubdomain column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO SharingAgreements (RemoteSubdomain) VALUES ('Foo')

Update

You must specify the Id of the sharing agreement to update it. Only Status is allowed to be updated. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

UPDATE SharingAgreements SET Status = 'accepted' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the sharing agreement to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM SharingAgreements WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the sharing agreement, automatically assigned upon creation.

Name String False

The name of the sharing agreement.

Type String False

The type of the sharing agreement. Possible values: inbound, outbound.

Status String False

The status of the sharing agreement. Possible values: accepted, declined, pending, inactive.

PartnerName String False

The name of the partner associated with the sharing agreement. Possible values: jira, null.

RemoteSubdomain String False

The subdomain of the remote account, or null if the agreement is not associated with an account.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the record was created.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SideConversations

Returns side conversations on a ticket, including subject, state, participant, and timeline details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

At least TicketId is required in order to retrieve the side conversations.

SELECT * FROM SideConversations WHERE TicketId = 1
SELECT * FROM SideConversations WHERE TicketId = 1 AND Id = '5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59'

Insert

The following columns are required to insert: TicketId, Subject, PreviewText, and Participants. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO SideConversationParticipants#temp (Email,Name) VALUES ('someone@example.com', 'someone')
INSERT INTO SideConversations (TicketId, Subject, PreviewText, Participants) VALUES (1, 'Test Subject', 'Test Body', 'SideConversationParticipants#temp')

You can also reply to a side conversation. The following columns are required for reply on a particular side conversation: Id, TicketId, Subject, PreviewText, and Participants. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO SideConversationParticipants#temp (Email,Name) VALUES ('someone@example.com', 'someone')
INSERT INTO SideConversations (Id, TicketId, Subject, PreviewText, Participants) VALUES ('5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59', 2, 'Test Reply', 'Body for Reply message', 'SideConversationParticipants#temp')

Update

You must specify the TicketId and Id of the side conversation to update it. You can only update the State and Subject columns. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

UPDATE SideConversations SET State = 'open' WHERE Id = '5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59' AND TicketId = 1

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] String False

Automatically assigned when the side conversation is created.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the parent ticket associated with the side conversation.

ExternalIds String False

A key-value store of metadata. All values must be strings.

Subject String False

The subject of the side conversation.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the side conversation was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time the side conversation was last updated.

MessageAddedAt Datetime True

The time of the last message on the side conversation.

Participants String False

An array of participants in the side conversation.

PreviewText String False

A plain text description of the side conversation.

State String False

The state of the side conversation.

StateUpdatedAt Datetime True

The time of the update of the state of the side conversation.

Url String True

The API URL of the side conversation.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SlaPolicies

Returns SLA policies, including filter conditions and policy metric details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM SlaPolicies
SELECT * FROM SlaPolicies WHERE Id = '18393257431953'

Insert

The Title column and at least one field from either FilterAll or FilterAny is required to insert. A suitable combination of Field, Operator, and Value is required for insertion in FilterAll and FilterAny. See a list of the possible combinations here. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO SlaPoliciesFilterAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES('type', 'is', 'incident')
INSERT INTO SlaPoliciesFilterAny#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES('type', 'is', 'problem')
INSERT INTO SlaPolicies(Title, Description, FilterAll, FilterAny) values('Test', 'This is the test description', 'SlaPoliciesFilterAll#temp', 'SlaPoliciesFilterAny#temp')

Update

You must specify the Id of SLA policies to update it. FilterAll and FilterAny aggregate columns support duplicate values in the object. Thus, in order to update these fields, you must specify the whole aggregate object. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO SlaPoliciesFilterAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) Values('type', 'is', 'task')
INSERT INTO SlaPoliciesFilterAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) Values('type', 'is', 'incident')
INSERT INTO SlaPoliciesFilterAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) Values('group_id', 'is', '18285074736529')
UPDATE SlaPolicies SET Title='Updated Title', FilterAll='SlaPoliciesFilterAll#temp' WHERE Id = '18393257431953'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the group to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM SlaPolicies WHERE Id=18392949131793

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the SLA policy is created.

Title String False

The title of the SLA policy.

Description String False

The description of the SLA policy.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the SLA policy was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the SLA policy was last updated.

Position Integer True

The position of the SLA policy that determines the order in which policies are matched. If not specified, the SLA policy is added in the last position.

FilterAll String False

An object that describes the conditions that all must be met in order for the SLA policy to be applied.

FilterAny String False

An object that describes the conditions where any one must be met in order for the SLA policy to be applied.

PolicyMetrics String False

An object that describes the metric targets for each value of the priority field.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SupportAddresses

Returns support addresses used for receiving and sending email in Zendesk Support.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM SupportAddresses WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The Email column is required to insert.

Note that only adding a Zendesk support address to your account is supported. To add a Zendesk address, use the following syntax: {local-part}@{accountname}.zendesk.com.

  • For example, sales-team@omniwear.zendesk.com. The "local-part" can be anything you want.

This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO SupportAddresses  (Email) VALUES ('sales-team@omniwear.zendesk.com')

Update

You must specify the Id of the support address to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE SupportAddresses SET Name = 'Sales' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the support address to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM SupportAddresses WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id of the support address, automatically assigned when created.

Name String False

The name for the address.

Email String False

The email address (not updateable).

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the support address was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time of the last update of the support address.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether the address is the account's default support address.

BrandId Long False

Brands.Id

The Id of the brand associated with the support address.

ForwardingStatus String True

Possible values: unknown, waiting, verified, or failed.

SpfStatus String True

Possible values: unknown, verified, failed.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SuspendedTickets

Returns tickets that have been suspended and are pending review or deletion.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM SuspendedTickets WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM SuspendedTickets ORDER BY AuthorEmail

SELECT * FROM SuspendedTickets ORDER BY Cause

SELECT * FROM SuspendedTickets ORDER BY Subject

SELECT * FROM SuspendedTickets ORDER BY CreatedAt

Delete

You must specify the Id of the suspended ticket to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "unrestricted agent" role.

DELETE FROM SuspendedTickets WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id of the suspended ticket, automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

TicketId Integer True

Tickets.Id

The ticket ID this suspended email is associated with, if available.

MessageId String True

The ID of the email, if available.

BrandId Long True

Brands.Id

The Id of the brand this ticket is associated with, applicable only for enterprise accounts.

Recipient String True

The original recipient e-mail address of the ticket.

Subject String True

The value of the subject field for this ticket.

Content String True

The content that was flagged.

AuthorId Long True

The Id of the author who sent the suspended ticket.

AuthorName String True

The name of the author.

AuthorEmail String True

The email of the author.

Cause String True

Why the ticket was suspended.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this record was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when this record was last updated.

ViaChannel String True

The channel through which the ticket was suspended.

ViaSourceFromId Long True

The Id of the source from which the ticket was suspended.

ViaSourceFromTitle String True

The title of the source from which the ticket was suspended.

ViaSourceTo String True

The destination of the source from which the ticket was suspended.

ViaSourceRel String True

The relationship of the source from which the ticket was suspended.

Url String True

The API URL of this ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Targets

Returns targets, including type, title, activation status, and contact details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Targets WHERE Id = '13957230417180'

Insert

The Type, Title, Email, and Subjects columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO Targets (Type, Title, Email, Subject) VALUES ('email_target', 'YM_title', 'ym@example.com', 'This Subject is for Testing')

Update

You must specify the Type and Id of the target to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE Targets SET Email = 'test@example.com', Type = 'email_target'  WHERE Id = '18958433666450'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the target to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM Targets WHERE Id = '13957990475420'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the target is created.

Type String False

The pre-defined target type, such as basecamp_target.

Title String False

The name of the target.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the target is active.

Email String False

The email address for the target.

Subject String False

The subject of the email sent to the target.

Url String True

The API URL of this target.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the target was created.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketAudits

Returns ticket audits, including audit events, metadata, and channel source details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TicketAudits WHERE TicketId = '123'

SELECT * FROM TicketAudits WHERE TicketId = '123' AND Id = '456'

To get the TicketIds of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM TicketAudits

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The unique Id automatically assigned when the audit is created.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the associated ticket.

AuthorId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the user who created the audit.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the audit was created.

Metadata String False

The metadata for the audit, including custom and system data.

ViaChannel String False

The channel through which the audit was created.

ViaSource String False

The source details for the channel through which the audit was created.

Events String False

The array of events that occurred in this audit.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketComments

Returns comments belonging to a specified ticket, including comment body, author, channel, and metadata details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The TicketId is required to query this table. The following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM TicketComments WHERE TicketId = '123'

To get the TicketIds of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM TicketComments

Insert

TicketId and Body are required to insert a comment.

INSERT INTO TicketComments (TicketId, AuthorId, Body, IsPublic) VALUES ('2547', '963428390', 'Moving to resolved', true)

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The unique Id automatically assigned when the comment is created.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the ticket the comment belongs to.

AuthorId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the comment author.

AuditId Long True

The Id of the associated ticket audit record.

Type String True

The type of the comment, such as Comment or VoiceComment.

Body String False

The plain text body of the comment.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the comment was created.

HtmlBody String True

The comment formatted as HTML.

PlainBody String True

The comment as plain text.

IsPublic Boolean False

Indicates whether the comment is public. The initial value set on ticket creation persists for any additional comment unless you change it.

ViaChannel String True

The channel through which the ticket or event was created, such as web, mobile, rule, or system.

ViaSource String True

The source details of how the ticket or event was created.

MetadataCustom String True

Custom metadata associated with the comment.

MetadataSystemClient String True

The client application that created the comment.

MetadataSystemIpAddress String True

The IP address of the system that created the comment.

MetadataSystemLatitude String True

The latitude of the location where the comment was created.

MetadataSystemLongitude String True

The longitude of the location where the comment was created.

MetadataSystemLocation String True

The location where the comment was created.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
UpdatedAt Datetime

The date and time when the comment was updated.

ReferenceNumber String

A reference number that can be used for temp table insertion.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketEvents

Returns ticket events, including child events, updater, and metadata details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TicketEvents WHERE StartTime = '2023-10-11'
SELECT * FROM TicketEvents WHERE StartTime = '2023-10-11' AND Include = true
SELECT * FROM TicketEvents WHERE Include = true

To get the TicketIds of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM TicketEvents

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The unique Id automatically assigned when the ticket event is created.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The ticket Id.

ChildEvents String False

An array of child events associated with the ticket event.

UpdaterId Long False

The Id of the user who triggered the update.

Timestamp String False

The timestamp at which the event was created.

Via String False

The medium through which the event was created.

SystemClient String False

The client information associated with the system that generated the event.

SystemLocation String False

The location information associated with the system that generated the event.

SystemLatitude String False

The latitude coordinate associated with the system that generated the event.

SystemLongitude String False

The longitude coordinate associated with the system that generated the event.

EventType String False

The type of the ticket event.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the ticket event record was created.

Metadata String False

The metadata associated with the ticket event.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
StartTime Datetime

The time to start the incremental export from. Must be at least one minute in the past. If not provided, it will take the start time for the most recent minute.

IncludeCommentText Boolean

Indicates whether comments are included in the event stream. By default, value is false.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketFields

Returns ticket fields, including field type, display, and configuration details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TicketFields WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The Type and Title columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO TicketFields (Type, Title) VALUES ('text', 'Age')

To insert a ticket field of type tagger (dropdown) or multiselect (dropdown), CustomFieldOptions is also required. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO TicketFields (Type, Title, CustomFieldOptions) VALUES ('tagger', 'TestDropdown', '[{\"name\": \"Apple Pie\", \"value\": \"apple\"}, {\"name\": \"Pecan Pie\", \"value\": \"pecan\"}]')

To insert a ticket field of type regexp, RegexpForValidation is also required. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO TicketFields (Type, Title, RegexpForValidation) VALUES ('regexp', 'TestRegExp', '\\b([0-9]{4})-(1[0-2]|0?[1-9])-(3[0-1]|[1-2][0-9]|0?[1-9])\\b')

Lookup Relationships

You can also create Lookup Relationships. A lookup relationship field is a custom field whose type is "lookup". This type of custom field gives you the ability to create a relationship from a source object to a target object.

To create a lookup relationship field, the Type and RelationshipTargetType columns are required. The Type column value must be "lookup". A suitable combination of Field, Operator, and Value is required for insertion in RelationshipFilterAll and RelationshipFilterAny. See a list of the possible combinations here.

INSERT INTO TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES ('role', 'is', 'Agent')
INSERT INTO TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAny#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES ('role', 'is', 'Agent')
INSERT INTO TicketFields (Type, Title, RelationshipTargetType, RelationshipFilterAll, RelationshipFilterAny) VALUES ('lookup', 'Lookup Relationships', 'zen:user', 'TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAll#temp', 'TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAny#temp')

Update

You must specify the Id of the ticket field to update. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE TicketFields SET Title = 'Your age' WHERE Id = '123'

For a ticket field of type tagger (dropdown) or multiselect (dropdown), use the CustomFieldOptions column to update the options. For type regexp use RegexpForValidation to update the regular expression.

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ticket field to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM TicketFields WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

Automatically assigned when the ticket field is created.

Type String False

The type of the ticket field: checkbox, date, decimal, integer, regexp, tagger, text, or textarea. Type is not editable once created.

Title String False

The title of the ticket field.

RawTitle String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the 'title' value, if not.

Description String False

The description of the purpose of this ticket field, shown to users.

RawDescription String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the 'description' value, if not.

Position Integer False

A relative position for the ticket fields that determines the order of ticket fields on a ticket. Note that positions 0 to 7 are reserved for system fields.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is available.

Required Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is required to be filled in by agents.

CollapsedForAgents Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is shown to agents by default or hidden alongside infrequently used fields. Classic interface only.

RegexpForValidation String False

Regular expression field only. The validation pattern for a field value to be deemed valid.

TitleInPortal String False

The title of the ticket field when shown to end users.

RawTitleInPortal String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the 'title_in_portal' value, if not.

VisibleInPortal Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is available to end users.

EditableInPortal Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is editable by end users.

Tag String False

A tag value to set for checkbox fields when checked.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the ticket field was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time of the last update of the ticket field.

SystemFieldOptions String True

Presented for a ticket field of type 'tickettype', 'priority' or 'status'.

CustomFieldOptions String False

Required and presented for a ticket field of type 'tagger'.

Removable Boolean True

Indicates whether this field is not a system basic field that must be present for all tickets on the account.

Url String True

The URL for this resource.

AgentDescription String False

A description of the ticket field that only agents can see.

CustomStatuses String True

List of customized ticket statuses. Only presented for a system ticket field of type custom_status.

RelationshipFilterAll String False

A filter definition that allows your autocomplete to filter down results with Logical AND.

RelationshipFilterAny String False

A filter definition that allows your autocomplete to filter down results with Logical OR.

RelationshipTargetType String False

A representation of what type of object the field references. Options are zen:user, zen:organization, zen:ticket, or zen:custom_object:CUSTOM_OBJECT_KEY. For example zen:custom_object:apartment.

RequiredInPortal String False

Indicates whether end users must enter a value in the field to create the request.

SubTypeId String False

For system ticket fields of type priority and status. Defaults to 0. A priority sub type of 1 removes the Low and Urgent options. A status sub type of 1 adds the On-Hold option.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketForms

Provides ticket form definitions used to structure and organize ticket fields for agents and end users.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TicketForms WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM TicketForms WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

SELECT * FROM TicketForms WHERE Active = true

SELECT * FROM TicketForms WHERE EndUserVisible = true

SELECT * FROM TicketForms WHERE FallbackToDefault = true

SELECT * FROM TicketForms WHERE AssociatedToBrand = true

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

INSERT INTO TicketForms (Name, EndUserVisible, DisplayName, Position, Active, Default) VALUES ('Snowboard Problem', true, 'Snowboard Damage' 2, true, false)

Update

You must specify the Id of the ticket form to update it. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

UPDATE TicketForms SET Name = 'Snowboard Fixed', DisplayName = 'Snowboard has been fixed' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ticket form to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM TicketForms WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the ticket form.

Name String False

The name of the form.

RawName String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the 'name' value, if not.

DisplayName String False

The name of the form that is displayed to an end user.

RawDisplayName String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the 'display_name' value, if not.

Position Integer False

The position of this form among other forms in the account, i.e. dropdown.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the form is active.

EndUserVisible Boolean False

Indicates whether the form is visible to end users.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether the form is the default form for this account.

TicketFieldIds String False

The Ids of all ticket fields included in this ticket form.

InAllBrands Boolean False

Indicates whether the form is available for use in all brands on this account.

RestrictedBrandIds String False

The Ids of all brands that this ticket form is restricted to.

FallbackToDefault Boolean False

Indicates whether the default ticket form is returned when the filter criteria result in a set with no active, end-user-visible ticket forms.

AssociatedToBrand Boolean False

Indicates whether only ticket forms associated with the current brand, as defined by the URL, are returned.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The time the ticket form was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The time of the last update of the ticket form.

AgentConditions String False

The array of condition sets used to control field visibility in agent workspaces.

EndUserConditions String False

The array of condition sets used to control field visibility in end user products.

Url String True

The URL of the ticket form.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketMetricEvents

Provides ticket metric events that track timing milestones and SLA activity for tickets.

Table-Specific Information

Select

To query ticket metric events starting from a given time:

SELECT * FROM TicketMetricEvents WHERE StartTime = '2017-02-05'

To get the TicketIds of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM TicketMetricEvents

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id automatically assigned when the record is created.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the associated ticket.

Metric String False

The metric being tracked. Possible values: agent_work_time, pausable_update_time, periodic_update_time, reply_time, requester_wait_time, or resolution_time.

InstanceId Long False

The instance of the metric associated with the event.

Type String False

The type of metric event. Possible values: activate, pause, fulfill, apply_sla, breach, update_status, or unknown.

Time Datetime False

The time the event occurred.

Sla String False

The SLA policy and target being enforced on the ticket and the metric in question, if any. Available if the type is apply_sla.

Status String False

The number of minutes the metric has been open. Available if the type is update_status.

Deleted Boolean False

Indicates whether the breach event has been deleted. Available if the type is breach. Breach events where this value is true can generally be ignored.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketMetrics

Provides performance metrics for tickets, including timing, assignment, and resolution details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TicketMetrics WHERE TicketId = '123' 

SELECT * FROM TicketMetrics WHERE TicketId IN (SELECT Id FROM Tickets)

To get the TicketIds of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM TicketMetrics

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id automatically assigned when the record is created.

TicketId [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the associated ticket.

GroupStations Integer False

The number of groups this ticket passed through.

AssigneeStations Integer False

The number of assignees this ticket had.

Reopens Integer False

The total number of times the ticket was reopened.

Replies Integer False

The total number of times the ticket was replied to.

AssigneeUpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the assignee last updated the ticket.

RequesterUpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the requester last updated the ticket.

StatusUpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the ticket status was last updated.

InitiallyAssignedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the ticket was initially assigned.

AssignedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the ticket was last assigned.

SolvedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the ticket was solved.

LatestCommentAddedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the latest comment was added.

FirstResolutionTimeCalendar Int False

Number of minutes to the first resolution time in calendar hours (including non-business hours).

FirstResolutionTimeBusiness Int False

Number of minutes to the first resolution time in business hours only.

ReplyTimeCalendar Int False

Number of minutes to the first reply in calendar hours (including non-business hours).

ReplyTimeBusiness Int False

Number of minutes to the first reply in business hours only.

FullResolutionTimeCalendar Int False

Number of minutes to the full resolution in calendar hours (including non-business hours).

FullResolutionTimeBusiness Int False

Number of minutes to the full resolution in business hours only.

AgentWaitTimeCalendar Int False

Number of minutes the agent spent waiting in calendar hours (including non-business hours).

AgentWaitTimeBusiness Int False

Number of minutes the agent spent waiting in business hours only.

RequesterWaitTimeCalendar Int False

Number of minutes the requester spent waiting in calendar hours (including non-business hours).

RequesterWaitTimeBusiness Int False

Number of minutes the requester spent waiting in business hours only.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when this record was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when this record was last updated.

Url String False

The API URL of this ticket metric.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets

Returns tickets, including status, priority, assignee, requester, and tag details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side.
SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE OrganizationId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE ViewId = '123'

The following ticket property keywords (columns/pseudo-columns) from the Search API are supported in the WHERE clause: created (CreatedAt), updated (UpdatedAt), due_date (DueAt), assignee, submitter, requester, via, subject, description, status, priority, ticket_type (Type), GroupId, GroupName, tags, commenter, cc, and has_attachment. The supported search operators are: =, <, >, <=, >= . For example:

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE CreatedAt = '2017-02-15'

SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE CreatedAt > '2017-02-15 10:15:00 AM' AND Status = 'open'

Other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

Insert

The Description or Comment columns are required to insert. Any other custom field of the ticket might be required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO Tickets (Subject, Description) VALUES ('Sample Task', 'Details regarding the task.')

To insert many tickets, see "Batch Processing" for an example.

Update

You must specify the Id of the ticket to update it. All fields that are not read-only are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

UPDATE Tickets SET Subject = 'updated', Status = 'Open' WHERE Id = '123'

You can create a new ticket comment by updating the ticket:

UPDATE Tickets SET Comment = 'this is a new comment' WHERE Id = '123'

To make the same change to multiple tickets, use the following SQL statement:

UPDATE Tickets SET Status = 'Open' WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

To make different changes to many tickets, see "Batch Processing" for an example.

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ticket to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM Tickets WHERE Id = '123'

You can delete multiple tickets simultaneously by providing their Ids:

DELETE FROM Tickets WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

You can also delete many tickets simultaneously by using "Batch Processing".

To get the Ids of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM Tickets

To delete a ticket permanently, use the DeleteTicketsPermanently stored procedure.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

Subject String False

The value of the subject field for this ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's subject.

RawSubject String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the subject value, if not.

Description String False

The first comment on the ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's description and comments.

Type String False

The type of this ticket. Possible values: problem, incident, question or task.

Priority String False

The urgency with which the ticket should be addressed. Possible values: urgent, high, normal, low.

Status String False

The state of the ticket. Possible values: new, open, pending, hold, solved, closed.

Recipient String False

The original recipient e-mail address of the ticket.

HasIncidents Boolean False

Indicates whether this ticket has been marked as a problem.

DueAt Datetime False

The due date for the ticket, if the ticket is of type task. The date uses ISO 8601 format.

RequesterId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the user who requested this ticket.

SubmitterId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the user who submitted the ticket. The submitter always becomes the author of the first comment on the ticket.

AssigneeId Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the agent currently assigned to the ticket.

OrganizationId Long False

Organizations.Id

The organization of the requester. You can only specify the ID of an organization associated with the requester.

GroupId Long False

Groups.Id

The Id of the group to which the ticket is assigned.

CollaboratorIds String False

The Ids of users currently copied (CC'd) on the ticket.

FollowerIds String False

Agents currently following the ticket.

ForumTopicId Long False

Topics.Id

The topic this ticket originated from, if any.

ProblemId Integer False

Tickets.Id

For tickets of type incident, the Id of the problem the incident is linked to.

ExternalId String False

An Id you can use to link Zendesk Support tickets to local records.

FollowupIds String False

The Ids of the followups created from this ticket. Applies to closed tickets only.

TicketFormId Long False

TicketForms.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the ticket form to render for the ticket.

BrandId Long False

Brands.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the brand this ticket is associated with.

Tags String False

The array of tags applied to this ticket.

ViaChannel String False

This tells you how the ticket or event was created. Examples: web, mobile, rule, system.

ViaSource String False

The ticket's source.

SatisfactionRating String False

The satisfaction rating of the ticket, if it exists, or the state of satisfaction, 'offered' or 'unoffered'.

SharingAgreementIds String False

The ids of the sharing agreements used for this ticket.

AllowChannelback Boolean False

Indicates whether channelback is enabled. Applies only to channels framework tickets.

IsPublic Boolean False

Indicates whether any comments on the ticket are public.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time the ticket was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time the ticket was last updated.

Url String False

The API url of this ticket.

Assignee String False

The assigned agent or other entity. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.

GroupName String False

The name of the group to which the ticket is assigned. If it is not used as a query filter, a search on this column results in null.

Requester String False

The ticket requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.

Submitter String False

The ticket submitter. This may be different than the requester if the ticket was submitted by an agent on behalf of the requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number. .

Brand String False

Search for a specific Brand on a ticket. If it is not used as a query filter, a search on this column results in null.

Commenter String False

People who have added comments to tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.

Cc String False

People who have been CC'd on tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.

HasAttachment Boolean False

Search for all tickets with or without attachments using 'true' or 'false'.

AllowAttachments Boolean False

Indicates whether agents are permitted to add attachments to a comment. Defaults to true.

CustomStatusId Long False

The custom ticket status id of the ticket.

EmailCcIds String False

An array of objects that represent agent or end users email CCs to add or delete from the ticket.

FromMessagingChannel Boolean False

Indicates whether the ticket via type is a messaging channel.

ResultType String False

The type of result returned for this ticket.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
Via String

The source of the ticket, which can be any of the following: mail, api, or phone.

ViaFollowupSourceId String

POST requests only. The Id of a closed ticket when creating a follow-up ticket.

Solved Date

The date the ticket was set to solved.

Comment String

Used to create a comment on the ticket, when creating or updating a ticket.

IsPublicComment Boolean

Used when creating a comment on the ticket. Set this to true to add a public comment and false to add an internal note.

TicketComments String

The ticket comments object used when creating or updating a ticket.

ReferenceNumber String

The reference number that can be used during temporary table insertion.

MacroIds Long

Used for INSERT operations. The list of macro Ids to apply once the ticket is created.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketSkips

Returns ticket skips, which are records of when an agent skips over a ticket without responding to the end user. Skips are typically recorded while a play-only agent is in Guided mode.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TicketSkips WHERE UserId = '10478855687068'
SELECT * FROM TicketSkips WHERE TicketId = '21'

Insert

The TicketId and Reason columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO TicketSkips (TicketId, Reason) VALUES ('22', 'This is the skipped ticket.')

To get the TicketIds of deleted tickets, run this query:

GETDELETED FROM TicketSkips

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned upon creation.

TicketId Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of the skipped ticket.

UserId Long True

Users.Id

The Id of the skipping agent.

Ticket String True

The ticket object associated with the skip.

Reason String False

Reason for skipping the ticket.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time the skip was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time the skip was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_Collaborators

Returns the collaborator Ids of users currently copied (CC'd) on a ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

CollaboratorId [KEY] Long False

Collaborators.Id

The Id of the collaborator CC'd on the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_Followers

Returns the Ids of agents currently following a ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

FollowerId [KEY] Long False

Users.Id

The Id of the agent currently following the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_Followups

Returns the Ids of followup tickets created from a closed ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

FollowupId [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id of a followup ticket created from this closed ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_SatisfactionRatings

Returns the satisfaction rating or satisfaction state of a ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

SatisfactionRatingComment String False

The comment associated with the satisfaction rating for the ticket.

SatisfactionRatingId Long False

SatisfactionRatings.Id

The Id of the satisfaction rating for the ticket.

SatisfactionRatingScore String False

The score of the satisfaction rating for the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_SharingAgreements

Returns the sharing agreements associated with a ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

SharingAgreementId [KEY] Long False

SharingAgreements.Id

The Id of the sharing agreement associated with the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_Tags

Returns the tags applied to a ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

Tag [KEY] String False

A tag applied to the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tickets_Viasources

Returns the via source details for a ticket.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Integer False

Tickets.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.

ViaSourceFrom String False

The from address or channel of the ticket's via source.

ViaSourceRel [KEY] String False

The relation type of the ticket's via source.

ViaSourceTo String False

The to address or channel of the ticket's via source.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Topics

Provides topics used for categorizing and grouping content in the community.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long False

The Id automatically assigned when the topic is created.

Url String False

The API URL of the topic.

HtmlUrl String False

The community URL of the topic.

Name String False

The name of the topic.

Description String False

The description of the topic. By default an empty string.

Position Integer False

The position of the topic relative to other topics in the community.

FollowerCount Integer False

The number of users following the topic.

ManageableBy String False

The set of users who can manage this topic.

The allowed values are staff, managers.

UserSegmentId Long False

UserSegments.Id

The Id of the user segment to which this topic belongs.

CreatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the topic was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime False

The date and time when the topic was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Translations

Returns translations for Help Center content. This table is deprecated and is being replaced by the ArticleTranslations, CategoryTranslations, and SectionTranslations tables.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server side while other filters are processed client side within the connector.

Lists all translations for a given article, section, or category.

SELECT * FROM Translations WHERE ArticleId = '19206609899793'
SELECT * FROM Translations WHERE ArticleId = '19206609899793' AND Locale = 'en-us'

SELECT * FROM Translations WHERE SectionId = '19206579484689'
SELECT * FROM Translations WHERE SectionId = '19206609899793' AND Locale = 'en-us'

SELECT * FROM Translations WHERE CategoryId = '19206609899793'
SELECT * FROM Translations WHERE CategoryId = '19206609899793' AND Locale = 'en-us'

Insert

To create a translation for a given source (such as an article, section, or category), the affiliated Ids of the source, as well as the Locale and Title columns are required. Any locale that you specify must be enabled for the current Help Center. The locale must also be different from that of any existing translation associated with the source object. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role, or agents (for article translations only).

INSERT INTO Translations (ArticleId, Locale, Title) VALUES (19206609899793, 'hr', 'Article Translation')

INSERT INTO Translations (SectionId, Locale, Title) VALUES (19206579484689, 'hr', 'Section Translation')

INSERT INTO Translations (CategoryId, Locale, Title) VALUES (19206609883537, 'hr', 'Category Translation')

Update

You must specify the affiliated Id of the source and Locale for Update operations. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role (for articles only).

UPDATE Translations SET Title = 'Updated Article Translation' WHERE ArticleId = '19206609899793' AND Locale = 'hr'

UPDATE Translations SET Title = 'Section_Title_Updated' WHERE SectionId = '19206579484689' AND Locale = 'hr'

UPDATE Translations SET Title = 'Categoris Title' WHERE CategoryId = '19206609883537' AND Locale = 'hr'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the translation to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM Translations WHERE Id = '19207534349457'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when a translation is created.

CreatedById Long True

The Id of the user who created the translation.

UpdatedById Long True

The Id of the user who last updated the translation.

SourceId Long True

The Id of the item that has this translation.

Title String False

The title of the translation.

Body String False

The HTML body of the translation. Empty by default.

Draft Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is a draft. False by default.

HtmlUrl String True

The URL of the translation in Help Center.

Locale String False

The locale of the translation.

Outdated Boolean False

Indicates whether the translation is outdated. False by default.

SourceType String True

The type of the item that has this translation, such as article, section, or category.

Url String True

The API URL of the translation.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the translation was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the translation was last updated.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ArticleId Long

The Id of the associated article.

SectionId Long

The Id of the associated section.

CategoryId Long

The Id of the associated category.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TriggerCategories

Returns trigger categories used to organize and group triggers.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM TriggerCategories WHERE Id = '10498753811996'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert.

INSERT INTO TriggerCategories (Name, Position) VALUES ('Test CData', 2)

Update

You must specify the Id of the trigger category to update. All fields that are not readonly are optional.

UPDATE TriggerCategories SET Name = 'Updated Test' WHERE Id = '10498983125788'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the trigger category to delete it.

DELETE FROM TriggerCategories WHERE Id = '10498983125788'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] String True

The Id automatically assigned when a trigger category is created.

Name String False

The name of the trigger category.

Position Integer False

The position of the trigger category.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the trigger category was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the trigger category was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Triggers

Returns triggers used to automatically perform actions when specified conditions are met.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Triggers WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Triggers WHERE Active = true

SELECT * FROM Triggers ORDER BY Position

SELECT * FROM Triggers ORDER BY CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM Triggers ORDER BY UpdatedAt

Insert

The Title, ConditionsAll, and Actions columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO Triggers (Title, ConditionsAll, Actions) VALUES ('Roger Wilco', '[{ \"field\": \"status\", \"operator\": \"is\", \"value\": \"open\" }, { \"field\": \"priority\", \"operator\": \"less_than\", \"value\": \"high\" }]', '[{ \"field\": \"group_id\", \"value\": \"20455932\" }]')

Update

You must specify the Id of the trigger to update. Title is required. Updating an action updates the containing array, clearing the other actions. Include all your actions when updating any action. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

UPDATE Triggers SET Title = 'Roger Wilco III' WHERE Id = '123'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the trigger to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM Triggers WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id automatically assigned when the trigger is created.

Title String False

The title of the trigger.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the trigger is active.

Position Integer False

The position of the trigger, which determines the order in which triggers execute.

ConditionsAll String False

An object that describes the conditions under which the trigger executes. All conditions in this object must be met.

ConditionsAny String False

An object that describes the conditions under which the trigger executes. Any one condition in this object must be met.

Actions String False

An object describing the actions the trigger performs.

Description String False

The description of the trigger.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the trigger was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the trigger was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserFields

Returns user fields, including custom field type, validation, and relationship filter details.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM UserFields WHERE Id = '123'

Insert

The Type, Title, and Key columns are required to insert. Types of custom fields that can be created are: text (default when no Type is specified), textarea, checkbox, tagger (dropdown), date, integer, decimal, and regex. When Type is regex, RegexpForValidation is also required. When Type is tagger, CustomFieldOptions is also required. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

When creating a dropdown field, pass a null Id along with name and value for each new option.

INSERT INTO UserFields (Type, Title, Key) VALUES ('text', 'Support description', 'support_description')

INSERT INTO UserFields (Type, Title, Key, RegexpForValidation) VALUES ('regexp', 'TestRegExp', 'test_regexp', '\\b([0-9]{4})-(1[0-2]|0?[1-9])-(3[0-1]|[1-2][0-9]|0?[1-9])\\b')

INSERT INTO UserFields (Type, Title, Key, CustomFieldOptions) VALUES ('tagger', 'TestDropdown', 'test_dropdown', '[{"id": null, "name": "Option 1", "value": "option_1"}, {"id": null, "name": "Option 2", "value": "option_2"}, {"id": null, "name": "Option 3", "value": "option_3"}]')

Lookup Relationships

You can also create Lookup Relationships. A lookup relationship field is a custom field whose type is "lookup". This type of custom field gives you the ability to create a relationship from a source object to a target object.

To create lookup relationship fields, the Type, Key, and RelationshipTargetType columns are required. The Type column value must be "lookup". A suitable combination of Field, Operator, and Value is required for insertion in RelationshipFilterAll and RelationshipFilterAny. See a list of the possible combinations here.

INSERT INTO UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES ('status', 'less_than', 'solved')
INSERT INTO UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAny#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES ('status', 'less_than', 'solved')
INSERT INTO UserFields (Type, Title, Key, RelationshipTargetType, RelationshipFilterAll, RelationshipFilterAny) VALUES ('lookup', 'Support description', 'support_description5', 'zen:ticket', 'UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAll#temp', 'UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAny#temp')

Update

You must specify the Id of the ticket field to update. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

When updating a dropdown field, note the following:

  • To update an existing option, pass its Id along with name and value.
  • All options must be passed on update. Options that are not passed will be removed; as a result, these values will be removed from any users.
  • To reorder an option, reposition it in the CustomFieldOptions array relative to the other options.
  • To remove an option, omit it from the list of options upon update.

UPDATE UserFields SET Title = 'Support description' WHERE Id = '123'

For ticket fields of type tagger (dropdown) use the CustomFieldOptions column to update the options. For type regexp use RegexpForValidation to update the regular expression.

Delete

You must specify the Id of the user field to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only.

DELETE FROM UserFields WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the user field, automatically assigned upon creation.

Key String False

A unique key that identifies this custom field. Required on create. This is used for updating the field and referencing in placeholders. After a field is created, you cannot change its key.

Type String False

Type of the custom field: checkbox, date, decimal, dropdown, integer, regexp, text, or textarea. After a field is created, you cannot change its type.

Title String False

The title of the custom field.

RawTitle String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the title value, if not.

Description String False

User-defined description of this field's purpose.

RawDescription String False

The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the description value, if not.

Position Integer False

Ordering of the field relative to other fields.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether this field is available for use.

System Boolean True

Indicates whether only the active and position values of this field can be changed.

RegexpForValidation String False

Regular expression field only. The validation pattern for a field value to be deemed valid.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time the user field was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time the user field was last updated.

Tag String False

Optional for custom field of type checkbox; not presented otherwise.

CustomFieldOptions String False

Required and presented for a custom field of type dropdown.

Url String True

The URL for this resource.

RelationshipTargetType String False

A representation of what type of object the field references. Options are zen:user, zen:organization, zen:ticket, and zen:custom_object:CUSTOM_OBJECT_KEY. For example: zen:custom_object:apartment.

RelationshipFilterAll String False

A filter definition that filters autocomplete results using a logical AND condition.

RelationshipFilterAny String False

A filter definition that filters autocomplete results using a logical OR condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserIdentities

Represents the identities associated with users, such as email addresses, phone numbers, and social accounts.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM UserIdentities WHERE UserId = '123'

SELECT * FROM UserIdentities WHERE UserId = '123' AND Id = '345'

Insert

The Type, Value, and UserId columns are required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO UserIdentities (Type, Value, UserId) VALUES ('email', 'someone@example.com', '123')

Update

You must specify the Id of the identity and UserId to update. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

Update allows you to do the following:

  • Set the specified identity as verified. Note that you cannot unverify a verified identity. Note: Primary should be true.
    UPDATE UserIdentities SET Verified = true WHERE UserId = '123' AND Id = '456'
  • Update the value of the specified identity:
    UPDATE UserIdentities SET Value = 'foo@bar.com' WHERE UserId = '123' AND Id = '456'

Delete

You must specify the Id and UserId of the identity to delete a user identity. Users must have at least one identity after deletion. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM UserIdentities WHERE UserId = '123' AND Id = '456'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the user identity, automatically assigned on creation.

UserId [KEY] Long True

Users.Id

The Id of the user.

Type String False

One of email, twitter, facebook, google, or phone_number.

Value String False

The identifier for this identity, such as an email address.

Verified Boolean False

Indicates whether the identity has been verified.

Primary Boolean False

Indicates whether this is the user's primary identity. Writable only when creating, not when updating.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user identity was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user identity was last updated.

UndeliverableCount Integer True

The number of times an email was undeliverable.

DeliverableState String True

The deliverable state of the identity.

Url String True

The URL of this resource.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Users

Represents the users in the account, including agents, admins, and end users.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Users WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE GroupId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE OrganizationId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE Role = 'agent'

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE PermissionSet = 'RoleId'

Insert

The Name column is required to insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role, with restrictions on certain actions.

INSERT INTO Users (Name, Email) VALUES ('Roger Wilco', 'roge@example.org')

To insert many users, see "Batch Processing" for an example.

The Role parameter only accepts three possible values: "end-user", "agent", or "admin". To create agents with a specific role (including the built-in "light-agent" role), set Role to "agent". Then, add a new parameter called "custom_role_id" and give it the actual desired role Id from your Zendesk Support account.

INSERT INTO Users (Name, Email, Role, CustomRoleId) VALUES ('Roger Wilco', 'roge@example.org', 'agent', '123456')

The user can also be added to a named organization.

INSERT INTO Users (Name, Email, Organization) VALUES ('Roger Wilco', 'roge@example.org', 'VIP Customers')

Update

You must specify the Id of the user to update. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role, with restrictions on certain actions. Agents can only update end users, while administrators can update end users, agents, and administrators.

UPDATE Users SET Name = 'Roger Wilco II' WHERE Id = '123'

To make the same change to multiple users, use the following SQL statement:

UPDATE Users SET OrganizationId = '1' WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

To make different changes to many users, see "Batch Processing" for an example.

Delete

You must specify the Id of the user to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role, with restrictions on certain actions.

DELETE FROM Users WHERE Id = '123'

You can delete multiple tickets simultaneously by providing their Ids:

DELETE FROM Users WHERE Id IN ('123', '456')

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the user, automatically assigned when it is created.

Email String False

The primary email address of the user. Writeable on create only. On update, a secondary email is added.

Name String False

The name of the user.

Role String False

The role of the user. Possible values are end-user, agent, or admin.

Active Boolean True

Indicates whether the user is active. Set to false when the user is deleted.

OrganizationId Long False

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization the user is associated with.

Alias String False

An alias displayed to end users.

Verified Boolean False

Indicates whether the user's identity has been verified.

ChatOnly Boolean True

Indicates whether the user is a chat-only agent.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user was last updated.

CustomRoleId Long False

A custom role if the user is an agent on the Enterprise plan.

RoleType String True

The role Id of the user. 0 for custom agents, 1 for light agents, and 2 for chat agents.

DefaultGroupId Long False

The Id of the user's default group. Can only be set on create, not on update.

Details String False

Any details to store about the user, such as an address.

ExternalId String False

A unique identifier from another system.

LastLoginAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user last signed in.

Locale String True

The locale of the user.

LocaleId Long False

The language identifier of the user.

Moderator Boolean False

Indicates whether the user has forum moderation capabilities.

Notes String False

Any notes to store about the user.

OnlyPrivateComments Boolean False

Indicates whether the user can only create private comments.

Phone String False

The primary phone number of the user.

Photo String True

The user's profile photo attachment.

PhotoThumbnails String True

The thumbnails of the user's profile photo.

PhotoInline Boolean True

Indicates whether the attachment is excluded from the attachment list and its URL can be referenced within a ticket comment. Default is false.

RestrictedAgent Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent has any restrictions. False for admins and unrestricted agents, true for other agents.

Shared Boolean True

Indicates whether the user is shared from a different support instance. Ticket sharing accounts only.

SharedAgent Boolean True

Indicates whether the user is a shared agent from a different support instance. Ticket sharing accounts only.

Signature String False

The signature of the user. Only agents and admins can have signatures.

Suspended Boolean False

Indicates whether the agent is suspended. Tickets from suspended users are also suspended, and these users cannot sign in to the end user portal.

Tags String False

The tags of the user. Only present if the account has user tagging enabled.

TicketRestriction String False

Specifies which tickets the user has access to. Possible values are: organization, groups, assigned, requested, null.

TimeZone String False

The time zone of the user.

TwoFactorAuthEnabled Boolean True

Indicates whether two-factor authentication is enabled.

Url String False

The API URL of the user.

PermissionSet String False

Used for custom roles in the Enterprise plan. Only one role Id can be filtered per request.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
Organization String

The name of the organization the user is associated with.

GroupName String

GroupId String

The name of the group the user belongs to.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserSegments

Represents user segments that define who can view the content of a section or topic.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM UserSegments WHERE Id = '19236906991121'
SELECT * FROM UserSegments WHERE UserId = '19128124956177'

Insert

The Name and UserType columns are required to insert. All fields that are not readonly are optional for insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

INSERT INTO UserSegments (Name, OrTags, UserType, GroupIds, Tags) VALUES ('Test', 'abcd', 'staff', '19236839815825;19236761830161', 'vip;test')

Update

You must specify the Id of the user segment to update. All fields that are not readonly are optional for insert. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

UPDATE UserSegments SET Name = 'UpdatedName' WHERE Id = '19236906991121'

Delete

You must specify the Id of the user segment to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Help Center manager" role.

DELETE FROM UserSegments WHERE Id = '19236906991121'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the user segment, automatically assigned when it is created.

BuiltIn Boolean True

Indicates whether the user segment is built-in. Built-in user segments cannot be modified.

Name String False

The name of the user segment (localized to the current user's locale for built-in user segments).

OrTags String False

A user must have at least one tag in the list to have access. For insertion and updating, provide these values separated by semicolons.

GroupIds String False

The Ids of the groups that have access. For insertion and updating, provide these values separated by semicolons.

OrganizationIds String False

The Ids of the organizations that have access. For insertion and updating, provide these values separated by semicolons.

Tags String False

All the tags a user must have to have access. For insertion and updating, provide these values separated by semicolons.

UserType String False

The set of users who can view content. The UserType can be 'signed_in_users' for only authenticated users and 'staff' for only agents and Help Center managers.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user segment was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the user segment was last updated.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
UserId Long

The Id of the user.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Views

Represents the views used to organize and display tickets based on defined conditions.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side by the connector. Allowed for agents.

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE GroupId = '123'

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE Access = 'Shared'

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE Active = true

SELECT * FROM Views ORDER BY CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM Views ORDER BY UpdatedAt

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE Id in (18578482641937, 18578439448081)

Insert

The Title and ConditionsAll columns are required to insert. A suitable combination of Field, Operator, and Value is required for insertion in ConditionsAll and ConditionsAny. See a list of the possible combinations here. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO ViewsConditionsAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES('status', 'less_than', 'solved')
INSERT INTO ViewsConditionsAny#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES('assignee_id', 'is', '18211830670225')
INSERT INTO Views(Title,ConditionsAll, ConditionsAny, ExecutionColumns, ExecutionGroupBy, ExecutionGroupOrder, ExecutionSortBy, ExecutionSortOrder) VALUES('Test title', 'ViewsConditionsAll#temp', 'ViewsConditionsAny#temp', 'status;requester;asignee', 'asignee', 'desc', 'status', 'desc')

Update

You must specify the Id of the view to update it. ConditionsAll and ConditionsAny aggregate columns support duplicate values in the object, so in order to update these fields, you must specify the whole aggregate object. All fields that are not readonly are optional. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

INSERT INTO ViewsConditionsAll#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES('status', 'less_than', 'solved')
INSERT INTO ViewsConditionsAny#temp(Field, Operator, Value) VALUES('assignee_id', 'is', '18211830670225')
UPDATE Views SET Title='Updated Title', ConditionsAll='ViewsConditionsAll#temp', ConditionsAny='ViewsConditionsAny#temp' WHERE Id='18551415691665'

To update multiple views:

INSERT INTO Views#temp(Id, Position) VALUES(18578482641937, 5)
INSERT INTO Views#temp(Id, Position) VALUES(18578439448081, 6)
UPDATE VIEWS(Id, Position) Select Id, Position FROM Views#temp

Delete

You must specify the Id of the view to delete it. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role.

DELETE FROM Views WHERE Id = '123'

To delete multiple views:

INSERT INTO Views#temp(Id) VALUES(18578482641937)
INSERT INTO Views#temp(Id) VALUES(18578439448081)
DELETE FROM Views WHERE EXISTS Select Id FROM Views#temp

Note: For bulk updates and deletes, if any Id in the request is invalid, the API returns a "404 not found" error. When this happens, LastResultInfo#temp for this table shows an empty result set.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the view, automatically assigned when it is created.

Title String False

The title of the view.

Active Boolean False

Indicates whether the view should be displayed.

SlaId Long False

SlaPolicies.Id

The Id of the associated SLA policy, if the view is for an SLA.

RestrictionId Long True

The Id of the restriction that controls who can access this view. Null when everyone in the account can access it.

RestrictionType String False

The type of restriction that controls who can access this view. Null when everyone in the account can access it.

RestrictionIds String False

The numeric Ids of one or more groups. Recommended for the Group restriction type.

Position Integer False

The position of the view.

ExecutionGroupBy String False

The column by which tickets are grouped. The subject and submitter columns are not supported.

ExecutionGroupOrder String False

The sort order for grouped tickets. Possible values are asc and desc.

ExecutionSortBy String False

The column by which tickets are sorted. The subject and submitter columns are not supported.

ExecutionSortOrder String False

The sort order for tickets. Possible values are asc and desc.

ExecutionGroup String False

When present, the structure indicating how the tickets are grouped.

ExecutionSort String False

The column structure of the field used for sorting.

ExecutionColumns String False

The ticket fields to display. For insert, provide the values as a semicolon-separated list.

ExecutionFields String False

An object describing the field definitions included in the view's execution configuration.

ExecutionCustomFields String False

An object describing the custom field definitions included in the view's execution configuration.

ConditionsAll String False

Logical AND. Tickets must fulfill all of the conditions to be considered matching. Conditions is an object describing how the view is constructed.

ConditionsAny String False

Logical OR. Tickets may satisfy any of the conditions to be considered matching. Conditions is an object describing how the view is constructed.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the view was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the view was last updated.

Access String False

The access level of the view. Possible values are personal, shared, or account.

GroupId Long False

Groups.Id

The Id of the group the view belongs to. Used to query the table.

Default Boolean False

Indicates whether the view is a default view.

Description String False

The description of the view.

RawTitle String False

The raw title of the view.

Url String True

The API URL of this view.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Votes

Represents the positive and negative votes cast by users on articles, article comments, posts, and post comments.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE UserId = '19128124956177'
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289'
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE Locale = 'en-us' AND ArticleId = '19206579478289'
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND CommentId = '19244072685969'
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE Locale = 'en-us' AND ArticleId = '19206579478289' AND CommentId = '19244072685969'
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE PostId = '19206579516945'
SELECT * FROM Votes WHERE PostId = '19206579516945' AND CommentId = '19244379733521'

Insert

The Value column is required to insert.

To create a vote for a given article:

INSERT INTO Votes (ArticleId, Value) VALUES ('19206579478289', 1)

To create a vote for a given article comment:

INSERT INTO Votes (ArticleId, CommentId, Value) VALUES ('19206579478289', '19244072685969', 1)

To create a vote for a given post:

INSERT INTO Votes (PostId, Value) VALUES ('19206579516945', -1)

To create a vote for a given post comment:

INSERT INTO Votes (PostId, CommentId, Value) VALUES ('19206579516945', '19244379733521', -1)

Delete

You must specify the Id of the vote to delete it.

DELETE FROM Votes WHERE Id = '19243214837905'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Long True

The Id of the vote, automatically assigned when it is created.

UserId Long True

Users.Id

The Id of the user who cast this vote.

ItemId Long True

The Id of the item for which this vote was cast.

ItemType String True

The type of the item. Can be Article, Comment, Post or PostComment.

Value Integer False

The value of the vote, where 1 indicates up and -1 indicates down.

The allowed values are 1, -1.

Url String True

The API URL of this vote.

CreatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the vote was created.

UpdatedAt Datetime True

The date and time when the vote was last updated.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
Locale String

The locale of the vote.

ArticleId Long

The Id of the article.

CommentId Long

The Id of the article comment or post comment.

PostId Long

The Id of the post.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk Views

Name Description
AccessLogs Returns access logs, including request, response, and user details.
ActivityStream Returns activity stream records, including ticket assignments, comments, and priority changes.
AllCustomers Returns customer user records, including profile, role, and account preference details.
AppLocations Returns app location records, including location name, product, and host application details.
Apps Returns apps available in the Zendesk Marketplace, including rating, pricing, and organization details.
Attachments Returns ticket attachment records, including file details, content type, and download URL information.
AuditLogs Returns audit log entries, including actor, source, and action details.
Calls Returns inbound and outbound call records from a Zendesk Talk instance, including agent, timing, and call quality details.
Collaborators Returns collaborators associated with tickets, including user profile, role, and contact details.
DeletedTickets Returns deleted tickets that are pending permanent deletion.
JobStatus Returns job status records for background jobs, such as bulk ticket updates. Job status data is available for one hour after a job is created.
LegacyCustomObjectField Returns the attributes of a legacy custom object property.
Locales Returns available locales, including identifier, name, and URL details.
MonitoredTwitterHandles Returns monitored Twitter handles, including screen name, profile, and reply permission details.
NegativelyRatedTicketsThisWeek Returns tickets that received negative satisfaction ratings in the current week.
OpenTicketsAssignedToMe Returns open tickets assigned to the authenticated account.
OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAll Returns the relationship filter entries using a logical AND condition for organization fields.
OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAny Returns the relationship filter entries using a logical OR condition for organization fields.
PositivelyRatedTicketsThisWeek Returns tickets that received positive satisfaction ratings during the current week.
Requests Returns end-user requests submitted as tickets, including subject, status, priority, and assignment details.
Requests_Collaborators Returns the Ids of collaborators who are currently CC'd on a request.
ResourceCollections Returns resource collections, including resource metadata details.
SatisfactionReasons Returns reasons for bad satisfaction ratings submitted by ticket requesters.
SideConversationEvents Returns side conversation events for tickets, where the messages that make up a side conversation are recorded as events.
SideConversationEventsMessage Returns the message details for side conversation events.
SideConversationEventsMessageTo Returns the list of participants the message was sent to.
SideConversationParticipants Returns side conversation participants, including user, email, and messaging platform details.
SlaPoliciesFilterAll Returns SLA policy filter conditions where all conditions must be met (logical AND).
SlaPoliciesFilterAny Returns SLA policy filter conditions where at least one condition must be met (logical OR).
SlaPoliciesMetrics Returns SLA policy metric targets for each priority level, describing the time-based targets measured in business or calendar hours.
SuspendedUsers Returns users who have been suspended and are unable to sign in or submit tickets.
TargetFailures Returns target failures, including HTTP status codes, failure counts, and raw request and response details.
TicketEmailCCs Returns users CC'd on a specified ticket, including user Id and name details.
TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAll Returns ticket field relationship filter conditions joined with logical AND.
TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAny Returns ticket field relationship filter conditions joined with logical OR.
TicketRelatedInformation Returns related information for a ticket, including linked issues, follow-up sources, and incident details.
UserEvents Returns events for a given user.
UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAll Returns the relationship filter conditions (AND logic) for user fields.
UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAny Returns the relationship filter conditions (OR logic) for user fields.
UserRelatedInformation Returns counts of tickets, subscriptions, and other items associated with a user.
UserSubscriptions Returns the follow subscriptions between users.
ViewsConditionsAll Returns the AND conditions defined for views.
ViewsConditionsAny Returns the OR conditions defined for views.
YourSolvedTicketsThisWeek Returns the current user's solved tickets for the current week.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AccessLogs

Returns access logs, including request, response, and user details.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String The unique identifier for the access log entry.
UserId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user who made the request.
Status Integer The HTTP status code of the response.
Method String The HTTP method of the request. Possible values: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE.
IpAddress String The IP address of the user who made the request.
Timestamp Datetime The timestamp of the request in ISO 8601 format.
Url String The URL of the request.
Graphql String Optional details if the request was a GraphQL query.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ActivityStream

Returns activity stream records, including ticket assignments, comments, and priority changes.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following columns and operators:

  • Id supports the = operator.
  • CreatedAt supports the >, >= operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM ActivityStream WHERE Id = '123'

SELECT * FROM ActivityStream WHERE CreatedAt > '2025-11-02T04:45:08.000'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The unique identifier of the activity, automatically assigned upon creation.
Title String The title of this activity.
Verb String The type of activity, such as tickets.assignment, tickets.comment, or tickets.priority_increase.
UserId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user this activity pertains to.
ActorId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user who triggered this activity.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when this activity was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when this activity was last updated.
Url String The API URL of this activity.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AllCustomers

Returns customer user records, including profile, role, and account preference details.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id automatically assigned when the user is created.
Email String The primary email address of the user. Writeable on create only. On update, a secondary email is added.
Name String The name of the user.
Role String The role of the user. Possible values are end-user, agent, or admin.
Active Boolean Indicates whether the user is active. This value is false if the user has been deleted.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization the user is associated with.
Alias String An alias displayed to end users.
Verified Boolean Indicates whether the identity of the user has been verified.
ChatOnly Boolean Indicates whether the user is a chat-only agent.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the user was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when the user was last updated.
CustomRoleId Long A custom role if the user is an agent on the Enterprise plan.
RoleType String The role Id of the user. 0 for custom agents, 1 for light agent, and 2 for chat agent.
DefaultGroupId Long The Id of the default group of the user. Can only be set on create, not on update.
Details String Any additional details stored about the user, such as an address.
ExternalId String A unique identifier from another system.
LastLoginAt Datetime The last time the user signed in to Zendesk Support.
Locale String The locale of the user.
LocaleId Long The language identifier of the user.
Moderator Boolean Designates whether the user has forum moderation capabilities.
Notes String Any additional notes stored about the user.
OnlyPrivateComments Boolean Indicates whether the user can only create private comments.
Phone String The primary phone number of the user.
Photo String The photo attachment.
PhotoThumbnails String The photo thumbnails.
PhotoInline Boolean Indicates whether the attachment is excluded from the attachment list and its URL can be referenced within a ticket comment. Default is false.
RestrictedAgent Boolean Indicates whether the agent has any restrictions. This value is false for admins and unrestricted agents, and true for other agents.
Shared Boolean Indicates whether the user is shared from a different Zendesk Support instance. Applies to ticket sharing accounts only.
SharedAgent Boolean Indicates whether the user is a shared agent from a different Zendesk Support instance. Applies to ticket sharing accounts only.
Signature String The signature of the user. Only agents and admins can have signatures.
Suspended Boolean Indicates whether the agent is suspended. Tickets from suspended users are also suspended, and these users cannot sign in to the end-user portal.
Tags String The tags of the user. Only present if your account has user tagging enabled.
TicketRestriction String Specifies which tickets the user has access to. Possible values are: organization, groups, assigned, requested, null.
TimeZone String The time zone of the user.
TwoFactorAuthEnabled Boolean Indicates whether two-factor authentication is enabled for the user.
Url String The API URL of the user.
PermissionSet String The permission set used for custom roles in the Enterprise plan. Only one role Id can be used to filter per request.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AppLocations

Returns app location records, including location name, product, and host application details.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The internal Id of the location.
Name String The unique key identifying the location.
ProductCode Integer The internal Id of the product.
HostApplication String The unique key identifying the host application.
Orderable Boolean Indicates whether reordering has any effect on this location.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Apps

Returns apps available in the Zendesk Marketplace, including rating, pricing, and organization details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Apps
SELECT * FROM Apps WHERE Id = 1

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Integer The Id of the app.
Name String The name of the app.
State String Publication state for the app on the Zendesk Marketplace.
Version String The version of the app.
FrameworkVersion String The app framework version for which the app was written.
Parameters String The parameters for the app.
Plans String Payment plans for the app.
RatingTotalCount Integer The total number of ratings submitted for the app.
RatingAverage Integer The average rating of the app.
RatingCount String The total rating count for the app.
SingleInstall Boolean Indicates whether the app can only be installed once.
DefaultLocale String The default locale for translations for the app.
FeatureColor String Hexadecimal color value used to feature the app on the Zendesk Marketplace.
GoogleAnalyticsCode String The Universal Google Analytics (UA-) tracking Id for the app's detail page on the Zendesk Marketplace.
RemoteInstallationUrl String The URL for the app's remote installation instructions.
Products String Zendesk products supported by the app.
Categories String Zendesk Marketplace categories to which the app belongs.
Collections String Zendesk Marketplace collections to which the app belongs.
StripePublishableKey String Publishable key for the app developer's Stripe account.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the app was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when the app was last updated.
TermsConditionsUrl String URL for the app's terms and conditions.
AppOrganizationId Integer The Id of the organization that submitted the app to the Zendesk Marketplace.
AppOrganizationName String The name of the organization that submitted the app to the Zendesk Marketplace.
AppOrganizationEmail String The email address of the organization that submitted the app to the Zendesk Marketplace.
AppOrganizationWebsite String The website of the organization that submitted the app to the Zendesk Marketplace.
AppOrganizationCountryCode String The country code of the organization that submitted the app to the Zendesk Marketplace.
AppOrganizationStripeAccountId String The Stripe account Id of the organization that submitted the app to the Zendesk Marketplace.
Locations String The location Ids for the app.
DatePublished Datetime The date and time when the app was published on the Zendesk Marketplace.
HasThirdPartyPricing Boolean Indicates whether the app has third-party pricing information.
ThirdPartyPricingUrl String The URL for the app's third-party pricing page.
OwnerId Long The Id of the app developer who owns the app.
AuthorName String The app author's name.
AuthorEmail String The app author's email.
AuthorUrl String The app author's URL.
ShortDescription String The short description of the app in the Zendesk Marketplace.
LongDescription String The app's long description in the Zendesk Marketplace.
InstallationInstructions String Instructions for installing the app.
RawLongDescription String The raw long description for the app in the Zendesk Marketplace.
RawInstallationInstructions String The raw installation instructions.
Visibility String The visibility setting of the app, indicating whether it is private (visible only to the account) or public.
Promoted Boolean Indicates whether the app is promoted in the Zendesk Marketplace.
Featured Boolean Indicates whether the app is featured in the Zendesk Marketplace.
Paid Boolean Indicates whether the app is a paid app.
Deprecated Boolean Indicates whether the app is deprecated.
Obsolete Boolean Indicates whether the app is obsolete.
Installable Boolean Indicates whether the app can be installed.
MarketingOnly Boolean Indicates whether the app is a marketing-only integration app.
SmallIcon String The URL for the app's small logo icon.
LargeIcon String The URL for the app's large icon.
Screenshots String Screenshots for the app when displayed in the Zendesk Marketplace.
InstallationCount Integer Current number of installations of the app.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
Owned Boolean Filters results to return only apps owned by the current account when set to true.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Attachments

Returns ticket attachment records, including file details, content type, and download URL information.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.
SELECT * FROM Attachments WHERE TicketId = '123'
 
SELECT * FROM Attachments WHERE AttachmentId = '123' 

Columns

Name Type References Description
AttachmentId [KEY] Long The Id of the attachment, automatically assigned when the attachment is created.
TicketId Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the ticket the attachment belongs to.
CommentId Long

TicketComments.Id

The Id of the comment the attachment belongs to.
FileName String The name of the file.
ContentUrl String The full URL where the attachment file can be downloaded.
ContentType String The content type of the image.
Size Integer The size of the image file in bytes.
Inline Boolean Indicates whether the attachment is excluded from the attachment list and its URL can be referenced within the comment of a ticket. Default is false.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when the attachment was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AuditLogs

Returns audit log entries, including actor, source, and action details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM AuditLogs
SELECT * FROM AuditLogs WHERE Id = '13963723114908'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id automatically assigned upon creation.
ActorId Long The Id of the user or system that initiated the change.
SourceId Long The Id of the item being audited.
ActorName String The name of the user or system that initiated the change.
ActionLabel String The localized string of the action field.
SourceType String The type of item being audited.
SourceLabel String The name of the item being audited.
Action String The type of change made. Possible values are create, destroy, exported, login, and update.
ChangeDescription String The description of the change that occurred.
IpAddress String The IP address of the user doing the audit.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the audit log entry was created.
Url String The URL to access the audit log.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Calls

Returns inbound and outbound call records from a Zendesk Talk instance, including agent, timing, and call quality details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the StartTime column, which supports the = operator.

The rest of the filter is executed client-side within the connector.

For example, the following query is processed server side:

SELECT * FROM Calls WHERE StartTime = '2022-09-01'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id Long The Id of the call.
AgentId Long The Id of the first agent who picked up the call.
CallCharge String Total charge for the call. String representation of a decimal number with six decimal places.
CallGroupId Long The Id of the group the call was last placed in before completion.
CallRecordingConsent String Call recording consent value configured for the phone number. Allowed values are always, opt_in, opt_out or never.
CallRecordingConsentAction String Call recording consent option selected by the caller. Allowed values are caller_opted_in, caller_opted_out or null.
CallRecordingConsentKeypress String Keypress the caller chose to give their call recording consent option. Allowed values are 3 or null.
Callback Boolean Indicates whether the call was initiated by a callback request from the customer.
CallbackSource String The source of the callback request. Allowed values are null, queue or web_widget.
CompletionStatus String Status of the call. Allowed values are completed, abandoned_in_queue, abandoned_in_ivr, abandoned_in_voicemail, abandoned_on_hold or pending_voicemail.
ConsultationTime String Sum of how long in seconds agents consulted with each other while the customer was on hold.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the call record was created.
CustomerId Long The Id of the customer associated with the call.
CustomerRequestedVoicemail Boolean Indicates whether the customer requested to be directed to voicemail instead of waiting for an agent to answer.
DefaultGroup Boolean Indicates whether the call was answered by an agent who is a member of the call's default group, if group routing is used.
Direction String The direction of the call. Possible values: inbound or outbound.
Duration Integer Call duration in seconds.
ExceededQueueWaitTime Boolean Indicates whether the customer exceeded the maximum queue wait time and did not speak with an agent.
HoldTime Integer Sum of how long in seconds the customer was placed on hold by an agent(s).
IvrAction String Menu action that was used by the caller in the IVR menu selection. Possible values: null (if IVR is not used), menu, voicemail, group, phone_number, textback, invalid (returned for an invalid keypress).
IvrDestinationGroupName String The name of the group that received the call through IVR routing. Null if IVR is disabled.
IvrHops Integer The number of IVR menu options the customer went through before talking to an agent. Null if IVR is disabled.
IvrRoutedTo String The phone number to which the call was routed by IVR, such as +1311123456789. Null if IVR is disabled.
IvrTimeSpent Integer The duration in seconds the customer spent in IVR. Null if IVR is disabled.
MinutesBilled Integer The number of minutes billed for the call.
Line String The line associated with the call.
LineId Long The Id of the line associated with the call.
NotRecordingTime Integer How long in seconds spent not recording on the call.
OutsideBusinessHours Boolean Indicates whether the call was received outside business hours.
Overflowed Boolean Indicates whether the call overflowed.
OverflowedTo String The phone number that the call overflowed to. null if overflowed is false.
PhoneNumber String Talk phone associated with the call. If this a digital line, the digital line nickname. Example: +1311123456789.
PhoneNumberId Integer The Id of the Talk phone number associated with the call.
QualityIssues String A summary of the call's quality issues related to the call provided to Zendesk from Twilio. Until the information is made available by Twilio, the array contains information_not_available. If there are no issues, the array contains none. Other possible values: one or more of silence, high_jitter, high_packet_loss, high_pdd, high_latency.
RecordingControlInteractions Integer The amount of times agents have paused or resumed a recording on the call.
RecordingTime Integer How long in seconds spent recording on the call.
TalkTime Integer Sum of how long in seconds the customer was in conference with an agent(s). If a call is not accepted by an agent this will be 0.
TicketId Integer The Id of the ticket related to the call.
TimeToAnswer Integer How long in seconds the customer waited for an agent to answer after hearing the Available agents greeting.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when the call record was last updated.
Voicemail Boolean Indicates whether the call was a voicemail.
WaitTime Integer How long in seconds the customer was in the call before an agent answered.
WrapUpTime Integer Sum of how long in seconds the agent(s) spent in wrap up.

Pseudocolumns

Pseudocolumn fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
StartTime Datetime The start time used to filter calls.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Collaborators

Returns collaborators associated with tickets, including user profile, role, and contact details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the TicketId column, which supports the = operator.

The rest of the filter is executed client-side within the connector.

For example, the following query is processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM Collaborators WHERE TicketId = '123' 

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The unique Id of the collaborator, automatically assigned when the user is created.
TicketId [KEY] Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the ticket the collaborator is associated with.
Email String The primary email address of the collaborator. Writeable on create only. On update, a secondary email is added.
Name String The name of the collaborator.
Role String The role of the collaborator. Possible values are end-collaborator, agent, or admin.
Active Boolean Indicates whether the collaborator is active. Returns false if the collaborator has been deleted.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization the collaborator is associated with.
Alias String An alias displayed to end users.
Verified Boolean Indicates whether the identity of the collaborator has been verified.
ChatOnly Boolean Indicates whether the collaborator is a chat-only agent.
CreatedAt Datetime The time the collaborator was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The time the collaborator was last updated.
CustomRoleId Long

CustomAgentRoles.Id

The Id of the custom role assigned to the collaborator, if the collaborator is an agent on the Enterprise plan.
RoleType String The numeric role Id of the collaborator. Possible values are 0 for custom agents, 1 for light agents, and 2 for chat agents.
DefaultGroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the default group of the collaborator. Can only be set on create, not on update.
Details String Any details you want to store about the collaborator, such as an address.
ExternalId String A unique identifier from another system.
LastLoginAt Datetime The last time the collaborator signed in to Zendesk Support.
Locale String The locale of the collaborator.
LocaleId Long

Locales.Id

The Id of the language locale for the collaborator.
Moderator Boolean Designates whether the collaborator has forum moderation capabilities.
Notes String Any notes you want to store about the collaborator.
OnlyPrivateComments Boolean Indicates whether the collaborator can only create private comments.
Phone String The primary phone number of the collaborator.
PhotoId Long The unique Id of the photo attachment, automatically assigned when the attachment is created.
PhotoFileName String The name of the image file.
PhotoContentUrl String A full URL where the attachment image file can be downloaded.
PhotoContentType String The content type of the image. Example value: image/png.
PhotoSize Integer The size of the image file in bytes.
PhotoThumbnailsId Long The unique Id of the photo thumbnail attachment.
PhotoThumbnailsFileName String The file name of the photo thumbnail image.
PhotoThumbnailsContentUrl String The full URL where the photo thumbnail file can be downloaded.
PhotoThumbnailsContentType String The content type of the photo thumbnail image, such as image/png.
PhotoThumbnailsSize Integer The size of the photo thumbnail file in bytes.
PhotoInline Boolean Indicates whether the attachment is excluded from the attachment list. When true, the attachment's URL can be referenced within the comment of a ticket.
RestrictedAgent Boolean Indicates whether the agent has restrictions. Returns false for admins and unrestricted agents, and true for other agents.
Shared Boolean Indicates whether the collaborator is shared from a different Zendesk Support instance. Applies to ticket sharing accounts only.
SharedAgent Boolean Indicates whether the collaborator is a shared agent from a different Zendesk Support instance. Applies to ticket sharing accounts only.
Signature String The signature of the collaborator. Only agents and admins can have signatures.
Suspended Boolean Indicates whether the agent is suspended. Tickets from suspended users are also suspended, and these users cannot sign in to the end-user portal.
Tags String The tags of the collaborator. Only present if your account has collaborator tagging enabled.
TicketRestriction String Specifies which tickets the collaborator has access to. Possible values are: organization, groups, assigned, requested, null.
TimeZone String The time zone of the collaborator.
TwoFactorAuthEnabled Boolean Indicates whether two-factor authentication is enabled for the collaborator.
Url String The API URL of the collaborator.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

DeletedTickets

Returns deleted tickets that are pending permanent deletion.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector processes all filters to this view client-side.
SELECT * FROM DeletedTickets

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Integer The Id of the ticket, automatically assigned when it is created.
Subject String The value of the subject field for this ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's subject.
Description String The description of the ticket.
PreviousState String The state of the ticket prior to deletion.
DeletedByUserID String The Id of the user who deleted the ticket.
DeletedByUserName String The name of the user who deleted the ticket.
DeletedAt Datetime The date and time when this ticket was deleted.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

JobStatus

Returns job status records for background jobs, such as bulk ticket updates. Job status data is available for one hour after a job is created.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM JobStatus WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String Automatically assigned when the job is queued.
Total Integer The total number of tasks this job is batching through.
Progress Integer The number of tasks that have already been completed.
Status String The current status of the job. Possible values: queued, working, failed, completed, killed.
Message String The message from the job worker, if any.
Results String The result data from processed tasks.
Url String The URL to poll for status updates.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

LegacyCustomObjectField

Returns the attributes of a legacy custom object property.

View-Specific Information

Select

The LegacyCustomObjectField view supports the ObjectName column in the WHERE clause, which supports the = operator. For example:

SELECT * FROM LegacyCustomObjectField WHERE ObjectName = 'house'

Columns

Name Type References Description
ObjectName [KEY] String A user-defined unique identifier.
FieldName String The name of the property.
Type String The type of the property.

The allowed values are boolean, integer, number, string.

Description String The description of the property.
Required String Indicates whether this property is required when creating a record.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Locales

Returns available locales, including identifier, name, and URL details.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The unique Id automatically assigned to the locale.
Name String The name of the locale.
Locale String The locale code, such as en-US or fr.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time the locale was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time the locale was last updated.
Url String The API URL of the locale.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

MonitoredTwitterHandles

Returns monitored Twitter handles, including screen name, profile, and reply permission details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM MonitoredTwitterHandles WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id of the monitored Twitter handle, automatically assigned upon creation.
ScreenName String The screen name of the Twitter handle.
TwitterUserId Long The Twitter user ID of the handle.
CreatedAt Datetime The time the handle was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The time of the last update of the handle.
AvatarUrl String The profile image URL of the handle.
Name String The profile name of the handle.
AllowReply Boolean Indicates whether replies are allowed for this handle.
CanReply Boolean Indicates whether replies are allowed for this handle based on the account configuration.
BrandId Long

Brands.Id

The Id of the brand the handle is associated with.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

NegativelyRatedTicketsThisWeek

Returns tickets that received negative satisfaction ratings in the current week.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Integer The Id of the ticket, automatically assigned when the ticket is created.
Subject String The value of the subject field for this ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's subject
RawSubject String The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the subject value, if not.
Description String The first comment on the ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's description and comments
Type String The type of this ticket. Possible values: problem, incident, question or task.
Priority String The urgency with which the ticket should be addressed. Possible values: urgent, high, normal, low.
Status String The state of the ticket. Possible values: new, open, pending, hold, solved, closed.
Recipient String The original recipient e-mail address of the ticket.
HasIncidents Boolean Indicates whether the ticket has been marked as a problem.
DueAt Datetime The due date of the ticket, if the ticket is of type task. The date uses ISO 8601 format.
RequesterId Long

Users.Id

The user who requested this ticket.
SubmitterId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user who submitted the ticket. The submitter always becomes the author of the first comment on the ticket.
AssigneeId Long

Users.Id

The agent currently assigned to the ticket.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization associated with the requester.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the group to which the ticket is assigned.
CollaboratorIds String The Ids of users currently CC'd on the ticket.
FollowerIds String The Ids of agents currently following the ticket.
ForumTopicId Long

Topics.Id

The topic this ticket originated from, if any.
ProblemId Integer

Tickets.Id

For tickets of type incident, the ID of the problem the incident is linked to.
ExternalId String An Id used to link Zendesk Support tickets to local records.
FollowupIds String Closed tickets only. The Ids of the follow-up tickets created from this ticket.
TicketFormId Long

TicketForms.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the ticket form to render for the ticket.
BrandId Long

Brands.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the brand this ticket is associated with.
Tags String The array of tags applied to this ticket.
ViaChannel String This tells you how the ticket or event was created. Examples: web, mobile, rule, system.
ViaSource String The ticket's source information.
SatisfactionRating String The satisfaction rating of the ticket, if it exists, or the state of satisfaction, 'offered' or 'unoffered'.
SharingAgreementIds String The ids of the sharing agreements used for this ticket.
AllowChannelback Boolean Indicates whether channelback is enabled for the ticket. Only applicable for channels framework tickets.
IsPublic Boolean Indicates whether any comments on the ticket are public.
CreatedAt Datetime When this record was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime When this record last got updated.
Url String The API url of this ticket.
Assignee String The assigned agent or other entity. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number
GroupName String The name of the group, to which the Ticket is assigned.
Requester String The ticket requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.
Submitter String The ticket submitter. This may be different than the requester if the ticket was submitted by an agent on behalf of the requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Brand String Search for a specific Brand on a ticket.
Commenter String People who have added comments to tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.
Cc String People who have been CC'd on tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.
AllowAttachments Boolean Indicates whether agents are permitted to add attachments to a comment. Defaults to true.
CustomStatusId Long The custom ticket status id of the ticket.
EmailCcIds String An array of objects that represent agent or end users email CCs to add or delete from the ticket.
FromMessagingChannel Boolean Indicates whether the ticket's source type is a messaging channel.
ResultType String The result type of the search result.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OpenTicketsAssignedToMe

Returns open tickets assigned to the authenticated account.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Integer The Id of the ticket, automatically assigned when the ticket is created.
Subject String The value of the subject field for this ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's subject
RawSubject String The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the subject value, if not.
Description String The first comment on the ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's description and comments
Type String The type of this ticket. Possible values: problem, incident, question or task.
Priority String The urgency with which the ticket should be addressed. Possible values: urgent, high, normal, low.
Status String The state of the ticket. Possible values: new, open, pending, hold, solved, closed.
Recipient String The original recipient e-mail address of the ticket.
HasIncidents Boolean Indicates whether the ticket has been marked as a problem.
DueAt Datetime The due date of the ticket, if the ticket is of type task. The date uses ISO 8601 format.
RequesterId Long

Users.Id

The user who requested this ticket.
SubmitterId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user who submitted the ticket. The submitter always becomes the author of the first comment on the ticket.
AssigneeId Long

Users.Id

The agent currently assigned to the ticket.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization associated with the requester.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the group to which the ticket is assigned.
CollaboratorIds String The Ids of users currently CC'd on the ticket.
FollowerIds String The Ids of agents currently following the ticket.
ForumTopicId Long

Topics.Id

The topic this ticket originated from, if any.
ProblemId Integer

Tickets.Id

For tickets of type incident, the ID of the problem the incident is linked to.
ExternalId String An Id used to link Zendesk Support tickets to local records.
FollowupIds String Closed tickets only. The Ids of the follow-up tickets created from this ticket.
TicketFormId Long

TicketForms.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the ticket form to render for the ticket.
BrandId Long

Brands.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the brand this ticket is associated with.
Tags String The array of tags applied to this ticket.
ViaChannel String This tells you how the ticket or event was created. Examples: web, mobile, rule, system.
ViaSource String The ticket's source information.
SatisfactionRating String The satisfaction rating of the ticket, if it exists, or the state of satisfaction, 'offered' or 'unoffered'.
SharingAgreementIds String The Ids of the sharing agreements used for this ticket.
AllowChannelback Boolean Indicates whether channelback is enabled for the ticket. Only applicable for channels framework tickets.
IsPublic Boolean Indicates whether any comments on the ticket are public.
CreatedAt Datetime When this record was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime When this record last got updated.
Url String The API url of this ticket.
Assignee String The assigned agent or other entity. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
GroupName String The name of the group to which the ticket is assigned.
Requester String The ticket requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Submitter String The ticket submitter. This may be different than the requester if the ticket was submitted by an agent on behalf of the requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Brand String Search for a specific Brand on a ticket.
Commenter String People who have added comments to tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Cc String People who have been CC'd on tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
AllowAttachments Boolean Indicates whether agents are permitted to add attachments to a comment. Defaults to true.
CustomStatusId Long The Id of the custom ticket status assigned to the ticket.
EmailCcIds String An array of objects that represent agent or end users email CCs to add or delete from the ticket.
FromMessagingChannel Boolean Indicates whether the ticket's source type is a messaging channel.
ResultType String The result type of the search result.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAll

Returns the relationship filter entries using a logical AND condition for organization fields.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following column and operator:

  • OrganizationFieldId supports the = operator.

For example, the following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAll WHERE OrganizationFieldId = '23344947299484'

Columns

Name Type References Description
OrganizationFieldId Long

OrganizationFields.Id

The Id of the organization field.
Field String The name of the ticket field used in the filter condition.
Operator String The comparison operator used in the filter condition.
Value String The value of the ticket field used in the filter condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAny

Returns the relationship filter entries using a logical OR condition for organization fields.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following column and operator:

  • OrganizationFieldId supports the = operator.

For example, the following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM OrganizationFieldsRelationshipFilterAny WHERE OrganizationFieldId = '22170476107292'

Columns

Name Type References Description
OrganizationFieldId Long

OrganizationFields.Id

The Id of the organization field.
Field String The name of the ticket field used in the filter condition.
Operator String The comparison operator used in the filter condition.
Value String The value of the ticket field used in the filter condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

PositivelyRatedTicketsThisWeek

Returns tickets that received positive satisfaction ratings during the current week.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Integer The unique Id automatically assigned when the ticket is created.
Subject String The value of the subject field for this ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's subject
RawSubject String The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the subject value, if not.
Description String The first comment on the ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's description and comments
Type String The type of this ticket. Possible values: problem, incident, question or task.
Priority String The urgency with which the ticket should be addressed. Possible values: urgent, high, normal, low.
Status String The state of the ticket. Possible values: new, open, pending, hold, solved, closed.
Recipient String The original recipient e-mail address of the ticket.
HasIncidents Boolean Indicates whether this ticket has been marked as a problem.
DueAt Datetime If this is a ticket of type task it has a due date. Due date format uses ISO 8601 format.
RequesterId Long

Users.Id

The user who requested this ticket.
SubmitterId Long

Users.Id

The user who submitted the ticket. The submitter always becomes the author of the first comment on the ticket.
AssigneeId Long

Users.Id

The agent currently assigned to the ticket.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The organization of the requester. You can only specify the ID of an organization associated with the requester.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the group to which the ticket is assigned.
CollaboratorIds String The Ids of users currently CC'd on the ticket.
FollowerIds String The Ids of agents currently following the ticket.
ForumTopicId Long

Topics.Id

The topic this ticket originated from, if any.
ProblemId Integer

Tickets.Id

For tickets of type incident, the ID of the problem the incident is linked to.
ExternalId String An Id you can use to link Zendesk Support tickets to local records.
FollowupIds String Closed tickets only. The Ids of the follow-ups created from this ticket.
TicketFormId Long

TicketForms.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the ticket form to render for the ticket.
BrandId Long

Brands.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the brand this ticket is associated with.
Tags String The array of tags applied to this ticket.
ViaChannel String This tells you how the ticket or event was created. Examples: web, mobile, rule, system.
ViaSource String The source of the ticket.
SatisfactionRating String The satisfaction rating of the ticket, if it exists, or the state of satisfaction, 'offered' or 'unoffered'.
SharingAgreementIds String The Ids of the sharing agreements used for this ticket.
AllowChannelback Boolean Indicates whether channelback is enabled. Only applicable for channels framework tickets.
IsPublic Boolean Indicates whether any comments on the ticket are public.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when this record was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when this record was last updated.
Url String The API url of this ticket.
Assignee String The assigned agent or other entity. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number
GroupName String The name of the group to which the ticket is assigned.
Requester String The ticket requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.
Submitter String The ticket submitter. This may be different than the requester if the ticket was submitted by an agent on behalf of the requester. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number. .
Brand String Search for a specific Brand on a ticket.
Commenter String People who have added comments to tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.
Cc String People who have been CC'd on tickets. You can specify 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user ID, or phone number.
AllowAttachments Boolean Indicates whether agents have permission to add attachments to a comment. Defaults to true.
CustomStatusId Long The custom ticket status id of the ticket.
EmailCcIds String An array of objects that represent agent or end users email CCs to add or delete from the ticket.
FromMessagingChannel Boolean Indicates whether the ticket's via type is a messaging channel.
ResultType String The type of the search result.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Requests

Returns end-user requests submitted as tickets, including subject, status, priority, and assignment details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM Requests WHERE Id = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id automatically assigned when the request is created.
Subject String The value of the subject field for this request if the subject field is visible to end users; a truncated version of the description otherwise.
Description String The first comment on the request.
Status String The state of the request, new, open, pending, hold, solved, closed.
Priority String The priority of the request, low, normal, high, urgent.
Type String The type of the request, question, incident, problem, task.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The organization of the requester.
RequesterId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the requester.
AssigneeId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the assignee if the field is visible to end users.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the assigned group if the field is visible to end users.
CollaboratorIds String The Ids of users who are currently CC'd on the ticket.
ViaChannel String The channel through which the ticket or event was created, such as web, mobile, rule, or system.
ViaSource String For some channels a source object gives more information about how or why the ticket or event was created.
IsPublic Boolean Indicates whether any comments on the request are public.
DueAt Date When the task is due (only applies if the request is of type 'task').
CanBeSolvedByMe Boolean Indicates whether the end user can mark the request as solved.
Solved Boolean Indicates whether the request is solved. An end user can set this if CanBeSolvedByMe is true for that user.
TicketFormId Long

TicketForms.Id

The numeric id of the ticket form associated with this request if the form is visible to end users - only applicable for enterprise accounts.
Recipient String The original recipient e-mail address of the request.
FollowupSourceId Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the original ticket if this request is a follow-up ticket.
CreatedAt Datetime The time the request was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The time of the last update of the request.
Url String The API URL of this request.
CustomFields String Custom fields for the request.
CustomStatusId Long The custom ticket status Id of the ticket.
EmailCcIds String The Ids of users who are currently email CCs on the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Requests_Collaborators

Returns the Ids of collaborators who are currently CC'd on a request.

View-Specific Information

Select

The connector uses the Zendesk API to process WHERE clause conditions built with the following column and operator:

  • Id supports the = operator.

For example, the following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector.

SELECT * FROM Requests_Collaborators WHERE Id = '5'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id Long

Requests.Id

The Id automatically assigned when the request is created.
CollaboratorId Long

Collaborators.Id

The Id of a user who is currently CC'd on the request.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ResourceCollections

Returns resource collections, including resource metadata details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM ResourceCollections
SELECT * FROM ResourceCollections WHERE Id = '310043820'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id of the resource collection, automatically assigned upon creation.
Resources String An array of resource metadata objects associated with the collection.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the resource collection was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when the resource collection was last updated.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SatisfactionReasons

Returns reasons for bad satisfaction ratings submitted by ticket requesters.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SatisfactionReasons WHERE Id = '10500025760540'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id automatically assigned to the satisfaction reason upon creation.
ReasonCode Integer An account-level code for referencing the reason. Custom reasons are assigned an auto-incrementing integer (non-system reason codes begin at 1000).
Value String Translated value of the reason in the account locale.
RawValue String The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the current value, if not.
Url String The API URL of this satisfaction reason.
CreatedAt Datetime The time the reason was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The time the satisfaction reason was last updated.
DeletedAt Datetime The time the reason was deleted.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SideConversationEvents

Returns side conversation events for tickets, where the messages that make up a side conversation are recorded as events.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SideConversationEvents WHERE TicketId = 2 AND SideConversationId = '5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String The Id of the event, automatically assigned when the event is created.
TicketId Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the parent ticket associated with the side conversation.
SideConversationId String

SideConversations.Id

The Id of the side conversation the event belongs to.
ActorEmail String The email address of the participant.
ActorName String The name of the participant.
ActorUserId Long The Id of the agent, if the participant is an agent.
ActorSlackWorkspaceId String The Id of the Slack workspace, if the participant is a Slack user or channel.
ActorSlackChannelId String The Id of the Slack channel, if the participant is a Slack channel.
ActorSupportGroupId String The Id of the support group, if the participant is a Support ticket.
ActorSupportAgentId String The Id of the support agent, if the participant is a Support ticket.
ActorMSTeamsChannelId String The Id of the Microsoft Teams channel, if the participant is a Microsoft Teams channel.
Message String The message associated with the event, present for events of type create and reply.
CreatedAt Datetime The time the side conversation event was created.
Type String The type of event.
Updates String The fields updated by the event, present for events of type update.
via String The channel used when creating the event.
Url String The API URL of the side conversation.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SideConversationEventsMessage

Returns the message details for side conversation events.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SideConversationEventsMessage WHERE TicketId = 2 AND SideConversationId = '5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59'

Columns

Name Type References Description
SideConversationEventsId String

SideConversationEvents.Id

The Id of the associated side conversation event.
TicketId Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the parent ticket associated with the side conversation.
SideConversationId String

SideConversations.Id

The Id of the side conversation the event belongs to.
Subject String The subject of the message.
PreviewText String A plain text string describing the message.
Body String The plain text version of the body of the message.
HtmlBody String The HTML version of the body of the message.
FromUserId Long The Id of the agent, if the participant is an agent.
FromEmail String The email address of the participant.
FromName String The name of the participant.
To String The list of participants the message was sent to.
ExternalIds String A key-value object where all values are strings. Used for metadata.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SideConversationEventsMessageTo

Returns the list of participants the message was sent to.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SideConversationEventsMessageTo WHERE TicketId = 2 AND SideConversationId = '5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59'

Columns

Name Type References Description
SideConversationEventsId String

SideConversationEvents.Id

The Id of the associated side conversation event.
TicketId Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the parent ticket associated with the side conversation.
SideConversationId String

SideConversations.Id

The Id of the side conversation the event belongs to.
UserId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the agent, if the participant is an agent.
Email String The email address of the participant.
Name String The name of the participant.
SlackWorkspaceId String The Slack workspace Id, if the participant is a Slack user or channel.
SlackChannelId String The Slack channel Id, if the participant is a Slack channel.
SupportGroupId String The support group Id, if the participant is a Support ticket.
SupportAgentId String The support agent Id, if the participant is a Support ticket.
MSTeamsChannelId String The Microsoft Teams channel Id, if the participant is a Microsoft Teams channel.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SideConversationParticipants

Returns side conversation participants, including user, email, and messaging platform details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SideConversationParticipants WHERE TicketId = 1
SELECT * FROM SideConversationParticipants WHERE TicketId = 1 AND SideConversationId = '5d133b65-576c-11ee-bcb2-bdce8f618e59'

Columns

Name Type References Description
SideConversationId String

SideConversations.Id

The Id of the side conversation.
TicketId Integer

Tickets.Id

The Id of the parent ticket associated with the side conversation.
UserId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the agent, if the participant is an agent.
Email String The email address of the participant.
Name String The name of the participant.
SlackWorkspaceId String The Slack workspace Id, if the participant is a Slack user or channel.
SlackChannelId String The Slack channel Id, if the participant is a Slack channel.
SupportGroupId String The support group Id, if the participant is a Support ticket.
SupportAgentId String The support agent Id, if the participant is a Support ticket.
MSTeamsChannelId String The Microsoft Teams channel Id, if the participant is a Microsoft Teams channel.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SlaPoliciesFilterAll

Returns SLA policy filter conditions where all conditions must be met (logical AND).

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SlaPoliciesFilterAll
SELECT * FROM SlaPoliciesFilterAll WHERE SlaPolicyId = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
SlaPolicyId Long

SlaPolicies.Id

The Id of the SLA policy associated with the filter condition.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String The comparison operator used to evaluate the filter condition.
Value String The value of the ticket field used in the filter condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SlaPoliciesFilterAny

Returns SLA policy filter conditions where at least one condition must be met (logical OR).

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SlaPoliciesFilterAny
SELECT * FROM SlaPoliciesFilterAny WHERE SlaPolicyId = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
SlaPolicyId Long

SlaPolicies.Id

The Id of the SLA policy associated with the filter condition.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String The comparison operator used to evaluate the filter condition.
Value String The value of the ticket field used in the filter condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SlaPoliciesMetrics

Returns SLA policy metric targets for each priority level, describing the time-based targets measured in business or calendar hours.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM SlaPoliciesMetrics
SELECT * FROM SlaPoliciesMetrics WHERE SlaPolicyId = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
SlaPolicyId [KEY] Long

SlaPolicies.Id

The Id of the SLA policy associated with the metric target.
BusinessHours Boolean Indicates whether the metric targets are measured in business hours rather than calendar hours.
Metric String The definition of the time that is being measured.
Priority String The priority level that a ticket must match for the metric target to apply.
Target Integer The time within which the end-state for a metric should be met.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SuspendedUsers

Returns users who have been suspended and are unable to sign in or submit tickets.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The unique Id of the user, automatically assigned when the user is created.
Email String The primary email address of the user. Writeable on create only. On update, a secondary email is added.
Name String The name of the user.
Role String The role of the user. Possible values are end-user, agent, or admin.
Active Boolean False if the user has been deleted.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The Id of the organization the user is associated with.
Alias String An alias displayed to end users.
Verified Boolean Indicates whether the identity of the user has been verified.
ChatOnly Boolean Indicates whether the user is a chat-only agent.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the user was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when the user was last updated.
CustomRoleId Long A custom role if the user is an agent on the Enterprise plan.
RoleType String The role id of the user. 0 for custom agents, 1 for light agent and 2 for chat agent.
DefaultGroupId Long The Id of the default group of the user. Can only be set on create, not on update.
Details String Any details you want to store about the user, such as an address.
ExternalId String A unique identifier from another system.
LastLoginAt Datetime The last time the user signed in to Zendesk Support.
Locale String The locale of the user.
LocaleId Long The language identifier of the user.
Moderator Boolean Designates whether the user has forum moderation capabilities.
Notes String Any notes you want to store about the user.
OnlyPrivateComments Boolean True if the user can only create private comments.
Phone String The primary phone number of the user.
Photo String The photo attachment.
PhotoThumbnails String The photo thumbnails.
PhotoInline Boolean Indicates whether the attachment is excluded from the attachment list and the attachment URL can be referenced within the comment of a ticket. Default is false.
RestrictedAgent Boolean Indicates whether the agent has any restrictions. Returns false for admins and unrestricted agents, and true for other agents.
Shared Boolean Indicates whether the user is shared from a different Zendesk Support instance. Applies to ticket sharing accounts only.
SharedAgent Boolean Indicates whether the user is a shared agent from a different Zendesk Support instance. Applies to ticket sharing accounts only.
Signature String The signature of the user. Only agents and admins can have signatures.
Suspended Boolean Indicates whether the agent is suspended. Tickets from suspended users are also suspended, and these users cannot sign in to the end user portal.
Tags String The tags of the user. Only present if your account has user tagging enabled.
TicketRestriction String Specifies which tickets the user has access to. Possible values are: organization, groups, assigned, requested, null.
TimeZone String The time zone of the user.
TwoFactorAuthEnabled Boolean Indicates whether two-factor authentication is enabled for the user.
Url String The API URL of the user.
PermissionSet String Used for custom roles in the Enterprise plan. You can only filter by one role id per request.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TargetFailures

Returns target failures, including HTTP status codes, failure counts, and raw request and response details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following queries are processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM TargetFailures
SELECT * FROM TargetFailures WHERE Id = 1

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The unique Id of the target failure.
StatusCode Integer The HTTP status code of the target failure.
TargetName String The name of the target that failed.
ConsecutiveFailureCount Integer The number of times the target failed consecutively.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when the failure occurred.
RawRequest String The raw message of the request sent to the target.
RawResponse String The raw response returned for the failed request.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketEmailCCs

Returns users CC'd on a specified ticket, including user Id and name details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM TicketEmailCCs where TicketId = '2826'

Columns

Name Type References Description
TicketId Long

Tickets.id

The Id of the ticket the CC'd users are associated with.
UserId String

Users.id

The Id of the CC'd user.
Name String The name of the CC'd user.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAll

Returns ticket field relationship filter conditions joined with logical AND.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAll WHERE TicketFieldId = '10676711527964'

Columns

Name Type References Description
TicketFieldId Long

TicketFields.Id

The Id of the ticket field.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String The comparison operator for the filter condition.
Value String The value to compare against the ticket field in the filter condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAny

Returns ticket field relationship filter conditions joined with logical OR.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM TicketFieldsRelationshipFilterAny WHERE TicketFieldId = '10676711527964'

Columns

Name Type References Description
TicketFieldId Long

TicketFields.Id

The Id of the ticket field.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String The comparison operator for the filter condition.
Value String The value to compare against the ticket field in the filter condition.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

TicketRelatedInformation

Returns related information for a ticket, including linked issues, follow-up sources, and incident details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM TicketRelatedInformation where TicketId = '2826'

Columns

Name Type References Description
TicketId Long

Tickets.id

The Id of the associated ticket.
TopicId String Related topic in the Web portal (deprecated feature).
JiraIssueIds String The Ids of linked Jira issues.
FollowupSourceIds String The Ids of source tickets used to create follow-up tickets.
FromArchive Boolean Indicates whether the current ticket is archived.
Incidents Integer A count of related incident occurrences.
Url String The API URL of the ticket's related information.
Twitter String X (formerly Twitter) information associated with the ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserEvents

Returns events for a given user.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM UserEvents where UserId = '18921855007122'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String The Id of the event.
UserId Long

Users.id

The Id of the user.
Type String The name of the event.
Source String The application that sent the event.
Description String A description of the event.
CreatedAt Datetime The ISO-8601 compliant date and time the event was created. If not set, the value is set when the event is received.
ReceivedAt Datetime The ISO-8601 compliant date and time the event was received.
Properties String A custom JSON object with details about the event. The value must comply with the JSON Schema specification.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAll

Returns the relationship filter conditions (AND logic) for user fields.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAll WHERE UserFieldId = '19067693577105'

Columns

Name Type References Description
UserFieldId Long

UserFields.Id

The Id of the user field.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String A comparison operator.
Value String The value of a ticket field.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAny

Returns the relationship filter conditions (OR logic) for user fields.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM UserFieldsRelationshipFilterAny WHERE UserFieldId = '19067693577105'

Columns

Name Type References Description
UserFieldId Long

UserFields.Id

The Id of the user field.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String A comparison operator.
Value String The value of a ticket field.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserRelatedInformation

Returns counts of tickets, subscriptions, and other items associated with a user.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM UserRelatedInformation WHERE UserId = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
UserId Long

Users.id

The Id of the user.
AssignedTickets Integer The number of tickets assigned to the user.
RequestedTickets Integer The number of tickets requested by the user.
CcdTickets Integer The number of tickets on which the user is CC'd.
OrganizationSubscriptions Integer The number of organization subscriptions.
Topics Integer The number of topics (Web portal only).
TopicComments Integer The number of topic comments (Web portal only).
Votes Integer The number of votes (Web portal only).
Subscriptions Integer The number of subscriptions (Web portal only).
EntrySubscriptions Integer The number of entry subscriptions (Web portal only).
ForumSubscriptions Integer The number of forum subscriptions (Web portal only).

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserSubscriptions

Returns the follow subscriptions between users.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM UserSubscriptions WHERE UserId = '123'

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Long The Id of the subscription, automatically assigned when it is created.
UserId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user.
FollowedId Long The Id of the user being followed.
FollowerId Long The Id of the user doing the following.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ViewsConditionsAll

Returns the AND conditions defined for views.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM ViewsConditionsAll WHERE ViewId = '18521247306513'

Columns

Name Type References Description
ViewId [KEY] Long The Id of the view.
Active Boolean Indicates whether the view should be displayed.
Access String The access level of the view. Possible values are personal, shared, or account.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the group the view belongs to. Used to query the table.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String A comparison operator.
Value String The value of a ticket field.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ViewsConditionsAny

Returns the OR conditions defined for views.

View-Specific Information

Select

The following query is processed server-side while other filters are processed client-side within the connector:
SELECT * FROM ViewsConditionsAny WHERE ViewId = '18521247306513'

Columns

Name Type References Description
ViewId [KEY] Long The Id of the view.
Active Boolean Indicates whether the view should be displayed.
Access String The access level of the view. Possible values are personal, shared, or account.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the group the view belongs to. Used to query the table.
Field String The name of a ticket field.
Operator String A comparison operator.
Value String The value of a ticket field.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

YourSolvedTicketsThisWeek

Returns the current user's solved tickets for the current week.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Integer The Id of the ticket, automatically assigned when it is created.
Subject String The value of the subject field for this ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's subject
RawSubject String The dynamic content placeholder, if present, or the subject value, if not.
Description String The first comment on the ticket. When used in WHERE clause: The text in the ticket's description and comments
Type String The type of this ticket. Possible values: problem, incident, question or task.
Priority String The urgency with which the ticket should be addressed. Possible values: urgent, high, normal, low.
Status String The state of the ticket. Possible values: new, open, pending, hold, solved, closed.
Recipient String The original recipient e-mail address of the ticket.
HasIncidents Boolean Indicates whether this ticket has been marked as a problem.
DueAt Datetime If this is a ticket of type task it has a due date. Due date format uses ISO 8601 format.
RequesterId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user who requested this ticket.
SubmitterId Long

Users.Id

The Id of the user who submitted the ticket. The submitter always becomes the author of the first comment on the ticket.
AssigneeId Long

Users.Id

The agent currently assigned to the ticket.
OrganizationId Long

Organizations.Id

The Id of the requester's organization. Only an organization associated with the requester can be specified.
GroupId Long

Groups.Id

The Id of the group to which the ticket is assigned.
CollaboratorIds String The Ids of users currently CC'd on the ticket.
FollowerIds String Agents currently following the ticket.
ForumTopicId Long

Topics.Id

The topic this ticket originated from, if any.
ProblemId Integer

Tickets.Id

For tickets of type incident, the Id of the problem the incident is linked to.
ExternalId String An Id used to link tickets to local records.
FollowupIds String Closed tickets only. The Ids of the followups created from this ticket.
TicketFormId Long

TicketForms.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the ticket form to render for the ticket.
BrandId Long

Brands.Id

Enterprise only. The Id of the brand this ticket is associated with.
Tags String The array of tags applied to this ticket.
ViaChannel String Indicates how the ticket or event was created. Examples: web, mobile, rule, system.
ViaSource String The ticket's source.
SatisfactionRating String The satisfaction rating of the ticket, if it exists, or the state of satisfaction, 'offered' or 'unoffered'.
SharingAgreementIds String The Ids of the sharing agreements used for this ticket.
AllowChannelback Boolean Indicates whether channelback is enabled. Only applicable for channels framework tickets.
IsPublic Boolean Indicates whether any comments are public.
CreatedAt Datetime The date and time when this ticket was created.
UpdatedAt Datetime The date and time when this ticket was last updated.
Url String The API URL of this ticket.
Assignee String The assigned agent or other entity. Possible values: 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
GroupName String The name of the group, to which the Ticket is assigned.
Requester String The ticket requester. Possible values: 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Submitter String The ticket submitter. May be different from the requester if the ticket was submitted by an agent on behalf of the requester. Possible values: 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Brand String The brand associated with the ticket.
Commenter String People who have added comments to tickets. Possible values: 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
Cc String People who have been CC'd on tickets. Possible values: 'none', 'me', user name (full name or partial), email address, user Id, or phone number.
AllowAttachments Boolean Indicates whether agents can add attachments to a comment. Defaults to true.
CustomStatusId Long The Id of the custom ticket status.
EmailCcIds String An array of objects that represent agent or end users email CCs to add or delete from the ticket.
FromMessagingChannel Boolean Indicates whether the ticket's via type is a messaging channel.
ResultType String The type of the search result.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the connector beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with Zendesk.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from Zendesk, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk Stored Procedures

Name Description
AddTicketTags Appends tags to a specified ticket.
ChangePassword Changes the password of your account.
CreateArticleAttachment Creates an attachment for an article.
CreateContentTagsJob Creates a job that performs one of the supported batch actions on content tags. Supported actions are delete and merge.
CreateTicketComment Creates a new comment on the specified ticket.
DeleteTicketsPermanently Enqueues a job to permanently delete the specified deleted tickets.
DownloadCommentAttachment Downloads the specified attachment for a ticket comment.
GetOAuthAccessToken Gets an authentication token from Zendesk.
GetOAuthAuthorizationURL Gets the authorization URL that must be opened separately by the user to grant access to your application. Only needed when developing Web apps. You will request the OAuthAccessToken from this URL.
ImportSideConversation Imports a side conversation on a ticket.
ImportSideConversationEvents Imports events to an existing side conversation.
ImportTickets Move tickets in bulk from legacy systems into Zendesk Support. You can include one or more comments with a ticket.
MergeTickets Merges one or more tickets into the target ticket.
RecoverSuspendedTicket Recovers a previously suspended ticket.
RefreshOAuthAccessToken Refreshes the OAuth token.
RestoreTicket Restores a previously deleted ticket.
SetUserPassword Sets a user's password as an admin, if the option is enabled in the account. Admins and agents can also use this stored procedure to change their own password.
UploadUserImage Uploads an image to a help center instance on behalf of an end user. Returns the image path that can be used to display the image in a community post.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AddTicketTags

Appends tags to a specified ticket.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Append one or more tags to a specified ticket by providing the ticket Id and a JSON array of tags:

EXEC AddTicketTags @TicketID=128665, @Tags='["customer", "test"]'

Input

Name Type Required Description
TicketId Long True The Id of the ticket to append tags to.
Tags String True An array of tags to be added to the ticket.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
ResultingTags String All tags associated with the given ticket.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ChangePassword

Changes the password of your account.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the EXEC query. These columns can typically only be used with the = operator. For example:

EXECUTE ChangePassword UserId = '10478872117020', OldPassword = 'abcd@123', NewPassword = 'wxyz@321'

Input

Name Type Required Description
UserId Long True The Id of the user whose password is being changed.
OldPassword String True The current password for the account.
NewPassword String True The new password for the account.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the password change completes successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CreateArticleAttachment

Creates an attachment for an article.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the Exec query. These columns can typically be used with only = comparison. For example:

EXECUTE CreateArticleAttachment FileLocation ='D:/Desktop/Test.png', ArticleId='18214155815057'

Input

Name Type Required Description
ArticleId Long True The Id of the associated article.
Locale String False The locale in which the article attachment is displayed.
FileLocation String False File to upload.
FileName String False The name of the file to upload when Content is not empty.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the attachment is successfully created for the article.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CreateContentTagsJob

Creates a job that performs one of the supported batch actions on content tags. Supported actions are delete and merge.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the Exec query. These columns can typically be used with only the = comparison. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "Guide manager" role. For example:

To delete multiple content tags:

EXECUTE CreateContentTagsJob Action = 'delete', Items = '01HCENGV56Y1PSN4WSVJBDAV6F; 01HCEMHJMD340GHDQVSXXEVT2J'

You can merge content tags if you want to combine duplicate or related tags into a single tag without losing track of the content associated with each tag.

EXECUTE CreateContentTagsJob Action = 'merge', Items = '01HCENGV56Y1PSN4WSVJBDAV6F; 01HCEMHJMD340GHDQVSXXEVT2J', TargetContentTagId = '01HCENY64PNAWHT10SC3YF0GDM'

Input

Name Type Required Description
Action String True The name of the action to perform. Possible values are delete and merge.

The allowed values are delete, merge.

Items String True A semicolon-separated list of content tag Ids on which to perform the action.
TargetContentTagId String False The Id of the target content tag to merge the specified tags into. Required only for the merge action.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the job is created successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CreateTicketComment

Creates a new comment on the specified ticket.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Attach only one file with the comment:
EXECUTE CreateTicketComment @Id='23', @Body='Comment text body.', @Public=true, @Attachments='C:/Example/profilephoto.png'

Attach all files within the first level of a directory (directories nested within the specified directory are ignored):

EXECUTE CreateTicketComment @Id='23', @Body='Comment text body.', @Public=true, @Attachments='C:/Example/MyDirectory/'

Attach a combination of multiple files and folders with the comment using a temp table:

INSERT INTO attach#TEMP (Attachments) VALUES ('C:/Example/MyDirectory/')
INSERT INTO attach#TEMP (Attachments) VALUES ('C:/Example/Desktop/data.csv')
EXECUTE CreateTicketComment @Id='23', @Body='Comment text body.', @Public=true, @Attachments=attach#TEMP

Input

Name Type Required Description
Id String True The Id of the ticket on which to create the comment.
Body String True The text body of the comment.
Public String False Indicates whether the comment is public. Defaults to true.
Attachments String False The attachment file path, or temp table of file paths, to include with the comment.
FileStream String False The content as InputStream to be uploaded when Attachments is not specified.
FileName String False The name of the file. Used only when FileStream is not empty.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the comment is created successfully.
CommentId String The Id of the created comment.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

DeleteTicketsPermanently

Enqueues a job to permanently delete the specified deleted tickets.

Input

Name Type Required Description
Id String True The Id of the deleted ticket to permanently delete.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the deletion job is successfully enqueued.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

DownloadCommentAttachment

Downloads the specified attachment for a ticket comment.

Input

Name Type Required Description
AttachmentID String True The attachment Id of the ticket comment.
FilePath String False The path and name of the file to be downloaded.
Encoding String False The data is output to FileData in the specified encoding.

The allowed values are NONE, BASE64.

The default value is BASE64.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the attachment is downloaded successfully.
FileData String The downloaded file content. Only returned if FilePath and FileStream are not set.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

GetOAuthAccessToken

Gets an authentication token from Zendesk.

Input

Name Type Required Description
AuthMode String False The type of authentication mode to use. Select App for getting authentication tokens via a desktop app. Select Web for getting authentication tokens via a Web app.

The allowed values are APP, WEB.

The default value is APP.

Scope String False A comma-separated list of scopes to request from the user. Please check the Zendesk API for a list of available scopes.
CallbackUrl String False The URL the user will be redirected to after authorizing your application. This value must match the Redirect URL you have specified in the Zendesk app settings. Only needed when the Authmode parameter is Web.
Verifier String False The verifier returned from Zendesk after the user has authorized your app to have access to their data. This value will be returned as a parameter to the callback URL.
PKCEVerifier String False The PKCEVerifier returned by GetOAuthAuthorizationURL. Only required when AuthMode=OAuthPKCE.
State String False An arbitrary string of your choosing that is returned to your app; a successful roundtrip of this string helps ensure that your app initiated the request.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
OAuthAccessToken String The access token used for communication with Zendesk.
OAuthRefreshToken String A token that can be used to request a new OAuth access token without requiring the user to reauthenticate.
ExpiresIn String Indicates how long the access token remains valid, reported in seconds.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

GetOAuthAuthorizationURL

Gets the authorization URL that must be opened separately by the user to grant access to your application. Only needed when developing Web apps. You will request the OAuthAccessToken from this URL.

Input

Name Type Required Description
CallbackUrl String False The URL the user will be redirected to after authorizing your application. This value must match the Redirect URL in the Zendesk app settings.

The default value is http://localhost:33333.

Scope String False A comma-separated list of permissions to request from the user. Please check the Zendesk API for a list of available permissions.
State String False The same value for state that you sent when you requested the authorization code.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
URL String The authorization URL, entered into a Web browser to obtain the verifier token and authorize your app.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ImportSideConversation

Imports a side conversation on a ticket.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the EXEC query. These columns can typically only be used with the = comparison. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role. For example:

INSERT INTO SideConversationEventsMessageTo#temp (Email) VALUES ('ym@gmail.com')
INSERT INTO SideConversationEventsMessage#temp (Subject, Body, FromEmail, To) VALUES ('Sub', 'xyz', 'someone@example.com', 'SideConversationEventsMessageTo#temp')
INSERT INTO SideConversationEvents#temp (CreatedAt, Message) VALUES ('2023-09-25', SideConversationEventsMessage#temp)
EXECUTE ImportSideConversation TicketId = 2, SideConversationSubject = 'SubTest', SideConversationState = 'open', SideConversationEvents = 'SideConversationEvents#temp'

This can also be executed by specifying the SideConversationEvents as a JSON array. For example:

EXECUTE ImportSideConversation TicketId = 2, SideConversationSubject = 'SubTest', SideConversationState = 'open', SideConversationEvents = '[{\"created_at\": \"2023-09-25\", \"message\": {\"from\": {\"email\": \"someone11@email.com\"}, \"subject\": \"sub\", \"to\": [{\"email\": \"ym@gmail.com\"}], \"body\": \"xyz\"}}]'

Input

Name Type Required Description
TicketId Integer True The Id of the ticket.
SideConversationSubject String True The subject of the side conversation.
SideConversationState String False The state of the side conversation.
SideConversationExternalIds String False The external Ids associated with the side conversation.
SideConversationEvents String True The array of events associated with the side conversation.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the side conversation is imported on the ticket successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ImportSideConversationEvents

Imports events to an existing side conversation.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the EXEC query. These columns can typically only be used with the = comparison. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent" role. For example:

INSERT INTO SideConversationEventsMessageTo#temp (Email) VALUES ('ym@gmail.com')
INSERT INTO SideConversationEventsMessage#temp (Subject, Body, FromEmail, To) VALUES ('Sub', 'xyz', 'someone@example.com', 'SideConversationEventsMessageTo#temp')
INSERT INTO SideConversationEvents#temp (CreatedAt, Message) VALUES ('2023-09-25', SideConversationEventsMessage#temp)
EXECUTE ImportSideConversationEvents TicketId = 2, SideConversationId = 'e1607e37-5779-11ee-a0bc-b1395906e603', SideConversationEvents = 'SideConversationEvents#temp'

This can also be executed by specifying the SideConversationEvents as a JSON array. For example:

EXECUTE ImportSideConversationEvents TicketId = 2, SideConversationId = 'e1607e37-5779-11ee-a0bc-b1395906e603', SideConversationEvents = '[{\"created_at\": \"2023-09-25\", \"message\": {\"from\":{\"email\": \"someone@example.com\"}, \"subject\": \"Sub\", \"to\": [{\"email\":\"ym@gmail.com\"}], \"body\": \"xyz\"}}]'

Input

Name Type Required Description
TicketId Integer True The Id of the ticket.
SideConversationId String True The Id of the side conversation.
SideConversationEvents String True The array of events associated with the side conversation.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the side conversation events are imported on the ticket successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ImportTickets

Move tickets in bulk from legacy systems into Zendesk Support. You can include one or more comments with a ticket.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the EXEC query. These columns can typically only be used with the = operator. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only. For example:

INSERT INTO TicketComments#temp (AuthorId, CreatedAt, Body, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, '2023-09-25T10:15:18Z', 'Test body1', 1)
INSERT INTO TicketComments#temp (AuthorId, CreatedAt, Body, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, '2023-09-25T10:15:18Z', 'Test body2', 1)
INSERT INTO TicketComments#temp (AuthorId, CreatedAt, Body, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, '2023-09-25T10:15:18Z', 'Test body3', 2)
INSERT INTO TicketComments#temp (AuthorId, CreatedAt, Body, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, '2023-09-25T10:15:18Z', 'Test body4', 2)
INSERT INTO TicketComments#temp (AuthorId, CreatedAt, Body, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, '2023-09-25T10:15:18Z', 'Test body5', 3)

INSERT INTO Tickets#temp (AssigneeId, RequesterId, Description, Subject, TicketComments, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, 10486791159068, 'Desc1', 'Sub1', 'TicketComments#temp', 1)
INSERT INTO Tickets#temp (AssigneeId, RequesterId, Description, Subject, TicketComments, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, 10486791159068, 'Desc2', 'Sub2', 'TicketComments#temp', 2)
INSERT INTO Tickets#temp (AssigneeId, RequesterId, Description, Subject, TicketComments, ReferenceNumber) VALUES (10495503468572, 10486791159068, 'Desc3', 'Sub3', 'TicketComments#temp', 3)

EXECUTE ImportTickets Tickets = 'Tickets#temp'

This can also be executed by specifying the Tickets as a JSON array. For example:

EXECUTE ImportTickets Tickets = '[{\"requester_id\": 19128124956177, \"subject\": \"Sub1\", \"description\": \"Desc1\", \"comments\":[{\"created_at\": \"2009-06-25\", \"author_id\": 19128165898897, \"body\": \"Test body\"}], \"asignee_id\": 19128165898897},{\"requester_id\": 19157178632977, \"subject\": \"Sub2\", \"description\": \"Desc2\", \"comments\": [{\"created_at\": \"2009-06-25\", \"author_id\": 19217180224657, \"body\": \"This is the sample body\"}], \"asignee_id\": 19217180224657}]'

Input

Name Type Required Description
Tickets String True The array of ticket objects to import.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the bulk import of tickets is successful.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

MergeTickets

Merges one or more tickets into the target ticket.

Input

Name Type Required Description
Id String True The Id of the target ticket.
Ids String True The comma-separated list of Ids of tickets to merge into the target ticket.
TargetComment String False The private comment to add to the target ticket.
SourceComment String False The private comment to add to the source ticket.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns the current status of the merge job.
Message String The message returned from the server.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

RecoverSuspendedTicket

Recovers a previously suspended ticket.

Input

Name Type Required Description
Id String True The Id of the suspended ticket to be recovered.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Id String The Id automatically assigned when the ticket is recovered.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

RefreshOAuthAccessToken

Refreshes the OAuth token.

Input

Name Type Required Description
OAuthRefreshToken String True The refresh token returned when the OAuth Token was first created.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
OAuthAccessToken String The authentication token returned from Zendesk.
OAuthRefreshToken String A token that may be used to obtain a new access token.
ExpiresIn String The remaining lifetime on the access token.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

RestoreTicket

Restores a previously deleted ticket.

Input

Name Type Required Description
Id String True The Id of the ticket to be restored.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the ticket is restored successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SetUserPassword

Sets a user's password as an admin, if the option is enabled in the account. Admins and agents can also use this stored procedure to change their own password.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the EXEC query. These columns can typically only be used with the = comparison. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "admin" role only. For example:

EXECUTE SetUserPassword UserId = '10478872117020', NewPassword = 'abcd@123'

Input

Name Type Required Description
UserId Long True The Id of the user whose password is being set.
NewPassword String True The new password to set for the user.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the password is set successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UploadUserImage

Uploads an image to a help center instance on behalf of an end user. Returns the image path that can be used to display the image in a community post.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Zendesk allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the Exec query. These columns can typically only be used with the = operator. This operation is allowed for logged-in users with the "agent/end user/anonymous user" role. For example:

EXECUTE UploadUserImage BrandId ='19128157751697', FileLocation = 'D:\Desktop\Test.png'

Input

Name Type Required Description
BrandId String True The Id of the brand to which the image is uploaded.
FileLocation String False The path to the file to upload.
FileName String False The name of the file. Required if Content is specified.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success String Returns true if the image is uploaded successfully.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

System Tables

You can query the system tables described in this section to access schema information, information on data source functionality, and batch operation statistics.

Schema Tables

The following tables return database metadata for Zendesk:

Data Source Tables

The following tables return information about how to connect to and query the data source:

  • sys_connection_props: Returns information on the available connection properties.
  • sys_sqlinfo: Describes the SELECT queries that the connector can offload to the data source.

Query Information Tables

The following table returns query statistics for data modification queries, including batch operations:

  • sys_identity: Returns information about batch operations or single updates.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_catalogs

Lists the available databases.

The following query retrieves all databases determined by the connection string:

SELECT * FROM sys_catalogs

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database name.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_schemas

Lists the available schemas.

The following query retrieves all available schemas:

          SELECT * FROM sys_schemas
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database name.
SchemaName String The schema name.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_tables

Lists the available tables.

The following query retrieves the available tables and views:

          SELECT * FROM sys_tables
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database containing the table or view.
SchemaName String The schema containing the table or view.
TableName String The name of the table or view.
TableType String The table type (table or view).
Description String A description of the table or view.
IsUpdateable Boolean Whether the table can be updated.
IsInsertable Boolean Whether the table can be inserted into.
IsDeleteable Boolean Whether rows can be deleted from the table.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_tablecolumns

Describes the columns of the available tables and views.

The following query returns the columns and data types for the Tickets table:

SELECT ColumnName, DataTypeName FROM sys_tablecolumns WHERE TableName = 'Tickets' 

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the table or view.
SchemaName String The schema containing the table or view.
TableName String The name of the table or view containing the column.
ColumnName String The column name.
DataTypeName String The data type name.
DataType Int32 An integer indicating the data type. This value is determined at run time based on the environment.
Length Int32 The storage size of the column.
DisplaySize Int32 The designated column's normal maximum width in characters.
NumericPrecision Int32 The maximum number of digits in numeric data. The column length in characters for character and date-time data.
NumericScale Int32 The column scale or number of digits to the right of the decimal point.
IsNullable Boolean Whether the column can contain null.
Description String A brief description of the column.
Ordinal Int32 The sequence number of the column.
IsAutoIncrement String Whether the column value is assigned in fixed increments.
IsGeneratedColumn String Whether the column is generated.
IsHidden Boolean Whether the column is hidden.
IsArray Boolean Whether the column is an array.
IsReadOnly Boolean Whether the column is read-only.
IsKey Boolean Indicates whether a field returned from sys_tablecolumns is the primary key of the table.
ColumnType String The role or classification of the column in the schema. Possible values include SYSTEM, LINKEDCOLUMN, NAVIGATIONKEY, REFERENCECOLUMN, and NAVIGATIONPARENTCOLUMN.
ColumnCapabilities Int32 A bit mask denoting the column's write capabilities. The value is the sum of the following: 1 if the column is required for INSERTs, 2 if the column is allowed for INSERTs, and 4 if the column is allowed for UPDATEs. A value of 0 indicates that the write capabilities of the column are unknown or that the column is read-only.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_procedures

Lists the available stored procedures.

The following query retrieves the available stored procedures:

          SELECT * FROM sys_procedures
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database containing the stored procedure.
SchemaName String The schema containing the stored procedure.
ProcedureName String The name of the stored procedure.
Description String A description of the stored procedure.
ProcedureType String The type of the procedure, such as PROCEDURE or FUNCTION.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_procedureparameters

Describes stored procedure parameters.

The following query returns information about all of the input parameters for the SelectEntries stored procedure:

SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'SelectEntries' AND Direction = 1 OR Direction = 2

To include result set columns in addition to the parameters, set the IncludeResultColumns pseudo column to True:

SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'SelectEntries' AND IncludeResultColumns='True'

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the stored procedure.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the stored procedure.
ProcedureName String The name of the stored procedure containing the parameter.
ColumnName String The name of the stored procedure parameter.
Direction Int32 An integer corresponding to the type of the parameter: input (1), input/output (2), or output(4). input/output type parameters can be both input and output parameters.
DataType Int32 An integer indicating the data type. This value is determined at run time based on the environment.
DataTypeName String The name of the data type.
NumericPrecision Int32 The maximum precision for numeric data. The column length in characters for character and date-time data.
Length Int32 The number of characters allowed for character data. The number of digits allowed for numeric data.
NumericScale Int32 The number of digits to the right of the decimal point in numeric data.
IsNullable Boolean Whether the parameter can contain null.
IsRequired Boolean Whether the parameter is required for execution of the procedure.
IsArray Boolean Whether the parameter is an array.
Description String The description of the parameter.
Ordinal Int32 The index of the parameter.
Values String The values you can set in this parameter are limited to those shown in this column. Possible values are comma-separated.
SupportsStreams Boolean Whether the parameter represents a file that you can pass as either a file path or a stream.
IsPath Boolean Whether the parameter is a target path for a schema creation operation.
Default String The value used for this parameter when no value is specified.
SpecificName String A label that, when multiple stored procedures have the same name, uniquely identifies each identically-named stored procedure. If there's only one procedure with a given name, its name is simply reflected here.
IsCDataProvided Boolean Whether the procedure is added/implemented by CData, as opposed to being a native Zendesk procedure.

Pseudocolumns

Name Type Description
IncludeResultColumns Boolean Whether the output should include columns from the result set in addition to parameters. Defaults to False.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_keycolumns

Describes the primary and foreign keys.

The following query retrieves the primary key for the Tickets table:

         SELECT * FROM sys_keycolumns WHERE IsKey='True' AND TableName='Tickets' 
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the key.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the key.
TableName String The name of the table containing the key.
ColumnName String The name of the key column.
IsKey Boolean Whether the column is a primary key in the table referenced in the TableName field.
IsForeignKey Boolean Whether the column is a foreign key referenced in the TableName field.
PrimaryKeyName String The name of the primary key.
ForeignKeyName String The name of the foreign key.
ReferencedCatalogName String The database containing the primary key.
ReferencedSchemaName String The schema containing the primary key.
ReferencedTableName String The table containing the primary key.
ReferencedColumnName String The column name of the primary key.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_foreignkeys

Describes the foreign keys.

The following query retrieves all foreign keys which refer to other tables:

         SELECT * FROM sys_foreignkeys WHERE ForeignKeyType = 'FOREIGNKEY_TYPE_IMPORT'
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the key.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the key.
TableName String The name of the table containing the key.
ColumnName String The name of the key column.
PrimaryKeyName String The name of the primary key.
ForeignKeyName String The name of the foreign key.
ReferencedCatalogName String The database containing the primary key.
ReferencedSchemaName String The schema containing the primary key.
ReferencedTableName String The table containing the primary key.
ReferencedColumnName String The column name of the primary key.
ForeignKeyType String Designates whether the foreign key is an import (points to other tables) or export (referenced from other tables) key.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_primarykeys

Describes the primary keys.

The following query retrieves the primary keys from all tables and views:

         SELECT * FROM sys_primarykeys
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the key.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the key.
TableName String The name of the table containing the key.
ColumnName String The name of the key column.
KeySeq String The sequence number of the primary key.
KeyName String The name of the primary key.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_indexes

Describes the available indexes. By filtering on indexes, you can write more selective queries with faster query response times.

The following query retrieves all indexes that are not primary keys:

          SELECT * FROM sys_indexes WHERE IsPrimary='false'
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the index.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the index.
TableName String The name of the table containing the index.
IndexName String The index name.
ColumnName String The name of the column associated with the index.
IsUnique Boolean True if the index is unique. False otherwise.
IsPrimary Boolean True if the index is a primary key. False otherwise.
Type Int16 An integer value corresponding to the index type: statistic (0), clustered (1), hashed (2), or other (3).
SortOrder String The sort order: A for ascending or D for descending.
OrdinalPosition Int16 The sequence number of the column in the index.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_connection_props

Returns information on the available connection properties and those set in the connection string.

The following query retrieves all connection properties that have been set in the connection string or set through a default value:

SELECT * FROM sys_connection_props WHERE Value <> ''

Columns

Name Type Description
Name String The name of the connection property.
ShortDescription String A brief description.
Type String The data type of the connection property.
Default String The default value if one is not explicitly set.
Values String A comma-separated list of possible values. A validation error is thrown if another value is specified.
Value String The value you set or a preconfigured default.
Required Boolean Whether the property is required to connect.
Category String The category of the connection property.
IsSessionProperty String Whether the property is a session property, used to save information about the current connection.
Sensitivity String The sensitivity level of the property. This informs whether the property is obfuscated in logging and authentication forms.
PropertyName String A camel-cased truncated form of the connection property name.
Ordinal Int32 The index of the parameter.
CatOrdinal Int32 The index of the parameter category.
Hierarchy String Shows dependent properties associated that need to be set alongside this one.
Visible Boolean Informs whether the property is visible in the connection UI.
ETC String Various miscellaneous information about the property.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_sqlinfo

Describes the SELECT query processing that the connector can offload to the data source.

See SQL Compliance for SQL syntax details.

Discovering the Data Source's SELECT Capabilities

Below is an example data set of SQL capabilities. Some aspects of SELECT functionality are returned in a comma-separated list if supported; otherwise, the column contains NO.

NameDescriptionPossible Values
AGGREGATE_FUNCTIONSSupported aggregation functions.AVG, COUNT, MAX, MIN, SUM, DISTINCT
COUNTWhether COUNT function is supported.YES, NO
IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_OPEN_CHARThe opening character used to escape an identifier.[
IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_CLOSE_CHARThe closing character used to escape an identifier.]
SUPPORTED_OPERATORSA list of supported SQL operators.=, >, <, >=, <=, <>, !=, LIKE, NOT LIKE, IN, NOT IN, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL, AND, OR
GROUP_BYWhether GROUP BY is supported, and, if so, the degree of support.NO, NO_RELATION, EQUALS_SELECT, SQL_GB_COLLATE
OJ_CAPABILITIESThe supported varieties of outer joins supported.NO, LEFT, RIGHT, FULL, INNER, NOT_ORDERED, ALL_COMPARISON_OPS
OUTER_JOINSWhether outer joins are supported.YES, NO
SUBQUERIESWhether subqueries are supported, and, if so, the degree of support.NO, COMPARISON, EXISTS, IN, CORRELATED_SUBQUERIES, QUANTIFIED
STRING_FUNCTIONSSupported string functions.LENGTH, CHAR, LOCATE, REPLACE, SUBSTRING, RTRIM, LTRIM, RIGHT, LEFT, UCASE, SPACE, SOUNDEX, LCASE, CONCAT, ASCII, REPEAT, OCTET, BIT, POSITION, INSERT, TRIM, UPPER, REGEXP, LOWER, DIFFERENCE, CHARACTER, SUBSTR, STR, REVERSE, PLAN, UUIDTOSTR, TRANSLATE, TRAILING, TO, STUFF, STRTOUUID, STRING, SPLIT, SORTKEY, SIMILAR, REPLICATE, PATINDEX, LPAD, LEN, LEADING, KEY, INSTR, INSERTSTR, HTML, GRAPHICAL, CONVERT, COLLATION, CHARINDEX, BYTE
NUMERIC_FUNCTIONSSupported numeric functions.ABS, ACOS, ASIN, ATAN, ATAN2, CEILING, COS, COT, EXP, FLOOR, LOG, MOD, SIGN, SIN, SQRT, TAN, PI, RAND, DEGREES, LOG10, POWER, RADIANS, ROUND, TRUNCATE
TIMEDATE_FUNCTIONSSupported date/time functions.NOW, CURDATE, DAYOFMONTH, DAYOFWEEK, DAYOFYEAR, MONTH, QUARTER, WEEK, YEAR, CURTIME, HOUR, MINUTE, SECOND, TIMESTAMPADD, TIMESTAMPDIFF, DAYNAME, MONTHNAME, CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, EXTRACT
REPLICATION_SKIP_TABLESIndicates tables skipped during replication.
REPLICATION_TIMECHECK_COLUMNSA string array containing a list of columns which will be used to check for (in the given order) to use as a modified column during replication.
IDENTIFIER_PATTERNString value indicating what string is valid for an identifier.
SUPPORT_TRANSACTIONIndicates if the provider supports transactions such as commit and rollback.YES, NO
DIALECTIndicates the SQL dialect to use.
KEY_PROPERTIESIndicates the properties which identify the uniform database.
SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_SCHEMASIndicates if multiple schemas may exist for the provider.YES, NO
SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_CATALOGSIndicates if multiple catalogs may exist for the provider.YES, NO
DATASYNCVERSIONThe CData Data Sync version needed to access this driver.Standard, Starter, Professional, Enterprise
DATASYNCCATEGORYThe CData Data Sync category of this driver.Source, Destination, Cloud Destination
SUPPORTSENHANCEDSQLWhether enhanced SQL functionality beyond what is offered by the API is supported.TRUE, FALSE
SUPPORTS_BATCH_OPERATIONSWhether batch operations are supported.YES, NO
SQL_CAPAll supported SQL capabilities for this driver.SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, TRANSACTIONS, ORDERBY, OAUTH, ASSIGNEDID, LIMIT, LIKE, BULKINSERT, COUNT, BULKDELETE, BULKUPDATE, GROUPBY, HAVING, AGGS, OFFSET, REPLICATE, COUNTDISTINCT, JOINS, DROP, CREATE, DISTINCT, INNERJOINS, SUBQUERIES, ALTER, MULTIPLESCHEMAS, GROUPBYNORELATION, OUTERJOINS, UNIONALL, UNION, UPSERT, GETDELETED, CROSSJOINS, GROUPBYCOLLATE, MULTIPLECATS, FULLOUTERJOIN, MERGE, JSONEXTRACT, BULKUPSERT, SUM, SUBQUERIESFULL, MIN, MAX, JOINSFULL, XMLEXTRACT, AVG, MULTISTATEMENTS, FOREIGNKEYS, CASE, LEFTJOINS, COMMAJOINS, WITH, LITERALS, RENAME, NESTEDTABLES, EXECUTE, BATCH, BASIC, INDEX
PREFERRED_CACHE_OPTIONSA string value specifies the preferred cacheOptions.
ENABLE_EF_ADVANCED_QUERYIndicates if the driver directly supports advanced queries coming from Entity Framework. If not, queries will be handled client side.YES, NO
PSEUDO_COLUMNSA string array indicating the available pseudo columns.
MERGE_ALWAYSIf the value is true, The Merge Mode is forcibly executed in Data Sync.TRUE, FALSE
REPLICATION_MIN_DATE_QUERYA select query to return the replicate start datetime.
REPLICATION_MIN_FUNCTIONAllows a provider to specify the formula name to use for executing a server side min.
REPLICATION_START_DATEAllows a provider to specify a replicate startdate.
REPLICATION_MAX_DATE_QUERYA select query to return the replicate end datetime.
REPLICATION_MAX_FUNCTIONAllows a provider to specify the formula name to use for executing a server side max.
IGNORE_INTERVALS_ON_INITIAL_REPLICATEA list of tables which will skip dividing the replicate into chunks on the initial replicate.
CHECKCACHE_USE_PARENTIDIndicates whether the CheckCache statement should be done against the parent key column.TRUE, FALSE
CREATE_SCHEMA_PROCEDURESIndicates stored procedures that can be used for generating schema files.

The following query retrieves the operators that can be used in the WHERE clause:

SELECT * FROM sys_sqlinfo WHERE Name = 'SUPPORTED_OPERATORS'
Note that individual tables may have different limitations or requirements on the WHERE clause; refer to the Data Model section for more information.

Columns

Name Type Description
NAME String A component of SQL syntax, or a capability that can be processed on the server.
VALUE String Detail on the supported SQL or SQL syntax.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_identity

Returns information about attempted modifications.

The following query retrieves the Ids of the modified rows in a batch operation:

         SELECT * FROM sys_identity
          

Columns

Name Type Description
Id String The database-generated Id returned from a data modification operation.
Batch String An identifier for the batch. 1 for a single operation.
Operation String The result of the operation in the batch: INSERTED, UPDATED, or DELETED.
Message String SUCCESS or an error message if the update in the batch failed.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

sys_information

Describes the available system information.

The following query retrieves all columns:

SELECT * FROM sys_information

Columns

NameTypeDescription
ProductStringThe name of the product.
VersionStringThe version number of the product.
DatasourceStringThe name of the datasource the product connects to.
NodeIdStringThe unique identifier of the machine where the product is installed.
HelpURLStringThe URL to the product's help documentation.
LicenseStringThe license information for the product. (If this information is not available, the field may be left blank or marked as 'N/A'.)
LocationStringThe file path location where the product's library is stored.
EnvironmentStringThe version of the environment or rumtine the product is currently running under.
DataSyncVersionStringThe tier of CData Sync required to use this connector.
DataSyncCategoryStringThe category of CData Sync functionality (e.g., Source, Destination).

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Connection String Options

The connection string properties are the various options that can be used to establish a connection. This section provides a complete list of the options you can configure in the connection string for this provider. Click the links for further details.

For more information on establishing a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

Authentication


PropertyDescription
AuthSchemeSpecifies the desired authentication scheme for connecting to Zendesk.
URLYour Zendesk Support URL.
UserSpecifies the authenticating user's user ID.
APITokenSpecifies the API token used to authenticate the signed-in user.

OAuth


PropertyDescription
InitiateOAuthSpecifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.
OAuthClientIdSpecifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecretSpecifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
OAuthAccessTokenSpecifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.
OAuthSettingsLocationSpecifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.
CallbackURLIdentifies the URL users return to after authenticating to Zendesk via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).
ScopeSpecifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.
OAuthVerifierSpecifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.
PKCEVerifierThe PKCE code verifier generated from executing the GetOAuthAuthorizationUrl stored procedure for PKCE authentication schemes.
OAuthRefreshTokenSpecifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.
OAuthExpiresInSpecifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.
OAuthTokenTimestampDisplays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.

SSL


PropertyDescription
SSLServerCertSpecifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Firewall


PropertyDescription
FirewallTypeSpecifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServerIdentifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPortSpecifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUserIdentifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPasswordSpecifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Proxy


PropertyDescription
ProxyAutoDetectSpecifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServerIdentifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPortIdentifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUserProvides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPasswordSpecifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLTypeSpecifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptionsSpecifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Logging


PropertyDescription
LogfileSpecifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.
VerbositySpecifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.
LogModulesSpecifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
MaxLogFileSizeSpecifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.
MaxLogFileCountSpecifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.

Schema


PropertyDescription
LocationSpecifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemasOptional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
TablesOptional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
ViewsOptional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .

Caching


PropertyDescription
AutoCacheSpecifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.
CacheProviderThe namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.
CacheDriverThe driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.
CacheConnectionSpecifies the connection string for the specified cache database.
CacheLocationSpecifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.
CacheToleranceNotes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.
OfflineGets the data from the specified cache database instead of live Zendesk data.
CacheMetadataDetermines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.

Miscellaneous


PropertyDescription
AllowAlternativeTicketEndpointsSpecifies whether the provider may route qualifying Tickets queries to alternative endpoints that support ordering but exclude archived tickets.
IncludeCustomObjectsSpecifies whether to display custom objects as tables and make them available for use.
IncludeCustomViewsSpecifies whether to include custom ticket views in Zendesk as views in the data model.
IncludeDeletedSpecifies whether to include deleted tickets when using Incremental API.
MaxRowsSpecifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
OtherSpecifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PagesizeSpecifies the number of results to return per page of data retrieved from Zendesk.
PseudoColumnsSpecifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
ReadonlyToggles read-only access to Zendesk from the provider.
RTKSpecifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.
TimeoutSpecifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UseBulkTicketAuditsRetrievalSpecifies whether to read ticket audit records from an API that provides such records in bulk for all tickets, or from an API that delivers such records on a per-ticket basis.
UseIncrementalAPISpecifies how the provider uses the Zendesk Incremental API for retrieving data.
UserDefinedViewsSpecifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Authentication

This section provides a complete list of the Authentication properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AuthSchemeSpecifies the desired authentication scheme for connecting to Zendesk.
URLYour Zendesk Support URL.
UserSpecifies the authenticating user's user ID.
APITokenSpecifies the API token used to authenticate the signed-in user.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AuthScheme

Specifies the desired authentication scheme for connecting to Zendesk.

Possible Values

OAuth, OAuthPKCE, APIToken

Data Type

string

Default Value

"OAuth"

Remarks

Zendesk supports the following authentication options:

  • OAuth: Performs OAuth authentication.
  • OAuthPKCE: Uses the standard OAuth flow's Proof Key of Code Exchange (PKCE) extension. Requires the use of a PKCEVerifier. If you do not explicitly set your own PKCEVerifier, the connector generates one automatically.
  • APIToken: Performs Basic User/APIToken authentication.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

URL

Your Zendesk Support URL.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The URL is your Zendesk Support URL (for example, https://{subdomain}.zendesk.com).

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

User

Specifies the authenticating user's user ID.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The authenticating server requires both User and Password to validate the user's identity.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

APIToken

Specifies the API token used to authenticate the signed-in user.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The User and APIToken properties are used together to authenticate with the Zendesk server.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuth

This section provides a complete list of the OAuth properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
InitiateOAuthSpecifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.
OAuthClientIdSpecifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecretSpecifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
OAuthAccessTokenSpecifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.
OAuthSettingsLocationSpecifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.
CallbackURLIdentifies the URL users return to after authenticating to Zendesk via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).
ScopeSpecifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.
OAuthVerifierSpecifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.
PKCEVerifierThe PKCE code verifier generated from executing the GetOAuthAuthorizationUrl stored procedure for PKCE authentication schemes.
OAuthRefreshTokenSpecifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.
OAuthExpiresInSpecifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.
OAuthTokenTimestampDisplays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

InitiateOAuth

Specifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.

Possible Values

OFF, REFRESH, GETANDREFRESH

Data Type

string

Default Value

"OFF"

Remarks

OAuth is an authorization framework that enables applications to obtain limited access to user accounts on an HTTP service. The OAuth flow defines the method to be used for:

  • Logging in users.
  • Exchanging user credentials for an OAuth access token to be used for authentication.
  • Providing limited access to applications.

The options for initiating and maintaining OAuth access are named for the parts of that flow that the connector handles:

OFF The connector provides no automatic OAuth flow initiation. The OAuth flow is handled entirely by the user.
This means that the user must refresh the token manually, and reconnect with an updated OAuthAccessToken property when the current token expires.
GETANDREFRESH The connector handles the entire OAuth flow (both GET and REFRESH). This means that if a token already exists, the connector refreshes it when necessary; if no token currently exists, the connector obtains it by prompting the user to login.
REFRESH The user obtains the OAuth Access Token and sets up the sequence for refreshing the OAuth Access Token. (The user is never prompted to log in to authenticate.) After the user logs in, the connector handles the refresh of the OAuth Access Token.

For more information on how to set up OAuth and use this property when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthClientId

Specifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property is required in two cases:

  • When using a custom OAuth application, such as in web-based authentication flows, service-based authentication, or certificate-based flows that require application registration.
  • If the driver does not provide embedded OAuth credentials.

(When the driver provides embedded OAuth credentials, this value may already be provided by the connector and thus not require manual entry.)

OAuthClientId is generally used alongside other OAuth-related properties such as OAuthClientSecret and OAuthSettingsLocation when configuring an authenticated connection.

OAuthClientId is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can usually find this value in your identity provider’s application registration settings. Look for a field labeled Client ID, Application ID, or Consumer Key.

While the client ID is not considered a confidential value like a client secret, it is still part of your application's identity and should be handled carefully. Avoid exposing it in public repositories or shared configuration files.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthClientSecret

Specifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property (sometimes called the application secret or consumer secret) is required when using a custom OAuth application in any flow that requires secure client authentication, such as web-based OAuth, service-based connections, or certificate-based authorization flows. It is not required when using an embedded OAuth application.

The client secret is used during the token exchange step of the OAuth flow, when the driver requests an access token from the authorization server. If this value is missing or incorrect, authentication fails with either an invalid_client or an unauthorized_client error.

OAuthClientSecret is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can obtain this value from your identity provider when registering the OAuth application.

Notes:

  • This value should be stored securely and never exposed in public repositories, scripts, or unsecured environments.
  • Client secrets may also expire after a set period. Be sure to monitor expiration dates and rotate secrets as needed to maintain uninterrupted access.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthAccessToken

Specifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

OAuthAccessToken is a temporary credential that authorizes access to protected resources. It is typically returned by the identity provider after the user or client application completes an OAuth authentication flow. This property is most commonly used in automated workflows or custom OAuth implementations where you want to manage token handling outside of the driver.

The OAuth access token has a server-dependent timeout, limiting user access. The timeout is set using the OAuthExpiresIn property. However, it can be reissued between requests to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.

If InitiateOAuth is set to REFRESH, we recommend that you also set both OAuthExpiresIn and OAuthTokenTimestamp. The connector uses these properties to determine when the token expires so it can refresh most efficiently. If OAuthExpiresIn and OAuthTokenTimestamp are not specified, the connector refreshes the token immediately.

Note: Access tokens should be treated as sensitive credentials and stored securely. Avoid exposing them in logs, scripts, or configuration files that are not access-controlled.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthSettingsLocation

Specifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider\\OAuthSettings.txt"

Remarks

Storing OAuth settings in a central location avoids the need for users to enter OAuth connection properties manually each time they log in. It also enables credentials to be shared across connections or processes.

You can store OAuth values in a central file for shared access to those values, in either of the following ways:

  • Set InitiateOAuth to either GETANDREFRESH or REFRESH and specify a filepath to the OAuth settings file.
  • Use memory storage to load the credentials into static memory.

The following sections provide more detail on each of these methods.

Specifying the OAuthSettingsLocation Filepath

The default OAuth setting location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider\\OAuthSettings.txt, with %APPDATA% set to the user's configuration directory. Default values vary, depending on the user's operating system.

  • Windows (ODBC and Power BI): registry://%DSN%
  • Windows: %APPDATA%CDataZendesk Data Provider\OAuthSettings.txt
  • Mac: %APPDATA%/CData/Zendesk Data Provider/OAuthSettings.txt
  • Linux: %APPDATA%/CData/Zendesk Data Provider/OAuthSettings.txt

Loading Credentials Via Memory Storage

Memory locations are specified by using a value starting with memory://, followed by a unique identifier for that set of credentials (for example, memory://user1). The identifier can be anything you choose, but it should be unique to the user.

Unlike file-based storage, where credentials persist across connections, memory storage loads the credentials into static memory and the credentials are shared between connections using the same identifier for the life of the process. To persist credentials outside the current process, you must manually store the credentials prior to closing the connection. This enables you to set them in the connection when the process is started again.

To retrieve OAuth property values, query the sys_connection_props system table. If there are multiple connections using the same credentials, the properties are read from the previously closed connection.

Supported Storage Types

  • memory://: Stores OAuth tokens in-memory (unique identifier, shared within same process, etc.)
  • registry://: Only supported in the Windows ODBC and Power BI editions. Stores OAuth tokens in the registry under the DSN settings. Must end in a DSN name like registry://CData Python Connector for Zendesk Data Source, or registry://%DSN%.
  • %DSN%: The name of the DSN you are connecting with.
  • Default (no prefix): Stores OAuth tokens within files. The value can be either an absolute path, or a path starting with %APPDATA% or %PROGRAMFILES%.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CallbackURL

Identifies the URL users return to after authenticating to Zendesk via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If you created a custom OAuth application, the OAuth authorization server redirects the user to this URL during the authentication process. This value must match the callback URL you specified when you configured the custom OAuth application.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Scope

Specifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Scopes are set to define what kind of access the authenticating user will have; for example, read, read and write, restricted access to sensitive information. System administrators can use scopes to selectively enable access by functionality or security clearance.

When InitiateOAuth is set to GETANDREFRESH, you must use this property if you want to change which scopes are requested.

When InitiateOAuth is set to either REFRESH or OFF, you can change which scopes are requested using either this property or the Scope input.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthVerifier

Specifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

For detailed instructions about how to obtain the OAuthVerifier value, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

PKCEVerifier

The PKCE code verifier generated from executing the GetOAuthAuthorizationUrl stored procedure for PKCE authentication schemes.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The Proof Key for Code Exchange code verifier generated from executing the GetOAuthAuthorizationUrl stored procedure for PKCE authentication schemes. This can be used on systems where a browser cannot be launched such as headless systems.

Authentication on Headless Machines

See Establishing a Connection to obtain the PKCEVerifier value.

Set OAuthSettingsLocation along with OAuthVerifier and PKCEVerifier. When you connect, the connector exchanges the OAuthVerifier and PKCEVerifier for the OAuth authentication tokens and saves them, encrypted, to the specified location. Set InitiateOAuth to GETANDREFRESH to automate the exchange.

Once the OAuth settings file has been generated, you can remove OAuthVerifier and PKCEVerifier from the connection properties and connect with OAuthSettingsLocation set.

To automatically refresh the OAuth token values, set OAuthSettingsLocation and additionally set InitiateOAuth to REFRESH.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthRefreshToken

Specifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The refresh token is used to obtain a new access token when the current one expires. It enables seamless authentication for long-running or automated workflows without requiring the user to log in again. This property is especially important in headless, CI/CD, or server-based environments where interactive authentication is not possible.

The refresh token is typically obtained during the initial OAuth exchange by calling the GetOAuthAccessToken stored procedure. After that, it can be set using this property to enable automatic token refresh, or passed to the RefreshOAuthAccessTokenproc; stored procedure if you prefer to manage the refresh manually.

When InitiateOAuth is set to REFRESH, the driver uses this token to retrieve a new access token automatically. After the first refresh, the driver saves updated tokens in the location defined by OAuthSettingsLocation, and uses those values for subsequent connections.

Note: The OAuthRefreshToken should be handled securely and stored in a trusted location. Like access tokens, refresh tokens can expire or be revoked depending on the identity provider’s policies.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthExpiresIn

Specifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuth Access Token is assigned to an authenticated user, granting that user access to the network for a specified period of time. The access token is used in place of the user's login ID and password, which stay on the server.

An access token created by the server is only valid for a limited time. OAuthExpiresIn is the number of seconds the token is valid from when it was created. For example, a token generated at 2024-01-29 20:00:00 UTC that expires at 2024-01-29 21:00:00 UTC (an hour later) would have an OAuthExpiresIn value of 3600, no matter what the current time is.

To determine how long the user has before the Access Token will expire, check OAuthTokenTimestamp.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

OAuthTokenTimestamp

Displays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuth access token is assigned to an authenticated user, granting that user access to the network for a specified period of time. The access token is used in place of the user's login ID and password, which stay on the server.

An access token created by the server is only valid for a limited time. OAuthTokenTimestamp is the Unix timestamp when the server created the token. For example, OAuthTokenTimestamp=1706558400 indicates the OAuthAccessToken was generated by the server at 2024-01-29 20:00:00 UTC.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SSL

This section provides a complete list of the SSL properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
SSLServerCertSpecifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

SSLServerCert

Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If you are using a TLS/SSL connection, use this property to specify the TLS/SSL certificate to be accepted from the server. If you specify a value for this property, all other certificates that are not trusted by the machine are rejected.

This property can take the following forms:

Description Example
A full PEM Certificate (example shortened for brevity) -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIChTCCAe4CAQAwDQYJKoZIhv......Qw==
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
A path to a local file containing the certificate C:\cert.cer
The public key (example shortened for brevity) -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
MIGfMA0GCSq......AQAB
-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
The MD5 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated) ecadbdda5a1529c58a1e9e09828d70e4
The SHA1 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated) 34a929226ae0819f2ec14b4a3d904f801cbb150d

Note: It is possible to use '*' to signify that all certificates should be accepted, but due to security concerns this is not recommended.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Firewall

This section provides a complete list of the Firewall properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
FirewallTypeSpecifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServerIdentifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPortSpecifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUserIdentifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPasswordSpecifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

FirewallType

Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.

Possible Values

NONE, TUNNEL, SOCKS4, SOCKS5

Data Type

string

Default Value

"NONE"

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

Note: By default, the connector connects to the system proxy. To disable this behavior and connect to one of the following proxy types, set ProxyAutoDetect to false.

The following table provides port number information for each of the supported protocols.

Protocol Default Port Description
TUNNEL 80 The port where the connector opens a connection to Zendesk. Traffic flows back and forth via the proxy at this location.
SOCKS4 1080 The port where the connector opens a connection to Zendesk. SOCKS 4 then passes theFirewallUser value to the proxy, which determines whether the connection request should be granted.
SOCKS5 1080 The port where the connector sends data to Zendesk. If the SOCKS 5 proxy requires authentication, set FirewallUser and FirewallPassword to credentials the proxy recognizes.

To connect to HTTP proxies, use ProxyServer and ProxyPort. To authenticate to HTTP proxies, use ProxyAuthScheme, ProxyUser, and ProxyPassword.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

FirewallServer

Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

FirewallPort

Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

int

Default Value

0

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

FirewallUser

Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

FirewallPassword

Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Proxy

This section provides a complete list of the Proxy properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
ProxyAutoDetectSpecifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServerIdentifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPortIdentifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUserProvides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPasswordSpecifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLTypeSpecifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptionsSpecifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyAutoDetect

Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the connector checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations (no need to manually supply proxy server details).

This connection property takes precedence over other proxy settings. If you want to configure the connector to connect to a specific proxy server, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

On Windows, the connector reads the proxy settings from the Internet Options in the registry, specifically the registry key HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\. On Windows 10 and later, this corresponds to the Proxy Settings found in the Windows Settings.

Note that these settings apply only to the current user of the machine. If you're running an application as a service, the connector does not read your own user's settings. You must instead manually supply the proxy settings in the connector's connection properties.

On Mac, the connector reads proxy settings from the system-configured CFNetwork settings.

On Linux, this property is unsupported, and is set to False by default.

To connect to an HTTP proxy, see ProxyServer. For other proxies, such as SOCKS or tunneling, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyServer

Identifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The connector only routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyPort

Identifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.

Data Type

int

Default Value

80

Remarks

The connector only routes HTTP traffic through the ProxyServer port specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server port specified in your system proxy settings.

For other proxy types, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyAuthScheme

Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Possible Values

BASIC, DIGEST, NONE, NEGOTIATE, NTLM

Data Type

string

Default Value

"BASIC"

Remarks

Note: The connector only uses this ProxyAuthScheme when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the authentication method specified in your system proxy settings.

Supported authentication types :

  • BASIC: The connector performs HTTP basic authentication.
  • DIGEST: The connector performs HTTP digest authentication.
  • NTLM: The connector retrieves an NTLM token.
  • NEGOTIATE: The connector retrieves an NTLM or Kerberos token based on the applicable protocol for authentication.
  • NONE: Signifies that the ProxyServer does not require authentication.

For all values other than NONE, you must also set the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties.

If you need to use another authentication type, such as SOCKS 5 authentication, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyUser

Provides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:

ProxyAuthScheme Value Value to set for ProxyUser
BASIC The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
DIGEST The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
NEGOTIATE The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user.
NTLM The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user.
NONE Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

Note: The connector only uses this username if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the username specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyPassword

Specifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:

ProxyAuthScheme Value Value to set for ProxyPassword
BASIC The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
DIGEST The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
NEGOTIATE The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NTLM The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NONE Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

For SOCKS 5 authentication or tunneling, see FirewallType.

Note: The connector only uses this password if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the password specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxySSLType

Specifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Possible Values

AUTO, ALWAYS, NEVER, TUNNEL

Data Type

string

Default Value

"AUTO"

Remarks

This property determines when to use SSL for the connection to the HTTP proxy specified by ProxyServer. You can set this connection property to the following values :

AUTODefault setting. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTPS URL, the connector uses the TUNNEL option. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTP URL, the component uses the NEVER option.
ALWAYSThe connection is always SSL enabled.
NEVERThe connection is not SSL enabled.
TUNNELThe connection is made through a tunneling proxy. The proxy server opens a connection to the remote host and traffic flows back and forth through the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

ProxyExceptions

Specifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyServer is used for all addresses, except for addresses defined in this property. Use semicolons to separate entries.

Note: The connector uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to explicitly configure proxy exceptions for this connection, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Logging

This section provides a complete list of the Logging properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
LogfileSpecifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.
VerbositySpecifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.
LogModulesSpecifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
MaxLogFileSizeSpecifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.
MaxLogFileCountSpecifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Logfile

Specifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property specifies the location and name of the log file where the connector records its operations, including authentication events, query execution, and connection details. If the specified file does not exist, the connector creates it. Ensure that the user or the service running the connector has write access to the specified path or file. Without sufficient permissions, the log file is not created.

Sensitive information from the connection string, such as passwords and tokens, is automatically masked in the logs. However, sensitive information present in the data itself may not be masked.

If you specify a relative path for Logfile, and if the Location property is set, that directory is used as the base path for the log file.

Additional properties allow you to customize logging behavior:

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Verbosity

Specifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"1"

Remarks

This property defines the level of detail the connector includes in the log file. Higher verbosity levels increase the detail of the logged information, but may also result in larger log files and slower performance due to the additional data being captured.

The default verbosity level is 1, which is recommended for regular operation. Higher verbosity levels are primarily intended for debugging purposes. For more information on each level, refer to Logging.

When combined with the LogModules property, Verbosity can refine logging to specific categories of information.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

LogModules

Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The connector writes details about each operation it performs into the logfile specified by the Logfile connection property.

Each of these logged operations are assigned to a themed category called a module, and each module has a corresponding short code used to labels individual connector operations as belonging to that module.

When this connection property is set to a semicolon-separated list of module codes, only operations belonging to the specified modules are written to the logfile. Note that this only affects which operations are logged moving forward and doesn't retroactively alter the existing contents of the logfile. For example: INFO;EXEC;SSL;META;

By default, logged operations from all modules are included.

You can explicitly exclude a module by prefixing it with a "-". For example: -HTTP

To apply filters to submodules, identify them with the syntax <module name>.<submodule name>. For example, the following value causes the connector to only log actions belonging to the HTTP module, and further refines it to exclude actions belonging to the Res submodule of the HTTP module: HTTP;-HTTP.Res

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:

Module Name Module Description Submodules
INFO General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.
  • Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections.
  • Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance.
  • Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user).
  • Page – Messages related to query paging.
  • Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.
  • KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product.
  • Res – Messages containing HTTP responses.
  • Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.
SSL SSL certificate messages.
  • Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH Authentication related failure/success messages.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication.
  • Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.
  • Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • ResSet – Query resultsets.
  • Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META Metadata cache and schema messages.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance.
  • Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema.
  • MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache.
  • Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC Information related to executing SQL functions.
  • Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.
  • Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol.
  • Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol.
  • To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication.
  • From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.
DEMN Messages related to SQL remoting.
CLJB Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).
  • Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.
TRANCE Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

MaxLogFileSize

Specifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"100MB"

Remarks

For values lower than 100 KB, the connector uses 100 KB as the minimum allowable size.

To control the total number of log files retained, use the MaxLogFileCount property in conjunction with this property. Together, these properties allow you to manage the size and retention of log files effectively.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

MaxLogFileCount

Specifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.

Data Type

int

Default Value

-1

Remarks

Each log file name includes the date and time for easier identification.

This property accepts the following values:

  • A value of 2 or higher sets the maximum number of log files retained.
  • A value of 1 retains only one log file. When it reaches the maximum size, the file is deleted and replaced by a new one, leaving no history beyond the current log.
  • A value of 0 or negative indicates no limit on the number of log files, and logging continues indefinitely.

To manage log file size, use the MaxLogFileSize property. The two properties work together to control the size and retention of log files in the logging folder.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Schema

This section provides a complete list of the Schema properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
LocationSpecifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemasOptional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
TablesOptional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
ViewsOptional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Location

Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider\\Schema"

Remarks

The Location property is only needed if you want to either customize definitions (for example, change a column name, ignore a column, etc.) or extend the data model with new tables, views, or stored procedures.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider\\Schema, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform %APPDATA%
Windows The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux ~/.config

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

BrowsableSchemas

Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available database schemas can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of schemas in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Tables

Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available tables from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of tables in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of tables available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those tables. To do this, specify the tables you want in a comma-separated list. Each table should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Tables=TableA,[TableB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`TableC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each table you want to view by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between tables that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Views

Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available views from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of views in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of views available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those views. To do this, specify the views you want in a comma-separated list. Each view should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Views=ViewA,[ViewB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`ViewC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each view you want to examine by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between views that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Caching

This section provides a complete list of the Caching properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AutoCacheSpecifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.
CacheProviderThe namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.
CacheDriverThe driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.
CacheConnectionSpecifies the connection string for the specified cache database.
CacheLocationSpecifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.
CacheToleranceNotes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.
OfflineGets the data from the specified cache database instead of live Zendesk data.
CacheMetadataDetermines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AutoCache

Specifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the connector automatically caches the contents of tables targeted by SELECT queries. The content of these tables is cached to the cache database specified by the CacheConnection and CacheProvider connection properties.

See Also

For additional information, see:

  • CacheMetadata: With CacheMetadata enabled, all retrieved metadata is mirrored in the cache database. This means that any subsequent attempts by the connector to discover metadata are much faster, as this metadata is then read directly from the cache database, without needing to spend time requesting metadata from Zendesk.
  • Explicitly Caching Data: This topic provides examples for using AutoCache in Offline mode.
  • CACHE Statements: You can use the CACHE statement to explicitly cache the content of any table targeted by a SELECT query.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CacheProvider

The namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

You can cache to ADO.NET providers saved in your ADO.NET global assembly cache (GAC).

CData ADO.NET providers automatically register themselves with the GAC during installation, so you don't need to do so manually.

Third-party ADO.NET providers may or may not automatically register themselves with the GAC during installation. If you want to cache to a third-party ADO.NET provider, consult the documentation for that provider to determine what steps (if any) you must take to register them with the GAC. Once they have been registered, you can supply their namespace in this connection property.

You must also set the CacheConnection connection property to provide a connection string for the specified ADO.NET provider.

The following sections show connection examples and address other requirements for several popular database providers. Refer to CacheConnection for more information on typical connection properties.

SQLite

You can use the Microsoft ADO.NET Provider for SQLite to cache to SQLite databases.

CacheProvider=Microsoft.Data.Sqlite;CacheConnection='DataSource=C:\\Users\\Public\\cache.db;'URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

MySQL

To cache to MySQL, you can use the CData ADO.NET Provider for MySQL:
Cache Provider=System.Data.CData.MySQL;Cache Connection='Server=localhost;Port=3306;Database=cache;User=root;Password=123456';User=myUser;Password=myPassword;Security Token=myToken;

SQL Server

You can use the Microsoft .NET Framework Provider for SQL Server, included in the .NET Framework, to cache to SQL Server:

Cache Provider=System.Data.SqlClient;Cache Connection="Server=MyMACHINE\MyInstance;Database=SQLCACHE;User Id=root;Password=admin";URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

Oracle

To cache to Oracle, you can use the Oracle Data Provider for .NET, as shown in the following example:

Cache Provider=Oracle.DataAccess.Client;Cache Connection='User Id=scott;Password=tiger;Data Source=ORCL';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

The Oracle Data Provider for .NET also requires the Oracle Database Client. When you download the Oracle Database Client, ensure that its bitness matches the bitness of your machine. When you install, select either the Runtime or Administrator installation type. The Instant Client is not sufficient.

PostgreSQL

To cache to PostgreSQL, you can use the CData ADO.NET Provider for PostgreSQL:
Cache Provider=System.Data.CData.PostgreSQL;Cache Connection='Server=localhost;Port=5432;Database=cache;User=postgres;Password=123456';User=myUser;Password=myPassword;Security Token=myToken;

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CacheDriver

The driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

You can cache to any database for which you have a JDBC driver, including CData JDBC drivers.

Note: You must add the JAR file of the specified JDBC driver to the classpath. For CData JDBC drivers, you can find this JAR file in the "lib" subfolder of that driver's installation directory.

You must also set the CacheConnection connection property to provide a connection string for the specified JDBC driver.

For Linux systems and macOS, you need to create a config.ini file on the installation path of the driver (site-packages/cdata). The config.ini file has the following format (the driver and the path of the JDBC driver):

[salesforce.cpython-38-x86_64-linux-gnu.so]
CLASSPATH = /home/usrname/Downloads/lib/cdata.jdbc.postgresql.jar

Examples

The following examples show how to cache to several major databases. For more information on the JDBC URL syntax and typical connection properties, see CacheConnection.

Derby and Java DB

Java DB is the Oracle distribution of Derby. You must add the Derby JDBC driver's JAR file, derbytools.jar, to your classpath to cache to Java DB.

The Derby JDBC driver's JAR file is bundled in db-derby-10.17.1.0-bin.zip, which you can download from this page. You can find derbytools.jar in the "lib" subfolder of this zip file.

After adding derbytools.jar to the classpath, you can cache to a Java DB database as follows:

jdbc:zendesk:CacheDriver=org.apache.derby.jdbc.EmbeddedDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:derby:sample';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;
To cache to an in-memory database, use a JDBC URL like the following:
jdbc:zendesk:CacheDriver=org.apache.derby.jdbc.EmbeddedDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:derby:memory';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

SQLite

The following is a JDBC URL for the SQLite JDBC driver:

jdbc:zendesk:CacheDriver=org.sqlite.JDBC;CacheConnection='jdbc:sqlite:C:/Temp/sqlite.db';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

MySQL

The following is a JDBC URL for the CData JDBC Driver for MySQL:

  jdbc:zendesk:Cache Driver=cdata.jdbc.mysql.MySQLDriver;Cache Connection='jdbc:mysql:Server=localhost;Port=3306;Database=cache;User=root;Password=123456';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;
  

SQL Server

The following JDBC URL uses the Microsoft JDBC Driver for SQL Server:

jdbc:zendesk:Cache Driver=com.microsoft.sqlserver.jdbc.SQLServerDriver;Cache Connection='jdbc:sqlserver://localhost\sqlexpress:7437;user=sa;password=123456;databaseName=Cache';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

Oracle

The following is a JDBC URL for the Oracle Thin Client:

jdbc:zendesk:Cache Driver=oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:oracle:thin:scott/tiger@localhost:1521:orcldb';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;
NOTE: If using a version of Oracle older than 9i, the cache driver will instead be oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver .

PostgreSQL

The following JDBC URL uses the official PostgreSQL JDBC driver:

jdbc:zendesk:CacheDriver=cdata.jdbc.postgresql.PostgreSQLDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:postgresql:User=postgres;Password=admin;Database=postgres;Server=localhost;Port=5432;';URL=https://subdomain.zendesk.com;User=my@email.com;Password=test123;

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CacheConnection

Specifies the connection string for the specified cache database.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The target cache database is determined by a combination of this connection property and the CacheProvider connection property. Both properties are required to use the specified cache database.

The connection string specified in this connection property is passed directly to the specified in the CacheProvider connection property. Consult the documentation for the specified for more information on its available connection properties.

Examples of common cache database settings can be found below.

SQLite

MySQL

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Server: The IP address or domain name of the server hosting the MySQL database that you want to cache to.
  • Port: The port on the specified server where your MySQL instance is running.
  • Database: The name of the MySQL database that you want to cache to. Must match the name of a MySQL database hosted on the specified server.
  • User: The username of a user registered with the selected MySQL database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified MySQL user.

SQL Server

The following are typical SQL Server connection properties:

  • Server: The name or network address of the computer running SQL Server. To connect to a named instance instead of the default instance, specify the host name and the instance name, separated by a backslash.
  • Port: The port on the specified server where your SQL Server instance is running.
  • Database: The name of the SQL Server database you want to cache to. Must match the name of a SQL Server database hosted on the specified server.
  • Integrated Security: To use the current Windows account for authentication, set this option to True. To authenticate with User and Password instead, set this option to False.
  • User Id: The username of a user registered with the selected SQL Server database. This property is only needed if you are not using integrated security.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified SQL Server user. This property is only needed if you are not using integrated security.

Oracle

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Data Source: The connect descriptor that identifies the Oracle database. This can be a TNS connect descriptor, an Oracle Net Services name that resolves to a connect descriptor, or, after version 11g, an Easy Connect naming (the host name of the Oracle server with an optional port and service name).

  • User Id: The username of a user registered with the selected Oracle database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified Oracle user.

PostgreSQL

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Host: The address of the server hosting the PostgreSQL database.
  • Port: The port on the specified host server where your PostgreSQL database is hosted.
  • Database: The name of the PostgreSQL database you want to cache to. Must match the name of a PostgreSQL database hosted on the specified server.
  • User name: The username of a user registered with the selected PostgreSQL database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified user.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CacheLocation

Specifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider"

Remarks

The CacheLocation is a simple, file-based cache.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform %APPDATA%
Windows The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux ~/.config

See Also

  • AutoCache: Set to implicitly create and maintain a cache for later offline use.
  • CacheMetadata: Set to persist the Zendesk catalog in CacheLocation.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CacheTolerance

Notes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.

Data Type

int

Default Value

600

Remarks

When you execute a query for tables in the cache, the connector checks the time elapsed since the last update to the cache.

If the last update to the cache is older than the value of this connection property (measured in seconds), the connector refreshes the cache.

Otherwise, the connector returns data directly from the cache.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Offline

Gets the data from the specified cache database instead of live Zendesk data.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, all queries execute against the cache database instead of the live Zendesk data.

In this mode, some SQL operations like INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and CACHE are disabled.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

CacheMetadata

Determines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, as you execute queries, table metadata in the Zendesk catalog is cached to the cache database specified by CacheConnection and CacheProvider, or, if those connection properties are not set, to the user's home directory.

The location of your home directory varies by platform:

PlatformHome Directory
Windows %APPDATA%\\CData\\Zendesk Data Provider
Mac ~/Library/Application Support/CData/Zendesk Data Provider
Unix ~/.config/CData/Zendesk Data Provider

A table's metadata is retrieved only once, when the table is queried for the first time.

When to Use CacheMetadata

When there are a large number of Zendesk tables and columns for the connector to retrieve during metadata discovery, the connector may take a while to list all table metadata.

You may experience slow metadata retrieval when:

  • Your Zendesk instance naturally has a large table count.
  • The connector has been configured, via its connection properties, to discover more tables than it would under its default configuration.
  • You make many short-lived connections to the connector.
With CacheMetadata enabled, all retrieved metadata is mirrored in the cache database. This means that any subsequent attempts by the connector to discover metadata are much faster, as this metadata is then read directly from the cache database, without needing to spend time requesting metadata from Zendesk.

When Not to Use CacheMetadata

The connector automatically persists metadata in memory for up to an hour when you first discover the metadata for a table or view, so CacheMetadata is generally not necessary.

CacheMetadata is not ideal in scenarios where you are working with volatile metadata. The first time you query a table, the connector caches its metadata to the cache database file. This cache is not dynamically updated to reflect updates to the table schema, so you must delete and rebuild the cache database file to pick up new, changed, or deleted columns.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Miscellaneous

This section provides a complete list of the Miscellaneous properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AllowAlternativeTicketEndpointsSpecifies whether the provider may route qualifying Tickets queries to alternative endpoints that support ordering but exclude archived tickets.
IncludeCustomObjectsSpecifies whether to display custom objects as tables and make them available for use.
IncludeCustomViewsSpecifies whether to include custom ticket views in Zendesk as views in the data model.
IncludeDeletedSpecifies whether to include deleted tickets when using Incremental API.
MaxRowsSpecifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
OtherSpecifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PagesizeSpecifies the number of results to return per page of data retrieved from Zendesk.
PseudoColumnsSpecifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
ReadonlyToggles read-only access to Zendesk from the provider.
RTKSpecifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.
TimeoutSpecifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UseBulkTicketAuditsRetrievalSpecifies whether to read ticket audit records from an API that provides such records in bulk for all tickets, or from an API that delivers such records on a per-ticket basis.
UseIncrementalAPISpecifies how the provider uses the Zendesk Incremental API for retrieving data.
UserDefinedViewsSpecifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
CData Python Connector for Zendesk

AllowAlternativeTicketEndpoints

Specifies whether the provider may route qualifying Tickets queries to alternative endpoints that support ordering but exclude archived tickets.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

Setting this property to false (the default) causes the provider to always use the export search API for Tickets queries, which includes archived tickets but does not support ordering.

Setting this property to true allows the provider to route qualifying queries to alternative endpoints, such as the organizations endpoint, when conditions such as an OrganizationId filter and an ORDER BY clause are present. Alternative endpoints support ordering but do not return archived tickets and have no mechanism to include them.

Enable this property when ordering Tickets results is more important than retrieving archived tickets.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

IncludeCustomObjects

Specifies whether to display custom objects as tables and make them available for use.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

If set to true, the connector exposes custom objects as tables with CRUD support. This is a costly operation, so the property defaults to false.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

IncludeCustomViews

Specifies whether to include custom ticket views in Zendesk as views in the data model.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

If set to true, the connector exposes these Zendesk views as read-only views in the data model. View names are derived from the Zendesk view title, with spaces replaced by underscores.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

IncludeDeleted

Specifies whether to include deleted tickets when using Incremental API.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

This property only affects the Tickets table.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

MaxRows

Specifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.

Data Type

int

Default Value

-1

Remarks

The default value for this property, -1, means that no row limit is enforced unless the query explicitly includes a LIMIT clause. (When a query includes a LIMIT clause, the value specified in the query takes precedence over the MaxRows setting.)

Setting MaxRows to a whole number greater than 0 ensures that queries do not return excessively large result sets by default.

This property is useful for optimizing performance and preventing excessive resource consumption when executing queries that could otherwise return very large datasets.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Other

Specifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property allows advanced users to configure hidden properties for specialized situations, with the advice of our Support team. These settings are not required for normal use cases but can address unique requirements or provide additional functionality. To define multiple properties, use a semicolon-separated list.

Note: It is strongly recommended to set these properties only when advised by the Support team to address specific scenarios or issues.

Caching Configuration

PropertyDescription
CachePartial=TrueCaches only a subset of columns, which you can specify in your query.
QueryPassthrough=TruePasses the specified query to the cache database instead of using the SQL parser of the connector.

Integration and Formatting

PropertyDescription
DefaultColumnSizeSets the default length of string fields when the data source does not provide column length in the metadata. The default value is 2000.
ConvertDateTimeToGMT=TrueConverts date-time values to GMT, instead of the local time of the machine. The default value is False (use local time).
RecordToFile=filenameRecords the underlying socket data transfer to the specified file.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Pagesize

Specifies the number of results to return per page of data retrieved from Zendesk.

Data Type

int

Default Value

1000

Remarks

The maximum supported page size varies by table. If the specified value exceeds the limit for a given table, the driver automatically reduces it to the maximum allowed value. For example, some tables support a maximum of 100 records per page.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

PseudoColumns

Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property allows you to define which pseudocolumns the connector exposes as table columns.

To specify individual pseudocolumns, use the following format:

Table1=Column1;Table1=Column2;Table2=Column3

To include all pseudocolumns for all tables use:

*=*

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Readonly

Toggles read-only access to Zendesk from the provider.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When set to True, the connector allows only SELECT queries. Attempting an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or stored procedure query fails with an error message.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

RTK

Specifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property is typically unnecessary, as most configurations support a standard licensing mechanism.

Warning: The value of this property takes precedence over all existing licensing information. To avoid licensing errors, ensure the provided runtime key is correct.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Timeout

Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.

Data Type

int

Default Value

60

Remarks

The timeout applies to each individual communication with the server rather than the entire query or operation. For example, a query could continue running beyond 60 seconds if each paging call completes within the timeout limit.

Timeout is set to 60 seconds by default. To disable timeouts, set this property to 0.

Disabling the timeout allows operations to run indefinitely until they succeed or fail due to other conditions such as server-side timeouts, network interruptions, or resource limits on the server.

Note: Use this property cautiously to avoid long-running operations that could degrade performance or result in unresponsive behavior.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UseBulkTicketAuditsRetrieval

Specifies whether to read ticket audit records from an API that provides such records in bulk for all tickets, or from an API that delivers such records on a per-ticket basis.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

Setting this property to true excludes ticket audit information for archived tickets. Setting this property to false returns ticket audit information for archived tickets.

Since different APIs are leveraged for query execution depending on the value of this property, toggling this property may offer substantial performance improvements for certain queries, but may also change the exact ticket audit records retrieved for certain queries.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UseIncrementalAPI

Specifies how the provider uses the Zendesk Incremental API for retrieving data.

Possible Values

Auto, True, False

Data Type

string

Default Value

"Auto"

Remarks

The Incremental API is optimized for retrieving large datasets that are filtered by date columns (for example, UpdatedAt, CreatedAt, or StartTime) in the following tables: Tickets, TicketEvents, TicketMetrics, TicketMetricEvents, Calls, Articles, Users, and Organizations.

Allowed values are:

  • Auto: Enables the use of Incremental API if the authenticated user's role supports it. The driver uses the Incremental API for supported entities unless the query is better suited for another API. For example, filtering by ticket status works best using the Search API.
  • True: Enables the use of Incremental API regardless of the authenticated user's role or applied filters.
  • False: Disables the use of Incremental API.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

UserDefinedViews

Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

UserDefinedViews allows you to define and manage custom views through a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. These views are automatically recognized by the connector and enable you to execute custom SQL queries as if they were standard database views. The JSON file defines each view as a root element with a child element called "query", which contains the SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Tickets WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}

You can use this property to define multiple views in a single file and specify the filepath. For example:

UserDefinedViews=C:\Path\To\UserDefinedViews.json
When you specify a view in UserDefinedViews, the connector only sees that view.

For further information, see User Defined Views.

CData Python Connector for Zendesk

Third Party Copyrights

LZMA from 7Zip LZMA SDK

LZMA SDK is placed in the public domain.

Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute the original LZMA SDK code, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.

LZMA2 from XZ SDK

Version 1.9 and older are in the public domain.

Xamarin.Forms

Xamarin SDK

The MIT License (MIT)

Copyright (c) .NET Foundation Contributors

All rights reserved.

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

NSIS 3.10

Copyright (C) 1999-2025 Contributors THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS COMMON PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS

"Contribution" means:

a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial code and documentation distributed under this Agreement, and b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:

i) changes to the Program, and

ii) additions to the Program;

where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution 'originates' from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include additions to the Program which: (i) are separate modules of software distributed in conjunction with the Program under their own license agreement, and (ii) are not derivative works of the Program.

"Contributor" means any person or entity that distributes the Program.

"Licensed Patents " mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement, including all Contributors.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such derivative works, in source code and object code form.

b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in source code and object code form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.

c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.

d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.

3. REQUIREMENTS

A Contributor may choose to distribute the Program in object code form under its own license agreement, provided that:

a) it complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

b) its license agreement:

i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;

ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;

iii) states that any provisions which differ from this Agreement are offered by that Contributor alone and not by any other party; and

iv) states that source code for the Program is available from such Contributor, and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange.

When the Program is made available in source code form:

a) it must be made available under this Agreement; and

b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.

Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright notices contained within the Program.

Each Contributor must identify itself as the originator of its Contribution, if any, in a manner that reasonably allows subsequent Recipients to identify the originator of the Contribution.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION

Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL

If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against a Contributor with respect to a patent applicable to software (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit), then any patent licenses granted by that Contributor to such Recipient under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. In addition, if Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. IBM is the initial Agreement Steward. IBM may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version. Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved.

This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York and the intellectual property laws of the United States of America. No party to this Agreement will bring a legal action under this Agreement more than one year after the cause of action arose. Each party waives its rights to a jury trial in any resulting litigation.

AdoptOpenJDK / Adoptium Temurin JRE 17.0.18_8

Copyright (c) Eclipse Foundation AISBL. All Rights Reserved.

Apache License, Version 2.0

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.

"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.

"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.

"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.

"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."

"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.

2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:

  1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
  2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
  3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
  4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.

6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.

8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Eclipse Distribution License - v 1.0

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Eclipse Foundation, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Eclipse Public License - v 2.0

THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS ECLIPSE PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS "Contribution" means:

  • a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial content Distributed under this Agreement, and
  • b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:
    • i) changes to the Program, and
    • ii) additions to the Program;
    where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are Distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution "originates" from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include changes or additions to the Program that are not Modified Works.
"Contributor" means any person or entity that Distributes the Program. "Licensed Patents" mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions Distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement or any Secondary License (as applicable), including Contributors.

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source Code or other form, that is based on (or derived from) the Program and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship.

"Modified Works" shall mean any work in Source Code or other form that results from an addition to, deletion from, or modification of the contents of the Program, including, for purposes of clarity any new file in Source Code form that contains any contents of the Program. Modified Works shall not include works that contain only declarations, interfaces, types, classes, structures, or files of the Program solely in each case in order to link to, bind by name, or subclass the Program or Modified Works thereof.

"Distribute" means the acts of a) distributing or b) making available in any manner that enables the transfer of a copy.

"Source Code" means the form of a Program preferred for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Secondary License" means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, or any later versions of that license, including any exceptions or additional permissions as identified by the initial Contributor.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

  • a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, Distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such Derivative Works.
  • b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in Source Code or other form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.
  • c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to Distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.
  • d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.
  • e) Notwithstanding the terms of any Secondary License, no Contributor makes additional grants to any Recipient (other than those set forth in this Agreement) as a result of such Recipient's receipt of the Program under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted under the terms of Section 3).

3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 If a Contributor Distributes the Program in any form, then:

  • a) the Program must also be made available as Source Code, in accordance with section 3.2, and the Contributor must accompany the Program with a statement that the Source Code for the Program is available under this Agreement, and informs Recipients how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange; and
  • b) the Contributor may Distribute the Program under a license different than this Agreement, provided that such license:
    • i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all other Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;
    • ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all other Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;
    • iii) does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients' rights in the Source Code under section 3.2; and
    • iv) requires any subsequent distribution of the Program by any party to be under a license that satisfies the requirements of this section 3.
3.2 When the Program is Distributed as Source Code:
  • a) it must be made available under this Agreement, or if the Program (i) is combined with other material in a separate file or files made available under a Secondary License, and (ii) the initial Contributor attached to the Source Code the notice described in Exhibit A of this Agreement, then the Program may be made available under the terms of such Secondary Licenses, and
  • b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.
3.3 Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright, patent, trademark, attribution notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations of liability (‘notices') contained within the Program from any copy of the Program which they Distribute, provided that Contributors may add their own appropriate notices.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. The Eclipse Foundation is the initial Agreement Steward. The Eclipse Foundation may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be Distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to Distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version.

Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be enforceable by any entity that is not a Contributor or Recipient. No third-party beneficiary rights are created under this Agreement.

Exhibit A – Form of Secondary Licenses Notice "This Source Code may also be made available under the following Secondary Licenses when the conditions for such availability set forth in the Eclipse Public License, v. 2.0 are satisfied: {name license(s), version(s), and exceptions or additional permissions here}."

Simply including a copy of this Agreement, including this Exhibit A is not sufficient to license the Source Code under Secondary Licenses.

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.

GNU Classpath

Classpath is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License with the following clarification and special exception.

Linking this library statically or dynamically with other modules is making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License cover the whole combination.

As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice, provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.

As such, it can be used to run, create and distribute a large class of applications and applets. When GNU Classpath is used unmodified as the core class library for a virtual machine, compiler for the java languge, or for a program written in the java programming language it does not affect the licensing for distributing those programs directly.

OpenJDK Assembly Exception

The OpenJDK source code made available by Oracle America, Inc. (Oracle) at openjdk.java.net ("OpenJDK Code") is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html> version 2 only ("GPL2"), with the following clarification and special exception.

Linking this OpenJDK Code statically or dynamically with other code is making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and conditions of GPL2 cover the whole combination.

As a special exception, Oracle gives you permission to link this OpenJDK Code with certain code licensed by Oracle as indicated at http://openjdk.java.net/legal/exception-modules-2007-05-08.html ("Designated Exception Modules") to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of the Designated Exception Modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under GPL2, provided that the Designated Exception Modules continue to be governed by the licenses under which they were offered by Oracle.

As such, it allows licensees and sublicensees of Oracle's GPL2 OpenJDK Code to build an executable that includes those portions of necessary code that Oracle could not provide under GPL2 (or that Oracle has provided under GPL2 with the Classpath exception). If you modify or add to the OpenJDK code, that new GPL2 code may still be combined with Designated Exception Modules if the new code is made subject to this exception by its copyright holder.

Copyright (c) 2026 CData Software, Inc. - All rights reserved.
Build 26.0.9663